HomeMy WebLinkAbout66-92 RESOLUTION•
•
RESOLUTION NO,
A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY
CLERK TO EXECUTE A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT WITH
BB & B CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. IN THE
AMOUNT OF $304,725.50 PLUS A 5% CONTINGENCY IN
THE AMOUNT OF $15,236.27 FOR THE MT. SEQUOYAH
/HYLAND PARK WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF
FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS:
Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby
authorized and directed to execute a construction contract with BB
& B Construction Company, Inc. in the amount of $304,725.50 plus a
5% contingency in the amount of $15,236.27 for the Mt. Sequoyah
/Hyland Park water system improvements project. A copy of the
contact authorized for execution hereby is attached hereto marked
Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof.
PASSED AND APPROVED this _215t_ day of April , 1992
APPROVED:
Mayor
ATTEST:
By:L .G` ) ..'i , e'I( r044)--'
City Clerk
1.61/5Fy9C2_48 i• _ se r 2
▪ i. CHANGE ORDER % ; � _, r, y
• 1 V ` r. at. 0.
Order No 1 . - ;
.6. 7
/ •Dale:
_June 30, 1992 (. '
I A} n;en:ent Dale: April 21, 1992
NAME OF PROJECT: Mount Sequoyaa and Hyland Park Water Pump Stations and
Pipelines
OWNER:
City of Fayetteville
CONTRACTOR:
BB&B Construction Cc., Inc.
The following changes are hereby made ;u the CONTRACT 1)OC11\:I:NTS-
Reroute the 8 -inch main to the north side of Mr. Chip Wright's lot.
Justification:
Line is to be rerouted to avoid damage to trees and a sodded 'awn. A reduced unit
price is applicable for the ductile iron pipe, due to avoiding these obstructions.
Change to CONTRACT PRICE:
Original CONTRACT PRICK $ 304,725,50.
Current CONTRACT PRICE adjusted by previous CHANGE ORDER $ 304, 725.50
Thr, CONTR./Ws' PRICE due in Ihis (MANGE ORDER \ev11: be 'Increased) (derseia-Amii
4,931.00
The new CONTRACT PRICE including Ihis ClIANGE ORDER will be $ 309,656.50
Change 111 CONTRACT "TIME:
The CONTRACT TIME will be (increased) (decreased( by UNCHANGED calendar days.
The dale for completion of all work will be Octoher_8, 1992 -- (Date).
Approvals Required:
To be effective this Order must be approved by the Federal agency if it changes lie
scope or 0hjeclive of the PRO)E(.T. or as may otherwise he required by the SUPPLI:-
MEN'I'AI. GENERAL CONDITIONS.
Requested
Recommended
Ordered by:
N/A
h/ nd �✓su
� cCle and Conit£ng Engineers, Inc.
Iii) City of1•ayettevlllee
Pic« opted bby_�-epi' 4' f1iciSte/- -
B&B Const. Co., Inc.
Federal Agency Approval (\there applicable)
QONTRAC' e000MEN15 f -o - C ONSTPIIC TION OF
rIotsAIt• AI.SI!,'1t U WA'! r- AN: 51 Wf II I'RO.I C1S
N/A
Cuaument he 10
C'ange Order nage 1 01
•
•
ATTACHMENT TO CHANGE ORDER NO. 1
MOUNT SEQUOYAH AND HYLAND PARK
WATER PUMP STATIONS AND PIPELINES
FY902148
ESTIMATED CHANGE ORDER QUANTITIES FOR
PIPELINE REROUTE AT CHIP WRIGHT'S LOT
Item Coat
8" Ductile Iron Pipe, 300 FT @ 57.17/FT $2,151.00
8" X 8" Tapping Tee and 8" Tapping Valve,
1 EA @ 51,250.00/EA 1,250.00
Asphalt Surface Restoration, 40 SY @ $30.00/SY 1,200.00
Granular Fill, 30 Ton @ $11.00/Ton 330.00
Estimated Total $4,931.00
•
RESOLUTION NO. 66-92
A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY
CLERK TO EXECUTE A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT WITH
BB & B CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. IN THE
AMOUNT OF $304,725.50 PLUS A 5% CONTINGENCY IN
THE AMOUNT OF $15,236.27 FOR THE MT. SEQUOYAH
/HYLAND PARK WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CITY OF
FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS:
Section 1. That the Mayor and City Clerk are hereby
authorized and directed to execute a construction contract with.BB
& B Construction Company, Inc. in the amount of $304,725.50 plus a
5% contingency in the amount of $15,236.27 for the Mt. S.quoyab
/Hyland Park water system improvement* project. A copy of the
contact authorized for execution hereby is attached hereto marked
Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof.
PASSED AND APPROVED this 21st day of April , 1992
APPROVED:
By.
ATTEST:
By:
ity Cler
r
•
1• • . .:}7.i• • ;:. .—.r.*:Si ^•+'h'-ail-1•.11i'r:'AY=ri'•••
a
I • y `,'L';'i r . • ti i `i••jar. •
•
i•.r1•T '••}
•
•
• • 1 • ..tc•
•
• '•iC • ,f �. • • L. :]'• 1 -
•
•
•
•
- yr • • 4 • •• '•.. •~ .1. 1 `• 'i.• r i
111
• �• .r •
_•.1• ` :•ak •fie•••• :~- • • • • • . `, �+',: ,; .,' '�•�••--
•
•
•- • ••y _ Wil• .• •_ _ ••.I•.: }. . i• I : ! • J _ 1
•
•
1
,f• • trr• :i�ar .�f•' a- ,err••••
• on •• 11,,I •: ,� •r. ..1
•
..•:
•
n +• :I
•
. ra .• . + • .. . Iir :. - . '� : •... _ a. • • • • Vii• .
'.
L . • ••• f :,Iv
.• l�• •
.I ., •,' `• 1:1 • Al. r_ •�, .;,.
1.
•
.a:' 11. at. -•
•l aJ
•
•
•
4
. 1 ,a. . S: :a
•
•
•. ::.al.
...it •r . ,••
. ' r. : Z • ..111/00 SIM We
'01.•10' . • • •' !•-•'T'', {m � •.• . Jtlo-. `. 6' •• I _• !••
.•a •,
M.
• �. .t•
I: w�: ! l;? t'•' ••]:
.. •
;rte • •._S;•-• • . 'r. -• •2:. •'+ . •
+' ,
•
•
-
•••.
. •.j. %r:• I • •r
•
..._. ".•
.l. _ �•• ''•
•
•
�•'Y,.-• .•• ••-::".
..i.._ •!a'iJRr.i :a•[.t•s _ .1 i..T ••• ••t:9y1L t: •,, 'i: -• r_Y
a u. •S.�.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
•
SECTION 00500
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into on the 21 day of April. 1922,
by and between B B & B Construction Co.. Inc.. Hot Snrings.
Arkansas.
herein called the Contractor, and the City of Fayetteville,
Arkansas, hereinafter called the Owner:
WITNESSETH:
That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set
out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows:
1. That the Contractor shall furnish all the materials, and
perform all of the work in manner and form as provided by
the following enumerated Drawings, Specifications, and
Documents, which are attached hereto and made a part
hereof, as if fully contained herein and are entitled
WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS, Mount Sequoyah Pump Station,
Hyland Park Pump Station Renovation and Water Lines,
dated December, 1991, including:
Invitation to Bid; Addenda; Instructions to Bidders;
General Conditions; Supplementary Conditions; Performance
and Payment Bonds; Specifications; the Proposal and
acceptance thereof; and the Drawings.
Sheet No. 1
Sheet No. 2
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No. 6
Sheet No. 7
Sheet No. 8
Sheet No. 9
Sheet No. 10
Sheet No. 11
Sheet No. 12
Sheet No. 13
Cover
Aerial Photographs - Mount Sequoyah Pump
Station and Pipeline, Hyland Park
Pipeline
Mount Sequoyah Pump Station and Pipeline
Aerial Photographs -Manor Drive
Highway 265 to Hyland Park Road Pipeline
Hyland Park Pipeline and Hyland Park Pump
Station Renovation
Mount Sequoyah
Mount Sequoyah
Mount Sequoyah
Details
Mount Sequoyah
Site Plan
Pump
Pump
Pump
Station
Station
Station
Building
Details
Mechanical
Pump Station, Electrical
Mount Sequoyah Pump Station, Electrical
Plans and Details
Hyland Park Pump Station Renovation,
Electrical Plan
Sortinn nncnn - i
kicetel land
Cansulrnte
nidneers
ce'pe
Ineranarrrt
Fayette wil.. Arkansas
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
•
2. That the Contractor shall commence the work to be
performed under this Agreement on a date to be specified
in a written order of the Owner and shall fully complete
all work hereunder in 150 calendar days.
3. That the Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for
the faithful performance of this Agreement, subject to
additions and deductions as provided in the
Specifications or Proposal, in lawful money of the United
States, the amount of:
Three Hundred Four Thousand. Seven Hundred Twenty Five
and 50/00 Dollars ($ 304,725.50 ), based on the
Alternate Bid Price contained herein.
4. That within 30 days of receipt of an approved payment
request, the Owner shall make partial payments to the
Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved
estimate of work performed during the preceding calendar
month by the Contractor, LESS the retainage provided in
the General Conditions, which is to be withheld by the
Owner until all work within a particular part has been
performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement and
until such work has been accepted by the Owner.
5. That upon submission by the Contractor of evidence
satisfactory to the Owner that all payrolls, material
bills, and other costs incurred by the Contractor in
connection with the construction of the work have been
paid in full, final payment on account of this Agreement
shall be made within 60 days after the completion by the
Contractor of all work covered by this Agreement and the
acceptance of such work by the Owner.
6. In the event that the Contractor shall fail to complete
the work within the time limit or the extended time limit
agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the
Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid at
the rates designated in the Proposal.
7 It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto
that if, at any time after the execution of this
Agreement and the Surety Bond hereto attached for its
faithful performance and payment, the Owner shall deem
the Surety or Sureties upon such bond to be
unsatisfactory or if, for any reason such bond ceases to
be adequate to cover the performance of the work, the
Contractor shall, at his expense, within 5 days after the
receipt of notice from the Owner, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such form and amount and with such
Surety or Sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner.
Section nn9nn - 9
caEngineer' QIAI. l
awat
Inv
onorobe
Fayetteville, Arkansas
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
•
In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall
be deemed to be due under this Agreement until such new
or additional security for the faithful performance of
the work shall be furnished in manner and form
satisfactory to the Owner.
8. No additional work or extras shall be done unless the
same shall be duly authorized by appropriate action by
the Owner in writing.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
on the day and date first above written, in 6 six
counterparts, each of which shall, without proof or accounting for
the other counterpart be deemed an original Contract.
WITNESSES:
Secretary
ATTEST:
thin
City Cle
Approved as t
s
Attorney for Owner
BB & B Construction Co.. Inc.
Contractor
By Lat
`' / 1
President
r
Title
CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE
Mayor
Title
Sprtinn nn Snn -
MCCNflaf4
fansuOMO
Engf
•nanraoraftd
f0y.Qrnllr, A rranrar
Ar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADDENDUM NO. 2
To the Contract Documents
for the Construction of
Water System Improvements
CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE
MOUNT SEQUOYAH AND
HYLAND PARK PUMP
STATIONS AND PIPELINES
FY902148
March 6, 1992
To All Planholders:
Gentlemen:
The standby power generator covered in Specification Section 16602
shall be a 125 KW unit with a 200 amp transfer switch as listed on
pages 16602-1 and 16602-6 respectively. The unit ratings listed on
the drawings are incorrect for these two items.
All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this
Addendum No. 1 in the Proposal and shall further submit the signed
Addendum with the bid package. Proposals submitted without
acknowledgement or without this Addendum will be considered
informal.
Very truly yours,
McCLELLAND CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC.
Robert W' White, P.E.
Project Manager
RWW/rw
Receipt acknowledged and conditions agreed to this lot day of
, 1992.
Bidde
By
ADDENDUM NO. 1
To the Contract Documents
for the Construction of
Water System Improvements
CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE
MOUNT SEQUOYAH AND
HYLAND PARK PUMP
STATIONS AND PIPELINES
FY902148
March 5, 1992
To All Planholders:
Gentlemen:
Specification page 11035-2-3 under Paragraph 2.21 indicates that
the Mount Sequoyah pumps shall have 75 Hp motors. This is
incorrect. The motors shall be 100 Hp as indicated on the
electrical drawings.
All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt and acceptance of this
Addendum No. 1 in the Proposal and shall further submit the signed
Addendum with the bid package. Proposals submitted without
acknowledgement or without this Addendum will be considered
informal.
Very truly yours,
McCLELLANQ CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC.
Robert W White, P.E.
Project Manager
RWW/rw
/�� Receipt acknowledged and conditions agreed to this t day of
l l �awh- , 1992.
44 4 CGS
Inc
Bidder
By
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PART/SECTION NO.
PART I
00030
00100
00300
00350
00360
PART II
00500
00550
PART III
00700
00800
PART IV
DIVISION I
01000
01009
01011
01014
01016
01027
01028
01070
01210
01300
01311
01400
01500
01600
01700
01710
01720
DIVISION 2
02102
02200
02218
02223
02485
02601
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE NO.
$IDDING REOUIREMENTS
Advertisement for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Proposal
Bid Bond
Notice of Award
State Wage Rates
CONTRACT FORMS
Contract
Notice to Proceed
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
General Conditions
Supplementary Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Abbreviations
Summary of Work
Site Conditions
Protection of the Environment
Safety Requirements and
Protection of Property
Applications for Payment
Change Order Procedures
Cutting and Patching
Preconstruction Conference
Submittals During Construction
Schedule and Sequence
of Operations
Quality Control
Temporary Construction Facilities
and Utilities
Material and Equipment Shipment,
Handling, Storage, and Protection
Contract Closeout
Final Cleaning
Project Record Documents
SITE WORK
Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping
Earthwork, Trench Excavation and
Backfill
Landscape Grading
Highway Undercrossing
Finish Grading and Grass
Asphalt and Concrete Restoration
1-2
1-7
1-9
1-2
1
1-5
1
1-38
1-7
1-3
1-2
1-4
1-2
1-4
1-2
1-3
1-2
1
1-8
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-3
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-13
1-3
1-5
1-3
1-10
MCCMitond
C i
Consoling
EP,lnsers
Incaroorafed
Sap'Ieralq Arkansas
PART/SECTION NO.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT PAGE NO.
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03210 Reinforcing Steel
03215 Expansion, Construction and
Contraction Joints
03300 Concrete
1-4
1-5
1-16
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
04230 Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units 1-12
DIVISION 5 METALS
- Not Used -
DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS
- Not Used -
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07210 Building Insulation 1-2
07510 Built -Up Bituminous Roofing 1-6
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 1-5
DIVISION 8
08100
08712
DOORS AND WINDOWS
Metal Doors and Frames
Door Hardware
1-5
1-6
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
09900 Painting 1-18
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10520 Portable Fire Equipment 1-3
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
11035 Horizontal Split Case Water
Pumps -General 1-5
11035-1 Detailed Pump Specifications,
Mount Sequoyah Pumps 1-5
11035-2 Detail Pump Specifications
Hyland Park Specification 1-5
11035-3 Detail Pump Specifications
Alternate Hyland Park Pumps 1-5
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
- Not Used -
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
- Not Used -
MKIIuund
a , C.lWlri,q
Epinner,
InaorporaNd
rap•r/vs:II, Arkansan
PART/SECTION NO.
DIVISION 14
14320
14320-1
DIVISION 15
15001
15001-2
15001-14
15001-31
15010
15012
15013
15014
15080
15082
15111
15421
15463
DIVISION
16010
16050
16111
16120
16130
16141
16180
16190
16195
16400
16430
16440
16450
16460
16500
16602
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
•
PAGE NO.
CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Hoist and Monorail System - General 1-5
Pump Station Hoist 1-2
MECHANICAL
Piping - General
Cement -Lined Ductile
Iron Pipe and Fittings
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
Miscellaneous Building
Drainage Systems (Gravity)
General Mechanical Work
Miscellaneous Tubing
Miscellaneous Piping Specialities
Miscellaneous Metering and
Measuring Devices
Manually Operated Valves
and Check Valves
Self -Contained Automatic
Process Valves
Balancing and Testing of Air
and Water Systems
Roof Exhaust Fan Centrifugal
Belt Drive
Adjustable Wall Louvers
Intake and Exhaust
16 ELECTRICAL
General Electrical Work
Basic Materials and Methods
Conduit
Wire and Cable
Boxes
Wiring Devices
Equipment Wiring System
Supporting Devices
Electrical Identification
Service and Distribution
Metering
Disconnect Switches
Secondary Grounding
Transformers
Lighting
Diesel Generator Set
Drawings - (Bound Separately)
1-9
1-5
1-3
1-3
1-8
1-2
1-4
1-3
1-6
1-2
1-4
1-2
1-2
1-10
1-8
1-5
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-6
1
1-2
1-2
1
1-2
1-9
ACMCCu4and
a Consultingp,
npfler$
_ Ir'xaa•naataa
Fantle (I. Ar halm.
ri!
ri
- :^ •,A"rr� •'ii ' '_y .•Nr .f • f•: •SLS.•mo i.;,\. ••••• l•r •'ql;�.- - -1
-
eLd
•tie. :r. ti7J `. _ �{S[� frf� + !. \i^y .•.. S.•
•
e ••• .,•y' r•
• i •W1 TS. •
• { .N .•x• . ., iV\.'.:: a ta.4,y-a'h¢..i : V c : A• ~ r'�l• .?"s'�i :.4.4
s •
`• • Y • p1'•' .1 :l r11 •i.N;TS• .rte•; ..1. �,`,•' •�jl••.•kL•T•,+}pi.•t'::? •-•••• �d..;.; • r •i:7•••
`'�•:, f•kr.;
15.. •�
•
•
m. •. • • - (a: .. . ..v' •iJ.• •
•
417
••••••1:1 _• .ti V,-• e%1• •~••: IP. ••
• iii•
, . Y.• - • . •
R, w, . _., - ••. '. • . e• • ' v'.'{' -•• . - _ 4' • - _.,. �ti y -• -. f• -r iia^.' 6:6.
.. Y `�C� i:j"•t '�
f:.,.i :- LL,,`S. i,,,•,..•:• 1.1••••••4••••••• Y •'. ,_ • ... 6�7�r •
,J,• r:.l r
Y•+•4 •
,'1 {•a r• rpt •F• -r'• • r-�. -• •y•
. , . .. _ .. - 'a i'`'4�:•'•` `�'•.R•i.:iLA '':s•• rtti
• �•• '•9'iirn's • .�5• , 'a• •w• '� • :I.
•4‘11.1.4.
r'4 �. vwy Jl .
4 44
17
•
•
•
T y: •
-.!1:6:.
s:.L:+••
••,j�x.,r.1.
.. "{'r i".ei.L: �:••�}..•` •.: •'?�:•i:� .*i.':1 11;
�^l•e j
k . t: ' �€..: �a.
•
l•. . - .: • r.. a • y •- _ 0.• t.y••• t' +. rr 1•. ' t, , •
r :•y:1" jr+ fes.- �• • _ ..5 y. �.. �;' •\. .''� ••.L•r.�•'-•rt.• '1'•set •`:i .:•. .t.. [. • ••
j..-;
•
•
•
rtiy: r`,,.. ,•ii`x•'+'i-rr•�,F r. 'i.•r1_\M.•fA 1.k• •:yey •:ir !+: 1, •J'L •'lf••.�
4M_ - •
`_ 'j' :r :ems• _��r�_i%%- j.~ 'r • �vt •• i 'ti's. •�f • ••.:'c.km•L.1.•:•
..,nJ•• 1a- .•'•' • .'.r ��`:lf'�.
jar ` y • . :.•a`,• ._4r.; ar. yC •Y Y.•.. - 1L •••11. .: a'i •?'F •.•••L •• • •: %?I:.', .,. E. r'•'•.}. .i..�.• M1ti; }VI.�
r,. yR••
• . f.. :y'• �Kw ••.: • �'' .'S' 'r :t';•• • • •::••' ., •: •1=• r•i;•:.ti;;,f. .L'
• ••�•• 1 ••;:•
.r! •;.•...4K a . • R.. q.1..:..�• it •
•t.
•.c i:'•r,^�•:,\• t:: .. _�
•
•
•
•
•
•
. r. 5•i , y„ 1 `L '..ti 7 : r a' ; v . +1".J' .i��'_'4 ... h; :'- • •. •v •f• . •:. •"i ._
•
• ,:.•i• - • r .•w {h• z. . •i.' , .'µ:'. r:'r ti• �w,`�•
i.:a,. p .r:'.e
E.
,,• ti} {`.'. ,[.. a.-YL.Y., .•• -.w.' 1+w^i,••• •.:a• :,-.'r .•• • f. Irmo;• :I.
.•
:se� . �`a . 1•: • ••.(4••1
- _Y..' .l' _1:• •+ r,�...•• •- . ;alio •• ' • •k ; L•( :R_•••
•i ••, 1, ... •• t .T' .• •JJ♦ r •,';: 45..•{r J._, 'S •Y. J i/�'••'•. y i i', ..L
.1 !_ v .4.11.1..17$ s•1, �
•f :: -• 'l '. 'ri �.. .'• . •. • .,+'. J . ,ns 1.i :•:.: c •'L rr• y
. \•. :'.. _ is .• is 1. + y .. _ �.•
'.+a:: rr• - ._-•r if •:'ti'a• •:i s• 4•. • i` .r'.•• :•r:. 2.•1%!:::-'•4•. 7.;.V.•-•:••• , L1ry7r�k
' •`m •. Lc rti;5:. • • `• 4
i)R,. .. .ry. •. .. r ie'w • '1
- e r • x~•541"5.'., .' ..• •f••L l• •
•
r, .' ti.• . . • r.... •: . • . •: '.1 • •: 1. • •• iY.1. .• mss•.•-. '.. •••41‘•-•••': .•i•,: _'i: •''.'•'' . ••••••11.: .�• :+i`i.:
i1•• .-„♦ • • . •r. I. iia?i• S ,.. i•:..•••3•S:•- •••i y�,.'__• ..w•••_ Fl
.6.• r.. • .: X _ J;•• • : • ..i. •, r. ..rh ! .'i: ti,j • :' t•.. .Y. ,•� r•r7? 4 •l �L
.%Y ••.•i • \t V', .,1.1r . f... • • ..r. 1.;.._ . .r' .Y...• 1
;mit
�•• •• : 1 �• .. :''• %...I 1: �'•• ,+• •r. .: •.. Lily• w f:, i"..• -.+ __ is f+-
' r .: ` 3:: -:,..45.... _Y•x.• • i.L'_rel
;� + '. .y: • rR; .f-. :•::•
5... :51.•••.j.;
ti _r...s • i L•. 441.4.1.1: ': Yi
•,r: �.• Lr -F r..ti••:..• :±• ,,fi•r J 1}�..
• in.
{Yeti• •.• • -• 'r.S '1• ,!'. ~i: ,y . •e ,1j +- - ' 1-.4....•Y+ "r .• ' •_',.!.
• : ....r,••• • •• . r •y Fe .• -<< :. '�• i..: : Y'ti �•:� :: •. 1 ; .r • ', r •s:� ••• , Liar'
. • • 2.1. -44
[[
�il ••kr:r:, •••••;.'a.f• • rq'•••`. ••• :1L ••r 7:yr'y.r• '.i v ,•4 .•_: •••fir. d :• •:l i•• :2 y
' ��, ";±`�::•.•. �.•*'_, _ • •�•••.r.' _ .S .:T • k.'• •!•`'•�_,•
_. Mfr} J• ••-'. rr, y'.ya
•
L. `i •• •r•r r .r1 .„ .r'. 9
' , •�r• -;.:*•:%1r.:•l.t.•tlr5 • . •':. . f1" 1: v" S�' i''!..: is t�if 4tiS.C'': •ter y5. .t �. i...Lr.f• N•.•% :!.'K: 17
V•. ..{. '. ,:. .Sr••':. •1.•1•.. m. • J ti.,• a• •x- • 4:11.••••.../-::
•r•7
•
14
.. 4r.•Y' ..d.•r-• r• : .: : ' 1' • • Eli• •. : r•c • •••,: i,: :[••.:., • f.: •`• . _• .ti��
•14
•
. • '1: `4•,��p. .. 1• -.• -- i . p • p.. . • • •••• . • 1• •:- ,•• + ` a ••:: • i :
SECTION 00030
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
BID NO.
OWNER: City of Fayetteville
113 West Mountain
Fayetteville. AR 72701
ENGINEER: McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc.
1810 North College
Fayetteville, AR 72703
(501) 443-2377
PROJECT NO.: FY902148
The City of Fayetteville will receive sealed bids for construction
of Water System Improvements consisting of a new pump station at
Mount Sequovah. renovation of the existing Hyland Park pump station
and construction of approximately 4.150 feet of 8 and 10 inch water
mins
Bids shall be on a unit price basis.
The City of Fayetteville will receive bids until 2:00 P.M. local
time on Tuesday, March 10, 1992 at the office of the Purchasing
Officer. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. Bids
will be opened and publicly read aloud immediately after specified
closing time. All interested parties are invited to attend.
Bidding Documents may be examined at the offices of the Engineers
and at:
ABC Plans Room
Ozark Floor Co.
928 N. College
Fayetteville, AR
Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained through the
Engineers office upon payment of $80.00 for each set of documents.
Return of documents is not required, and amount paid for documents
is not refundable. Partial sets are not available.
For information concerning the proposed work or for an appointment
to visit the site of the work, contact Mr. Robert White at the
Engineer's office.
Section 00030 - 1
MCCInlland
Can ,ifina
APAr Englmok
MCaracraNd
�°nM1.Jill, A. kansaa
In order to perform public work, the successful Bidder shall, as
applicable, hold or obtain such Contractor's and Business Licenses
as required by State statutes and the Rules and Regulations of the
Arkansas Contractor's Licensing Board. The attention of the Bidder
is directed to the applicable wage rates to be paid under this
contract.
Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied
by a certified check or bid bond executed on the prescribed form,
payable to the City of Fayetteville, in an amount not less than 5
percent of the amount bid.
The right is reserved to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming
to the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents, and to
postpone the award of the Contract for a period of time which shall
not exceed beyond 90 days from the bid opening date.
Dated this 20th day of February , 1992.
City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Publish:
Peggy Bates P•O.
Purchasing Officer
Section 00030 - 2
MICC,.lnand
o ConsuIf, g
End1n.srs
Ina.rps•and
Fo It.vn,., Arsansas
PARAGRAPH NO./TITLE
1. FORMAT
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PAGE NO.
1
2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE 1
3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1
4. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1
5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION 1
6. BIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING 2
7. PROJECT MANUAL & DRAWINGS 2
8. TYPE OF BID 2
9. PREPARATION OF BIDS 3
10. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES 3
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 3
12. TELEGRAPHIC OR WRITTEN MODIFICATION OF BIDS 4
13. WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4
14. BID SECURITY 4
15. RETURN OF BID SECURITY
16. AWARD OF CONTRACT
17. BASIS OF AWARD
18. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
19. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
20. FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT AND FURNISH BOND
21. PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR
22. TIME OF COMPLETION
23. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
and
rb,.arrr,d
bngrg,r..
rnaraera•p.rr
M
FapMkr•Ye, q•kanw.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
, SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. FORMAT
The Contract Documents are divided into parts, divisions, and
sections in keeping with accepted industry practice in order to
separate categories of subject matter for convenient reference
thereto. Generally, there has been no attempt to divide the
Specification sections into work performed by the various building
trades, work by separate subcontractors, or work required for
separate facilities in the project.
2. SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE
"Command" type sentences are used in Contract Documents. These
refer to and are directed to the Contractor.
3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
A general description of the work to be done is contained in the
ADVERTISEMENT FORBIDS. The scope is indicated on the accompanying
Drawings and specified in applicable parts of these Contract
Documents.
4. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
The prospective bidders must meet the statutorily prescribed
requirements before Award of Contract by the Owner.
Before a Contract will be awarded for the work contemplated herein,
the Owner will conduct such investigation as is necessary to
determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low
Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified under this
Contract. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information
as deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's
qualifications.
5. DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION
The Contract Documents governing the work proposed herein consist
of the Drawings and all material bound herewith. These Contract
Documents are intended to be mutually cooperative and to provide
all details reasonably required for the execution of the proposed
work. Any person contemplating the submission of a Bid shall have
thoroughly examined all of the various parts of these Documents,
and should there be any doubt as to the meaning or intent of said
Contract Documents, the Bidder should request of the Engineer, in
writing (received by the Engineer at least 5 working days prior to
bid opening) an interpretation thereof. Any interpretation or
Section 00100 - 1
MCC:IHand
Consult. no
Et. lnur.
;nr>anfa to
Fantle b104 • Arkamoa
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
change in said Contract Documents will be made only in writing, in
the form of Addenda to the Documents which will be furnished to all
Bidders receiving a set of the Documents. Bidders shall submit
with their Proposals, or indicate receipt, of all Addenda. The
Owner or Engineer will not be responsible for any other
explanation or interpretations of said Documents not issued in
writing by Addendum.
6. DIDDER'S UNDERSTANDING
Each Bidder must inform himself of the conditions relating to the
execution of the Work, and it is assumed that he will inspect the
site and make himself thoroughly familiar with all the Contract
Documents. Failure to do so will not relieve the successful Bidder
of his obligation to enter into a Contract and complete the
contemplated Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents.
It shall be the Bidder's obligation to verify for himself and to
his complete satisfaction all information concerning site and
subsurface conditions.
Information derived from topographic maps, or from Drawings showing
location of utilities and structures will not in any way relieve
the Contractor from any risk, or from properly examining the site
and making such additional investigations as he may elect, or from
properly fulfilling all the terms of the Contract Documents.
Each Bidder shall inform himself of, and the Bidder awarded a
Contract shall comply with, federal, state, and local laws,
statutes, and ordinances relative to the execution of the Work.
This requirement includes, but is not limited to, applicable
regulations concerning minimum wage rates, nondiscrimination in
the employment of labor, protection of public and employee safety
and health, environmental protection, the protection of natural
resources, fire protection, burning and nonburning requirements,
permits, fees, and similar subjects.
7. PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWINGS
No return of Project Manual or Drawings is required and no refund
will be made.
The successful Bidder will be furnished three sets of Documents
without charge. Any additional copies required will be furnished
to the Contractor at $ 80.00 per set. Partial sets will not be
available.
8. TYPE OF BID
Unit prices shall be submitted in the appropriate places on the
Bid. The total amount to be paid the Contractor shall be the total
amount of the unit price items as adjusted based on quantities
Section 00100 - 2
MCC IRAord
hre Consullarg
Eq•ego
trprvera4d
Fopsed,s, drkensds
1
installed and/or any adjustment for additions or deletions
resulting from additive or deductive alternates or change orders
during construction.
9. PREPARATION OF BIDS
All blank spaces in the Bid form must be filled in, preferably in
BLACK ink, in both words and figures where required. No changes
shall be made in the phraseology of the forms. Written amounts
shall govern in cases of discrepancy between the amounts stated in
writing and the amounts stated in figures. In case of discrepancy
between unit prices and totals, unit prices will prevail.
Any Bid shall be deemed informal which contains material omissions,
or irregularities, or in which any of the prices are obviously
unbalanced, or which in any manner shall fail to conform to the
conditions of the published ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS.
Only one bid from any individual, firm, partnership, or
corporation, under the same or different names, will be considered.
Should it appear to the Owner that any Bidder is interested in more
than one bid for work contemplated, all bids in which such Bidder
is interested will be rejected.
The Bidder shall sign his Bid in the blank space provided therefor.
If Bidder is a corporation, the legal name of the corporation shall
be set forth above, together with the signature of the officer or
officers authorized to sign Contracts on behalf of the corporation.
If Bidder is a partnership or sole proprietorship, the true name of
the firm shall be set forth above, together with the signature of
the partner or partners authorized to sign Contracts in behalf of
the firm. if signature is by an agent, other than an officer of a
corporation or a member of a partnership or sole proprietorship, a
notarized power-of-attorney must be on file with the Owner prior to
opening of bids or submitted with the Bid.
10. STATE AND LOCAL SALES AND USE TAXES
Unless the Supplementary Conditions contains a statement that the
Owner is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into
the Work due to the qualification of the Work under this Contract,
all state and local sales and use taxes, as required by the laws
and statutes of the state and its political subdivisions, shall be
paid by the Contractor. Prices quoted in the Bid shall include all
nonexempt sales and use taxes, unless provision is made in the Bid
form to separately itemize the tax.
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS
All Bids must be submitted, not later than the time prescribed, at
the place, and in the manner set forth in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR
Section 00100 - 3
MCC11 Ord
wrwittlna
Eng'
inmraa•apa
raplbr•fl. Arb+aaa
I
I
I
I
I
L1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
In
U
BIDS. Bids must be made on the Bid forms provided herein. Each
Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, so marked as to
indicate its contents without being opened, and addressed in
conformance with the instructions in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS.
Bids may not be submitted by FAX machines.
Any Bidder may modify his
bid
by telegraphic or
written
communication at any time prior
to
the scheduled closing
time for
receipt of bids, provided such
communication is received by the
Owner prior to the closing time.
The telegraphic or
written
communication should not reveal
the
bid price; it shall,
however,
state the addition or subtraction or
other modification so
that the
final prices or terms will not
be
known by the owner until the
sealed bid is opened.
Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the
opening of Bid either by telegraphic or written request, or in
person. No Bid may be withdrawn after the time scheduled for
opening of Bids, unless the time specified in Item, AWARD OF
CONTRACT, of these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS shall have elapsed.
Bids must be accompanied by cash, a certified check, or cashier's
check drawn on a bank in good standing, or a bid bond issued by a
Surety authorized to issue such bonds in the State where the Work
is located, in the amount of 5 percent of the total amount of the
Bids submitted. This bid security shall be given as a guarantee
that the Bidder will not withdraw his Bid for a period of 9Q days
after bid opening, and that if awarded the Contract, the successful
Bidder will execute the attached contract and furnish properly
executed Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the full amount of
the Contract price within the time specified.
The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this bond in
behalf of the Surety must attach a notarized copy of his
power -of -attorney as evidence of his authority to bind the Surety
on the date of execution of the bond.
All bid bonds and Contract bonds shall be executed by a licensed
resident agent of the surety having his place of business in the
State of Arkansas and in all ways complying with the laws of the
State of Arkansas. The mere countersigning of a bond will not be
sufficient.
AlCCill laS
E'ics
n:oorpsorve.one
fontfov0s, Ar,onwi
Section 00100 - 4
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
h
I
I
I
If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond, he shall use the Bid
Bond form bound herewith, or one conforming substantially thereto
in form and content.
15. RETURN OF BID SECURITY
Within 15 days after the award of the Contract, the Owner will
return the bid securities to all Bidders whose Bids are not to be
further considered in awarding the Contract. Retained bid
securities will be held until the Contract has been finally
executed, after which all bid securities, other than Bidders' bonds
and any guarantees which have been forfeited, will be returned to
the respective Bidders whose Proposals they accompanied.
Within 90 calendar days after the opening of Bids, unless otherwise
stated in the ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS of
these Documents, the Owner will accept one of the Bids or will act
in accordance with BASIS OF AWARD, below. The acceptance of the
Bid will be by written notice of award, mailed or delivered to the
office designated in the Bid. In the event of failure of the
lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder to sign and
return the Contract with acceptable Performance and Payment Bonds,
as prescribed herein, the Owner may award the Contract to the next
lowest responsible and responsive qualified Bidder. Such award, if
made, will be made within 90 days after the opening of Bids.
If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the total Base Bid
of the lowest acceptable Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated
by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all bids or take
such other action as best serves the Owner's interests, including
consideration of selected Deductive Alternates. Basis of award
will be as stated in the Bid.
The successful Bidder shall, within 15 consecutive days after
receiving notice of award, sign and deliver to the Owner the
Contract hereto attached together with the acceptable bonds as
required in these Documents. Within 15 consecutive days after
receiving the signed Contract with acceptable bonds from the
successful Bidder, the Owner's authorized agent will sign the
Contract. Signature by both parties constitutes execution of the
Contract.
The successful Bidder shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of
Arkansas Department of Finance and Administration concerning
nonresident contractor's notice and bond requirements.
Y«,.r,aw
rnoaro..ar.a
f y.ft.v,t?. Ar.on.a.
Section 00100 - 5
The successful Bidder shall file with the Owner a Performance Bond
and Payment Bond on the form bound herewith, each in the full
amount of the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of
the State of Arkansas as applicable, as security for the faithful
performance of the Contract and the payment of all persons
supplying labor and materials for the construction of the Work, and.
to cover all guarantees against defective workmanship or materials,
or both, for a period of 1 year after the date of final acceptance
of the work by the Owner. The Surety furnishing this bond shall
have a sound financial standing and a record of service
satisfactory to the Owner, shall be authorized to do business in
the State of Arkansas, and shall be listed on the current U.S.
Department of Treasury Circular Number 570, or amendments thereto
in the Federal Register, of acceptable Sureties for Federal
projects.
If the Surety on any Bond furnished by Contractor is declared
bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is
terminated in any state where any part of the project is located or
it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph,
Contractor shall within five days thereafter substitute another
Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
The Attorney -in -Fact (Resident Agent) who executes this Performance
Bond and Payment Bond in behalf of the Surety must attach a
notarized copy of his power -of -attorney as evidence of his
authority to bind the Surety on the date of execution of the bond.
All Contracts, Performance and Payment Bonds, and respective
powers -of -attorney will have the same date.
The Bidder who has a Contract awarded to him and who fails to
properly execute the Contract and furnish the Performance Bond and
Payment Bond, within the time frame stipulated elsewhere in these
documents, shall forfeit the bid security that accompanied his bid,
and the bid security shall be retained as liquidated damages by the
Owner, and it is agreed that this sum is a fair estimate of the
amount of damages the Owner will sustain in case the Bidder fails
to enter into a Contract and furnish the bond as hereinbefore
provided. Bid security deposited in the form of cash, a certified
check, or cashier's check shall be subject to the same requirements
as a Bid Bond.
21. PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall perform on the site and with his
organization, work equivalent to at least forty percent of
total amount of the work to be performed under this Contract.
aCC..;land
.^a•allllny
Earnlul
Inpce pl•pflQ
FoflIIvUV,A ka,.p/
H
I
I
C
I
H
I
I
H
H
Li
I
I
I
Li
I
during the progress of the Work hereunder, the Contractor requests
a reduction of such percentage, and the Engineer determines that it
would be to the client's advantage, the percentage of the Work
required to be performed by the Contractor's own organization may
be reduced; PROVIDED prior written approval of such reduction is
obtained by the Contractor from the Engineer.
Each bidder must furnish with his bid a list of the items that he
will perform with his own forces and the estimated total cost of
these items.
22. TIME OF COMPLETION
The time of completion of the Work to be performed under this
Contract is of the essence of the Contract. Delays and extensions
of time may be allowed in accordance with the provisions stated in
Section GENERAL CONDITIONS. The time allowed for the completion of
the work is stated in the Proposal.
23. PROVIDING REQUIRED INSURANCE
The Bidder's attention is directed to the insurance requirements
set forth in the GENERAL CONDITIONS (amended in the SUPPLEMENTAL
CONDITIONS, if appropriate). Submittal of a bid indicates full
understanding and intent to comply with the insurance requirements
which are a condition of the contract.
Section 00100 - 7
McCMllen!
EngrIt S
pwaanW
•nn.;vpe
I
LJ
1
I
I
H
1
I
I
C
C
I
I
C
I
I
SECTION 00300
PROPOSAL
NOTE TO BIDDER: Please use BLACK ink for completing this Proposal
form.
To: City of Fayetteville
4nI:f:I_
U. •:
, .j a •t• • .
.
. - i
: ..- S s ■
Address: L�o �J�7Qwr„o^_, Y40, `l1'13
Date: In
Bidder's person to contact for additional information on this
Proposal:
Name:
Telephone: 501 - 1tAi- 5bo'4
The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the
only persons or parties interested in this Proposal are those named
herein, that this Proposal is, in all respects, fair and without
fraud, that it is made without collusion with any official of the
Owner, and that the Proposal is made without any connection or
collusion with any person submitting another Proposal on this
Contract.
The Bidder further declares that he has carefully examined the
Contract Documents for the construction of the project, that he has
personally inspected the site, that he has satisfied himself as to
the quantities involved, including materials and equipment, and
conditions of work involved, including the fact that the
Section 00300 - 1
n
moraO
mparaYd
Fay.H.vir., Arkcn.o.
7
El
C
C
I
I
I
I
El
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
L
description of the quantities of work and materials, as included
herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general
nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the
detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, and that this
Proposal is made according to the provisions and under the terms of
the Contract Documents, which Documents are hereby made a part of
this Proposal.
The Bidder further agrees that he has exercised his own judgement
and has utilized all data which he believes pertinent from the
Engineer, Owner, and other sources in arriving at his own
conclusions.
rLA
•.
The Bidder agrees that if this Proposal is accepted, he will,
within 15 consecutive calendar days after notice of award, sign the
Contract in the form annexed hereto, and will at that time, deliver
to the Owner the Performance Bond and Payment Bond required herein,
and will, to the extent of his Proposal, furnish all machinery,
tools, apparatus, and other means of construction and do the work
and furnish all the materials necessary to complete all work as
specified or indicated in the Contract Documents.
The Bidder further agrees to furnish the Owner, before commencing
the work under this Contract, the certificates of insurance,
Payment Bond, and Performance Bond as specified in these Documents.
The Bidder further agrees to begin work within 10 calendar days
after the time stated in the Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner
to the Contractor and shall complete the construction in all
respects by within 150 calendar days after the date specified in
the Notice to Proceed.
In the event the Bidder is awarded the Contract and shall fail to
complete the work within the time limit or extended time limit
agreed upon, as more particularly set forth in the Contract
Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid to the Owner for all
work awarded under the contract until the work shall have been
satisfactorily completed as provided by the Contract Documents,
plus any monies paid by the Owner to the Engineer for additional
engineering and inspection services associated with such delays.
Section 00300 - 2
flYCCYry l
Conwlll.nwp
Ena•n
'no' aaal•a
Fo).belI•, Ar,arn.
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
Liquidated damages shall be cumulative for work not completed on
schedule. Work which is not completed on schedule shall be rated
at $400 per day until the work is completed.
ADDENDA
The bidder hereby acknowledges that he has received Addenda No's
these Specifications.
(Bidder in�ert No. of each Addendum received.)
SALES AND USE TAXES
The Bidder agrees that all federal, state, and local sales and use
taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work.
PROPOSAL SCHEDULE
ITEM UNIT
NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED
1. Lump Sum Mount Sequoyah Pump $ DO /L.S.
Station, Complete (Nume als)
_ AG% I u u� /f. ,/c .vim / .r�
rds)
2.
Lump Sum Hyland Park Pump
Station Renovation
Complete
3. 550 Ft 10" PVC Pipe, C-900
Class 200
(Woxl )
4. 3,600 Ft 8" PVC Pipe, C-900
Class 200
/,
(Words)
5. 42 Ft 12" Ductile Iron Pipe
Class 51
QAkds)
wacfe':and
con.ulnu g
o g
Elgfsslrs
In
Fapf/enfb, Arkansas
dollars/L.S.
cc.
$ 33/L.s.
(N rals)
lars/L. S.
cc
$_t /FT
(Numerals)
6^
dollars/FT
{1
$ is /FT
(Numerals)
dollars/FT
$
$_3J=/ FT
(Numerals)
0
dollars/FT
Section 00300 - 3
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
'L
I
:1
ITEM UNIT
QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED
a
6. 3,35O LBS Ductile Iron or $ /LB
Cast Iron Fittings (Numerals) =�
(Words)
7. 3 EA 8" Gate Valvew/Box
,4t€ ®V
(Words)
8. 1 EA 30" x 12" Tapping Tee
with 12" Tapping Valve
and Box
fh
(Words)
9. 2 EA 8" x 8" Tapping Tee
with 8'r Tapping Valve
4040 and DoX
(word
10. 2 EA 6" x 6r' Tapping Tee
with Err Tapping Valve
and Box
h e L e -a. j iJi
(Words)
11. 120 CV Rock Excavation
r
or -4c-
12.. 20 TN Trench Stabilization
Material
/4�401.,4
Ifl
dollars/LB $
lro
$ S 9i`' /EA
(Numerals)
dollars/EA $ 55
4'
$ i D02 ` / EA
(Numerals)
CP
dollars/EA $ •s'cen
00
$ S v ./ EA
(Numerals}
dollars/EA $
eC
$_ t& /EA
(Numerals)
C1
dollars/EA $
EP
$
(Numerals) ^�
dollars/CY $
tp
$ I /TN
(Numerals) n$
dollars/TN $�
Section 00300 - 4
I
nMcCl.Ilard
Conwfliny
Eaafalr!
I,caaerols0
•o]O•HNIII. AnoPWs
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
C
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
ITEM UNIT
NO QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED
1O
13. 150 TN Granular Fill $ /TN
(Numerals)
4�1�! dollars/TN $ Si
�
(Words)
"C
14. 1,000 TN Granular Pipe Bedding $ %/ /TN
Material (Numerals) ^
dollars/TN $ 1W
(Words)
of
15. 120 SY Asphalt Surface Restoration $ /SY
(Numerals) / 06
7z. dollars/SY $ -_ r ^o
(W ds)
16. 20 SY Concrete Surface
Restoration (Numerals)
dollars/SY $
(Wo ds)
17. 100 SY Sidewalk and Paved Driveway $
Surface Restoration (Numerals)
'A� C dollars/SY
(Wor s
eP
$_____/CY
(Numerals)
18. 10 CI Concrete Encasement
(Words)
19. 20 FT Curb and Gutter
Restoration
(words)
dollars/CY
c
$_ t /FT
(Numerals) `C
dollars/FT $
Cf
20. 75 FT 16" Bored Steel Casing $_//4 / /FT
for 8" Pipe (Numerals)
__ dollars/FT $
(Words)
Section 00300 - 5
fvc[r.fr.n.
Erg...n
floor 0a.M4
tay.,f.vnr., Ark.n...
U
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
G4
7 ! )?
TOTAL BASE BID $ JJ /, /�J SL
Alternate unit prices are to be listed for the Bidder to
utilize Owner provided 8 -inch ductile iron pipe currently stored at
the Owner's maintenance area on Cato Springs Road. The Contractor
would be required to transport the Owner provided 8 -inch ductile
iron pipe from the storage yard to the construction site. The
Contractor would also provide the required polyethylene encasement
for the ductile iron pipe.
The Bidder may also submit an alternate price for renovating
the Hyland Park Pump Station utilizing Goulds pumps.
ALTERNATE
ITEM UNIT
NO. QUANTITY ITEM PRICE EXTENDED
St
lA 3,600 FT 8" Owner Provided $ G j� /FT
Ductile Iron Pipe, (Numerals)
Contractor to Transport
arjd4 Install ,�f
dollars/FT $
(Words)'IC
P V
r
2A Lump Sum Hyland Park Pump Station $_u6'�/LS
Renovation Using Goulds (N als)
Pumps.
.4 6 I� r % �e[Yi�i rZ46 {�r.«�cu( �r��8O1lays/LS $ 3
(Words) 7 ,
Enclosed herewith is a bid bond for
dollars (S _C-; 1 which we
agree the Owner may cash and retain as liquidated damages in the
event of our failure to enter into contract for the work covered by
this Proposal, provided the Contract is awarded to us within ninety
(90) days from the date fixed for the opening of bids and we fail
to execute the required bonds as called for in the Specifications
within fifteen (15) days after the execution of the Contract.
Section 00300 - 6
e
fl.xCbPand
C/
:nea'rpoporaha
fcn t.rrsq A r kan.a.
SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
The Bidder further certifies that the following subcontracting and
supply firms or businesses will be awarded subcontracts for the
following portions of the work in the event that the Bidder is
awarded the Contract:
BORING -SUBCONTRACTOR
,
Name
1oZi t/may-c` 00L1 /7OY
Street City
ELECTRICAL - SUBCONTRACTOR
Name
Street City
PAINTING - SUBCONTRACTOR
f
Name LA
Address City
(The following space is supplied for additional subcontractors)
-SUBCONTRACTOR
Name
Street City
PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY CONTRACTOR
The Bidder shall perform at least 40 percent of the work with his
own forces (refer to Paragraph 21, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. Bids
from so called "Brokerage Contractors" will not be considered.)
Section 00300 - 7
M ,;;aq,d
Coaw N,.V
o V
Eno,....s
,+aeroora:.C
Foy.It.wts. A•Yaasas
I
I
I
List below the items that the Bidder will perform with his own
forces, if awarded this Contract, and fill in the blank showing the
estimated total cost of these items.
Estimated total cost of the above items the Bidder states that will
be performed with his own forces, if awarded Contract:
,
l�uck r e 74 a Ijt , Dollars
EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER
The Bidder states that he is an experienced Contractor and has
completed similar projects within the last 5 years.
(List similar projects, with types, names of clients, construction
costs, and references with telephone numbers. Use additional
sheets if necessary.)
,LL.S7
SURETY
If the Bidder is awarded a construction Contract on this Proposal,
the Surety who provides the Performance and Payment Bond will be
FILQfn44 3 �w,..� N, F,o�z 44AAaaws _ins. whose address is
P.4c bqs (ao4 1 r At. -7►r1r3
Street City State Zip
BIDDER
The name of t//he Bidder submitting this Proposal is
_ ; __Con. Co. _J.,c. doing business at
a 1Q4.+A k:1 - its'e 142. "719 hb
Street City State Zip
which is the address to which all communications concerned with
this Proposal and with the Contract shall be sent.
Section 00300 - 8
wK,.dpgs
EMfpov
Mpxpprp,.p
fay.ff.v,9., phpnkp.
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
(501) 767-9304 • 127 FRONA DRIVE • HOT SPRINGS, ARKANSAS 71913
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
We are enclosing our Resume' of Jobs, contract anount, type of
work, the names of Engineering firms, their address and telephone
numbers.
These jobs are the most recent and current dating from 1990, 1991
to the present.
Should you need any additional information please feel free to call
us at any time.
Sincerely,
Bill Buxton Larry Brown
President Vice President
PROJECT RESUME'
CONTRACT
TYPE OF
PROJECT
AMOUNT
WORK
ENGINEER
Ilorsehead Water
Water line
William Graham
Assoc.,Clarksville
$ 87,783
relocation
Little Rock, AR
501-227-0078
Truck Weigh Scale
Weigh
State of Arkansas
Corning
142,551
Scale
Hwy. Dept. of
Transportation
Fayetteville
Manhole
ETC Engineers
Manhole
247,500
rehab.
Litt]e Rock, AR
501-375-1786
North Little Rock
Water
Thomas Engineers
Phase 9
399,868
relocation
Na. Little Rock, AR
501-753-4463
Fordyce Bathhouse
Dept. of Parks
Hot Springs
466,995
Reroof
and Tourism
S. Altus Ext.
Water
Perkins & Assoc.
Altus
230,719
line
Russellville, AR
501-968-1885
Crater of Diamond
Pump
ETC Engineers
Murfreesboro
18,433
Station
Lake Hamilton
Wastewater
Affiliated Engineers
School, Pearcy
396,529
Treatment
Hot Springs, AR
501-624-4691
Almyra Airport
28,800
Airport
Affiliated Engineers
Improvenent
Oak Grove Ext.
Water line
McClelland Engineers
Oak Grove
449,195
improvement
Fayetteville, AR
501-443-2377
Greenwood Sewer
212,122
Sewer imp.
Hawkins -Weir Eng
Van Buren, AR
501-474-1227
Wal-Mart #52
Site
Progressive
Hot Springs
363,184
Utility
Little Rock, AR
Adair Co.
Water line
Holloway, Updike
Oklahoma
1,161,908
improvement
& Bellen
Muskogee, OK
918-682-7811
• `
RESUME_ CONTINUED
Madison Co. Water Engineering Services
Huntsville 1,'254,697 relocation Springdale, AR
5C1-751-8733
Booneville 1663,464 Wastewater ETC Engineers
Treatment
The names of the principal officers of the corporation submitting
this Proposal, or of the partnership, or of all persons interested
in this Proposal as principals are as follows:
�11LJit.- . Tbr1- /12tS,iltAt
h+Kw?a - Y PEca
The Bidder's Arkansas Contractor's License No. is:
If Sole Proprietor or Partnership
IN WITNESS hereto the undersigned has set his (its) hand this
day of 19_.
Signature of Bidder
Ti
If Corporation
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned corporation has caused this
instrument to be executed and its seal affixed by its duly
authorized officers this day of , 199x.
(SEAL) a (.otii - C,
Name of orporation
By
Title ( I 1 y/_____ e
Attest
Secretary
Section 00300 - 9
MGCI
p.HrOO
lrcvparafM
Foy.ff/v''1,, Al onso.
ALA. Document No. A-310 (February 1970 Ed.) e
FIREMAN B FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
' rHE AMFR.CAY INSURANC( COMPANY
NATIONAL SURFIV CORPORATION
f$AJfl flfl ASSOCIATED IVDCMNITY CORPORATION
nAMERICAN AUTOMOB LE INBLRANCE COMPANY
BID BOND
I
1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, BB&B Construction Co.,Inc.
an Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Fireman's Fund Insurance Co.
' a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California
a Surely, hereinafter called the Surely, are heW and firmly bound unto
' City of Fayetteville
' as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obliges, in the sum d
DoflaQs (I
Five Percent (5%) of amount bid ---------------------- 5% of amt.)
for the payment of which sum we11 and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors
adm in,stralers, successors and assign jointly and severally. firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the principal has submitted a bid for
Water System Imp. Mt. Sequoyah Pump Station, Hyland Park Pump Station renovation &
' water lines
NOW. THEREFORE if the Obligee shall accept the Nd of the principal and the Principal shall enter into a contract with the Obl.gee
in accudur:ce with the terms of such bid and give such bond or bonds as may be spec.hed in the bidding or contrad doc-amenis with
good and sufficient surety For the faithful performance of s,Xh contrat an: 'or the prrmpt payment of labor and material furnished
' in the prosecution thereof, or in the event o! the IaCure of the Pnncipai t, enter such contract and give such bond or bonds if the
Principal shaL pay to the Obligee the difference not !a exceed the per.a!ty hereof between the amount speci'ied in said hid and
each larger amount fa which the Obligee may in good faith contract with ar.other party to perfern the work covered by said bid
then this obligation. shall be nut: and void otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this10th day of March A.D. 19 92
I
' BB&B Construction Co.,Inc.
— _ TIPtcpS) ISIS)
' foal.)
Fireman's s Fund Insurance Co.
tmitni �'1'+.e lGicrTC�
�—zfargaret i,ghe8 f _-Ationsy in tact
ICVgMAL
• POWER OF
ArmRNn FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
'KNOW ALLMRN BY TH RPREUMM' That FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, a Corporation duly organized and alit lug undathe laws of
the State of California, and having its principal office in the County of Mario, State of California, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these
praeutsmake,constituteandappoiot RAYMOND HAYNIE, DALENA MOURT0N, HELEN RUTH BALL and MARGARET
HUGHES, jointly or severally
HOT SPRINGS, AR
.ten true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, plaaand stad, to acute, sal. acknowledge and deliver any
and all bonds, undertaking, recorearsocen or other wraten Obligations in the nature thereof ______________________________r__--_
and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the some extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, saled with the corporate sal of the
Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premisa.
This power of attorney is granted pursuant toArmete VII, Sections 45 and 46 of By-laws of FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY now in full force and
effect.
`Ardis VD. ApcLta andAMba*y of Resident Swaarfs, Attasset'-b-tact and Ages to amrye Legal Prices aid Make Appnmans.
Seaslan 45. Apelnlaw. ifs Cialraan of the led of Director, the President, my Vla-Prddent or asp atber pence aatba.iad by she Board of
Diseemn, ties Cl aknma of the Bond of Dkedsn, ties President or ay YS-Prodde t away, frog dear to rise. appoint Resident Assistant Seoeadts ad
Auaearyst-Fat to nprns ad an for ad ON behalf of ties Corporationd aAgents to inapt legal padoses d ski apaaaea for ad on behalf of the
—a..ection a S 46. Abs*yc The at silty of act Rsideat AS M Secreaslr. Anaeaeysan-Fat and Ages be a prescribed In S. Whaaent evidencing
sister appointaa 1. Any sack appoladent ad all antbsdty stand thereby ay be sevokd stay that by the Bad of Dlraton or by any pease eapownd to
make aneb appeataes "
This power of attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of FIREMAN'S FUND
INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 7th day of August, 1984, and said Resolution has not ben amended or repealed:
"RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice -President, Assistant Secretary, and Resident Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, and the sal of this
Corporation may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by facsimile.
and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or certificate beanng such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding
ups the Corporation:'
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY has quad these presents to be signed by its Vice -President, and its corporate
,al tobe haeuntoaffxed this 7th day o f February 19 92
U
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
By
�l Va-Pr lfwl
'STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF MARIN
I
I
[1
C
L
a.
On this 7th dayof February • 19 92 R. D. Farnsworth before me personally came
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and my: that he is Via -President of FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, the Corporationdescribed m and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the set of soCor
poration; Corpoion; that the sal affixed to the aid instrument is such corporate
sal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of mid Corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I have neranto set my nand and affixed my official send, the day and roar herein Lest above written.
OFFICIAL SEAL
.1. M. VANDEVORT
NOTARY PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA
Rlnetpl Office In Morin Cosrty
Mr Ceadesha I-' As. lg. IM2
e1 y:$117 15
No4a, pas
STATE OF CALIFORNIA �.�
a
COUNTY OF MAR IN
1. the undeaaigad, Rnideu Assistant Secretary of FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, a CALIFORNIA Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY
that the foregoing and artae'red POW11R OF ATTORNEY remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that Article VII, Sections 45 and 46 of
the By-laws of the Corporation. and the Resolution of the Board of Directors; set forth in the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
Signed and sealed at the County of Mn Dated the l 4 th day of
March
19 92 .
L.
360711•FF-6.89
C
RECEIV ! . • 11992
L
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
H
I
I
I
1l
NOTICE OF AWARD
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: City of Fayetteville. Water System
Improvements. Mount Segouyah Pump Station. Hyland Park Pump
Station Renovation and Water Lines. The OWNER
has considered the PROPOSAL submitted by you for the above
described WORK in response to its ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS.
You are hereby notified that your PROPOSAL including alternate
bid items has been accepted for the contract in the amount of
$304,725.50.
You are required by the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS to execute the
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT in its entirety and furnish the required
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND and certificates of insurance within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of this NOTICE OF AWARD.
If you fail to execute said Contract and to furnish said bonds
within fifteen (15) days from the date of this NOTICE OF AWARD,
said OWNER will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out
of the OWNER'S acceptance of your PROPOSAL as abandoned and as a
forfeiture of your BID BOND. The OWNER will be entitled to such
other rights as may be granted by law.
You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this NOTICE
OF AWARD to the OWNER.
Dated this 22nd day of April __,199l.
By:_________
Title: Eineer
Receipt acknowledged this 'J7i day o441kJ
/} , l99 r
73 a- i '/"7Ld/f/�' Gt a
By:
Title:
nq
m c s Fn:i. rs
Fns
'nv Doran!
'ay.nvY!., Arkansas
t
B ICIirtO�i
Gt*rr•v
' STATE OF ARKANSAS
y .
ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
10421 WEST MARKHAM(LLITTLE ROCK, AMXANSA5 79205
(501 )682-4$00 • FM: (5O1
22,4 1992
I
I
I
P7
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
Robert White
McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc.
P. O. Box 1229
Fayetteville, AR 72702
RE: Fayetteville water
System Improvements
Fayetteville, Arkansas
Washington County
Dear Mr. White:
1L TVw II, c'
d•[ctt.
In response to your request, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing
Wage Determination Number 91-108 establishing the minimum wages
rates to be paid on the above -referenced project, These rates were
established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark, Code
Ann. 55 22-9-301 to 22-9-313(1987) and the administrative
regulations promulgated thereunder.
If the work Is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law,
every specification shall include minimum prevailing wage rates for
each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas
Department of Labor Ark. Code Ann,SS22-9-308(b)(2). Also, the
public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the
contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the
prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all workers
performing work under the contract. Ark. Code Ann. 522-9-308(c).
Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the
contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work
site. Ark. Code Ann. 522-9-309(a).
Once the contract is awarded, please notify this office of the
following: the name, mailing address and telephone number of the
general contractor; the date construction is to begin; the
anticipated completion date; and the amount of the project bid.
If you have
any questions please
feel
free to contact me at
(501) 682-4533 or
through fax at (501)
682-4532.
enclosure
Sincerely,
Ann Sanders
Prevailing Wage Supervisor
Page 1 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION - HEAVY RATE
DATE: January 22, 1992 DETERMINATION 1: 91-108
PROJECT: Fayetteville Water System COUNTY; Washington
Improvements EXPIRATION DATEt 7-22-92
' BASIC
HOURLY FRINGE
CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS
' Bricklayers 7,20
Carpenters 7,20
Concrete Finishers 7,20
Electricians 8,75
' Ironworkers:
structural 6.30
Reinforcing 5.45
• Laborers:
• Air Tool Operator 5.15
Asphalt Heater Operator 5.15
' Asphalt Raker 5.85
Carpenter Helper 5.15
Chain Saw Operator 5.15
Checker Grade 5.45
' Concrete Finisher Helper 5.15
Concrete Joint Sealer 5.15
Concrete Saw Operator 5.15
' Flagger 4,25
Formsetter 5.45
Laborer 4.25
' Pipelayer 5.45
Powderman 6.40
Vibratorman 5.15
Painter 6.20
' Pile Driver Leadman 6.20
Power Equipment Operators:
Aggregate Spreader Operator 5.80
' Asphalt Plant Fireman 4.85
Asphalt Plantdrier Operator 4.85
Batch Plant Operator 5.80
Bulldozer Operator: Finish 6.90
'
Rough 5.65
Bull Float Operator 5.65
Concrete Curing Machine Operator 5.65
Concrete Mixing Operator:
Less than 5 sacks 5.15
5 sacks or more 6.20
' Backhoe-Rubbertired 1 yard or less 6.10
Cherry Picker Operator 6.10
Concrete Paver Operator 6.70
Concrete Spreader Operator 6.70
Crane, Derrick, nrag]ine, Shovel,
• Backhoe Operators:
1-1/2 yards or less 6.70
' Over 1-2/2 yards 7,20
Crunher Operator 5.65
Distributor Operator 5.65
r.
Page 2 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION - HEAVY RATE
DATE: January 22, 1992 DETERMINATION p': 91-108
PROJECT: Fayetteville Water System COUNTY: Washington
Improvements EXPIRATION DATES 7-22-97
BASIC
I
HOURLY FRINGE
CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS
Drill Operator (wagon or truck) 5.65
Elevating Grader Operator 6.70
' Euclid or like Equipment Operator
(bottom or end dump) 5.25
Finishing Machine Operator 6.10
' Forklift Operator 5.05
Front End Grader Operator 5.05
Front End Operator: Finish 6.70
' Rough 5.65
Hydro Seeder operator 5.15
Mechanic 6.90
Mechanic Helper 5,25
Motor Patrol Operator; Finish 6.90
Rough 5.65
Mulching Machine Operator 5.15
' Oiler and Greaser 5.45
Pile Driver operator 6.20
Power Broom Operator 5,15
Pug Mill Operator 5.15
' Roller operator (self-propelled) 5.25
Scraper Operator: Finish 6.90
Rough 5.65
' Sod Slicning Maching Operator 4.95
Stabilizer Mixing Maching Operator 5.65
Tractor Operator: Crawler Type 5.15
' Farm and Wheel 5.15
Wheel Type (with
attachment 1 yard or under) 5.55
Trenching Machine Operator 5.55
Stonemasons 7.20
Truck Drivers:
Distributor Truck 5.45
Semi -trailer 5.45
Lowboy 5.65
Transmit Mix 5.45
' Truck Drivers (Light -less than
3000 lbs.) 4.85
Truck Drivers (Heavy -more than
3000 lbs.) 5.15
Well Drillers 6.90
Li
I
Welders -receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to
which welding in incidental.
CERTIFIED
JULY 13, 1989
I
U•.••• 1'
�.I• •i,- LIJ:.I'`. i 14- .: i . .L-•.-�•Lr-�yi.`.•
Y YYr��
: f. M •.f- I
Y • L 7"'I .♦ • 1 ,..-l. \-Y•1ITi•.Ir�1�'M• (.• I .'• • •y_ • L •-�• I
••. _'N _n _m. •V:.••I, i•••.1 •••• •, A• ,• • .''� i•k �I r•. '•..l"•L� YrJ yr •l^ .••••J'/F ,,ti ...• SJL: .i.: '.F ,: ,,I
'.l .S...'J... • / 1. ••• +• '' 1• 'I- 1 151•r i\,I •• .ii. y• M1. ,' •• ••L FF/1\
1. . _ I•5. ••.• . }•f e .f• ••-J'+. '..:• L:• 4-n r• INC .�f}. - J
• •�•. Y ••
S'.. \'(ii •.I'C M•• +nom: 1. n:. ,.. _ •. .. r ^. 1_-;.: .. �Y, -•r. •••... Y,.. V\
• I.• • •'..r•C �.' A. •. •, .at .•.• l• -. '• • • •r •t1•^• J{ ly T.: .• • -• • L I
'r .•. • ` 1\•ly • • • • '••••.• .I I'..�•• • 1•'• •\ _ • .� rr Jl: ! r.
, f- i r .tr +/ • 1 •.'.
. . '., •, n • •^4-. • i,•.' ..• •.
'. t • Y ♦!• 1. - ': • •. •• I•
r i:•' • r • •••. / i
•. + •. J•• _•._.I
-. .•r: ... • • I.
.. •__• .�1•
.%.
�,'• 11•
.. r r y r f�� ••t Y•
.. ? r l�•.. •t. •f • ,J •I = •.. " . .
:J 'r .•••.••Y ?..ea.
': ••.I..f :.y,•r .Y f• r • . •:• .'^ .. •_?
.- A.r +-r. •
rL ' •f• 5•
•Y••ii L' ' 1 ••' •1/ 1.
l : •
_ • 1 +�•.•• • .: ••.r .4r •••
4 •w • .- • •U 4
I
- a
__ •l • e '• •_ •l ••r
•• • f• l •-••• r• T/.
•
n.:.
• • •
. .-•..•.• ,t.• 2Y:\',+ .i• • •. ':: •
�; .1 r•I' .. •,a : .%` .i••1 J,i.•a. .. ri•. •..•-.
• ••�•'•'JI ♦J 1 1. 1:•:. S•J} ••••'•• 'rl ♦9"••l •n.^ •••:..••••'•''1••; 1 �.{• y=. 'n. •' :_:• •.� _
•r'• ��.1 '• •r• •.l..:L ••.• : -.I +1 .•Y .. 4.'.. , If • 1•.. •••_ :. r1 •^,• •• ry• .i 5• _
• • •-J .J •. U. - -; •. 1 • _ •i - .K J.., • ! •: Y •
•4S• 0:: •' ! l............................................................
ya •• i,M • • f.' +, a •.r • � •••_.•
•• ••,L I.• r•• rl fY f• ne.I-
• t !n .: .J Y •L. - w:J • 1.• .J,. ,.:.1J. •'.JI JI . i.•_• • r••I II •_
;.:- { •..A •: I• ; ••:ti ,., .! •I.aUt
i•• �J�r••J••'•�.l • •
i 1• +.. •1\J/'•amI •I • •1 w r • ••.•••
••• ,i M1.• _ - + S.Y• aS • •L Y ,a•'"• ..I C Y. r.• •.•: ••• l�=, t •' r. 'J •••I 'a. 1 ..• ' • ' • • .\J. •
f.....................................................
•rI'/!•{' i •S . '[ Y ..rte. J• : • . t� rli
• •
r• . I .. • . Y .. Y a
.n. • •I, 1 1 n ..S .i• ^ •n L/. nSS •r .n'r•'•J • • •.1. 1� .i+•.•♦
. ,, r1 L/••'•••
V}.r• ~ i �•• .:••• y ,.•• •f•. .S� • 'i••1• •..'41••' •
.:.
M1 •'.'.41TOf •'J ., ••
•.4�•_ Jam ••-•-••i ._ ••
I
�.. ; .. • •' •. •O•••J if Y OTIMtfOAMS
•l y. • r•: .I • •• : • • •. ♦• • 1,.•.l:'• I • f• ' .l '.l , X1.1 J •`1•YNo. L\•r.• YL.^•Am •a•. S+ '• .w11. i•'
..� .• .•Y••J 1 .•'' e. •' .J A .'.••I., •w .w•- \ti.••r.M1'•'. ••_ i'•..w •.• ♦ •. •: ••.
�. ;�•;Y-5..• •.. S•:n:,-• S\y •:; ..ti ..JI NMI!.•• .i• •:• ..P Y•.•.a. •••J •C •• r aI• , l •- • •\.`•It S .•-•
••.IJd• .• •r •:• P.
• 'a
r. 1• •n.. C., •_ •.•1 L• • I•• i' .'• "l' 1... , • : 1 \•� •,1
• •t'I • •# •• '+.f' :• • r•••f •I.•
.. I_:�•} fI•..•4 •'.a. : - l tJ..2.•.._Ji •'\.., 1`'.I •• .5,.' +4 -•�••+
1 +. .. '. J^ r .1. •I •r • •• 1 • ..•'T I •l' .1� '. Il •_w _•l ♦. y •. _
•'f• ti• . '.n ,r • .G ` r• tr ••.. ' �{�`1J�•rIl• • y. ,� w. r. • i S 1 .4 • ,r• •'/•.. ''T. • �
L.. •� ,• _t
�•+ � I. •.•.•. •' •. f- r+ ~• / 1, ..
�` Y 1 Y -I J• .%4J"L 1. w•�& I••+GI • 1�1•J`•r' . •re •••M1 lM1•M iS • !••• .I •.• •I.n {: • .:: S • ,_. Y'•..• Y•S .•1 i• ii• • I+R� •� .•.: rt•. R •S• !:•, '
•. Na' • 5 • . ti • •. .{ v ... l • L... .a .• L. • L , e x . •J i•
\ + f•. w • • .'.•' '.•. . ^ +• :_ .'Lw • _ ' ••„rt.l .: .-,.t1.. momI ••. • •'f . • r•}•
1•
I.
•.' •••
. .f. I • •I .: ., .••. r _ ..: {•I' 1 '=..1 ti .: .il{'s�•.:ri •w: ^:• d. M : ••I• !•.•Rw~ Y•I , • • •!r
.�. ••1 VFI- • 'l, ..\I' .a..0of ••.. . 1^ •
'• •}I. •. ••.•A•
I
/•.\ .. , U. •. • •
• ►�1, ;I^•l..• ': ,. n• w -•\ • •,'•i. •rr ^':� lii :f j•L• •. a. J. �n51 Il:i r, r• �• :'
'. I•K•i eln• %h•
; • .� •I
+• wf ..: '• • •Nr%Co.•r • I.'..••': '•11 +;�• •15 �'•i JY4. .,'
•1:••._
4'J•I. •' •• I I,• r f. ..•. r•• .k•• 1.1• +. . .f (-7..' ••L , i\. •� Y' I. ••
.. , •�I.Y • • , - 1 A + •.• ,. ; •r J '. j, S •1.•M1 IT•1. F 1+[. , i i 'I.. ••' .. }ri . ': • i-:
' M1L. • •N. •_'•..s • S L '3•• �•.! .: r� i'• 1.• •I' j• I:. • r '•II ' .4 :•ti.lyI; ... •r.K•.
.., I..
:n .s.. .I•: -.i '. • .+�� ti;,iI• f ..,_r .: '••�. f. k•, 'Iw II l..y% .• . 'v ly +,
_ • a •:.. _ .
•i • f• •,•.:• •• A.md , i•. , J• '• ,... '•.' JI•.: rY•• fi f•••: i., a:Jf..�+l • -.: • Y♦I' G.
• •• •. • Ii •' i•
•
t J•. r ' • .....•
'" a -
a. .. •.'•IU' .�': •J• • .......•
L •, •, •.. •I• - 'G••! •• J__*_ • -..I, _. n. . • ', • ,
•
••- , _I•4
'4: •: Yn• ., ..J • '.
•,' ••l': •Y 1.•. .. •: tti•-_ •'nr: + I l.<'_ 1.•'J: i +• •w+•
I2 '• . 4 • .•. '+.. 4 _:.Ir,. _ : J:• i •: •• I w-`.•.. -'•1 j �,J '• • ., -^• : n. • 1_ .' w }�
.1 .. f. CJ•.•. -• .I.' •f • • _ �' : ..•' `• •I •1• .
••• '•• 11 n l •f .\ •. •f, •` .•••y ,• I ••
', w•. i • w/ •�' • f• I.•• i 'I. '4 } •.. .1 •_.r•: ... •. !•• r: '.L Ji 1. . ,\) \f^
,•. ••J •S•.Y ••VY, • .f •:.$-aii• ••/ •ln ..• ..:.I ••. i:•1 • •'••. ^.Irr w•. ,,• l.. ♦+.-. wJI
•4. .:. . J •. • . y ! +•n..•L i.:' •'I • •lS^ a •, a• M1I • •Y ' • Iri • Y•
Y: •- • •_ } S ^.•.G
..• •f• • r • .: .'J'. • 1 l.a -U.-
S•frn\ I•. rJ•• •. .•j S' , ..
�:I• L •:r ., •l ., w.•,I • I• •'. • ..w • • 1. •'I •
f \:.S� LS �.I\j••. Yr. !'1 • IF M.
1' nJ'kY. F J. i•. Jt.:. ••f••r r.• • •. •f x Y':. • • •' •J•s.+•• .:. ..
•
J••. _. �yM1 r •r•�•
• C. .v;..._ 1
`' 1Y. i.. .: •• a. - .• - • 4 ~A I lr`l4/ r • 'r 1 ..P' - I • L. , _.t.•r Fll � I n •_. �•n •.I}'
y•Y
I.
ti .•'l\.IA +'f•J•• . .. ' • , +.. '• '•. • ,• l'., • • L.•` ••'.1/S S. '.1... .i ••.nn'r •, .Id •..^w if.
••L . 1•' �• L, l Y .. • V 1 • • .I' f I P. ..•'I', • - u .•I .. ..:. i:_,
r •_.
+ '; • I .'err •' Lf /:•La{ •L •• • •I J'.••'�1.: �••G I'•' •R. !•n•. . 1••
• 4.~ ..'••• � •f :. ^ 1•'•l'.: •f •f .ti ,. �:Y I: I.;m, • ,•f• • �. 1 e ••„%'...• •.r •1.� •r ,r -r.'`..1.•- Y+ •_.r.r
:i •+V • J ---.-E: '/ • I.r C•• • .• r,\1f• I. ` }
nl • J i • - 1 • _ •J• LJNMI.. J. .. .-.S/.•. r
:•.. +•. i!•�� .I d,Y. S: 1 J • l yL i ' •1 •
I•Lr I' J , • _!f' v,,L• • 1 f
.� • •..•• iJ•rlJ•1 ^ k _ .•: ~ Y %I' j•lMI• I C ; f'S1 •• "i r.'f •t1 ! • J'Lf/'••.' _ •a
x
•
•II
..
••••_
'\•. • nR .1 ., •J(11-
£' +'�: Jt. •:• I .'. .•1 N:'•r .Y
• •IY.• •L 'I • �. • + f • • •.
•
• . ..I
•;
..................................................... IL•''t' I • • I • •I • • • • a • . - . • • U
• .S •\ S I�•'•me •. .I y • ... . . •.•I••
r.Y •�. • M1• •I • _ ~ • •r r. S 4• I.. I.•1•• :.S'I I 'w
Ste A��. _- •+' wG ••! f___
1ACARBA CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE sa4/29/992nn.'fll
CUC(P THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
First Arkansas Insurance CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
P.O. Box 6049 POLICIES BELOW.
Rot Springs,Arkansas 71902 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
C:)MPANv A Transcontinental Insurance Co.
r:(501)624-6676
DEMEAN. B
0 .E 1kN
COMP\Nv
City of Fayetteville F•1FH C'
113 West Mountain
Fayetteville,Ar 72701 `�"F�" D
CCMPANv
F':IH E
VERAGES
T -I5 S'O CLH'II Y THAI ' HE PO. C ES OF NSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSLED TOHEINSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE ICI ICY "1 410.)
'INDICATED NOIWI1 HS'4ND Na ANY REGU MEMENT TERM OP CCNDIT ON OF ANY CONTRAC- OR OTHEF DOCUMFN- WI -H RFSP=CT TO WI ICE 1915
CEPTIF CaTF MAY HE ISSJL O OR MAY PLRTA N. 1141 INSLRANCE AFFCRDED BY TPE PO. C ES DESCPISEC HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO At L-H='FPMS
EXCLJS'ONS AND CONDIT CNS O• SUCH PO_ C LS LIM TS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDJCEC BY PAID CLA MS
'" TYPE OF NSURANCF
GENERAL .IABILITY
COMME'1:IAL GENERAL L AE L "Y
C AIMS MADE )CCUP
X OWN=H S A ;nNTRAC'nH 3 Pal:
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
A%v AUTO
ALL C&NEZ AUTOS
' SCYEDULE7 AUTOS
MIRED A OS
NON OWNED A,,'OE
_rAHAGF LIABLITY
EXCESS LIABILITY
UMBRE_LA rank'
CTHER THAN UMBIIE_LA FORM
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND
IEMPLOYERSLIABILITY
OTNER
POLICY NUMBER
Under Binder
POLICY EFFEC'VE POLICY EXPIRAT ON
DATE •MM':)D VII DATE IMMID:. YYI
4/29/92 4/29/93
LIMITS
.ENFRAI AGGaE'1A1F S
200O
PHODLCISLCCMO nP AGE. I
p(RSC'.Al & ADV INJoWv S
CAC.00Z,.RRCNCE I 1,000,000
TIPC DAMAGE 4w c-9 Ir-I 3
KD EXPENSE IA'r aria Falea' S
CCMBI^,ED SINOLL
LM'
BO : LY INI..Fv
fear Piton
DOD LY INJ.,Pv f,.P. APr me•III ,
PROPFRTY DAMAGF S
EACH.CCUHHF%CF I
AGGFFGA'F I
S1ATL/OHY .jMITS
LALH ACC'DENI I
IISEASF—POI IC' . IMIT $
DISFASF FACII FMPI OVFF S
I
DESCRIPTION OFOPERATIO'ISYLOCATIONS'VEHICLESISPECIAL ITEM Project #FY902148 with designated contractor as BB&B
truction Co.,Inc.,156 Frona Lane,Hot Springs,Ar 71913. McClelland Consulting Engineers,Inc.
0 North College,Fayetteville,Ar 72703 to be shown as additional insured (its architects
and engineers and each of their officers, agents and employees.
r IRCATE HOLDEN CANCELLATION
City of Fayetteville SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
and
McClelland Consulting Engineers,
Inc.
LRD 254 (7AN)
EXPIRA'-IION CATE THEREOF. THE ISSU Na COMPANY W'LL DO®C7ib
MAIL 3(L. DAvS WRITTEN NOT CE'O THL CLPTII CATL HCLOFR NAMFD TO -HF
LLI '. A0I
AUTI OPo2ED PEPRESENTATIY/'j tjz _.
First Arkansas Insurance/Hot Springs
"ACORD CORPORATION 1910
SSUE DATE (MMFJDrYY)
AC�1lI�. Is
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE I4-29-92
IRaoUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
First Arkansas Insurance DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
P.O.Bx 6049 POLICIES BELOW.
:Tot Springs, Ar 71902 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPANY
.r-1rR
Transcontinental Insurance Co.
COMPANY
SURM 501-624-6b7b .r iFP B Transportation Insurance Company
BB&B Construction Co. ,Inc. COMPANY
156 Frona Lane r-TrR C Valley Forge insurance Co.
Hot Springs, Ar 71913 COMPANY
.r-TrR D Hartford Underwriters Insurance Co.
COMPANY
It .F IFH
OVERAGES
THIS IS TO CFRTIFY THA- 1FF POI ICIES Or INSJRANCF I IST.FC REI CW HAVF BFFN ISSIrFD TO HE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FCR IHF POLICY PERIOD
'INDICATFD• NCTW.THSTANC ING ANY RLOLI"LMLN•. 'EPM OR CONDI I ION OF ANY CON I RAGw OR OTHER DOCUMENT WI1EI RESPECT TO WHHI ICH TS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERI AIN. 1HL INSURANCE Al FORDED BY 1HE P0.'C ES DESCRIBED HLRL N IS SUBJLCT 10 411 THE TERMS,
FXCI USIONS AND CONDI I IONS OF SUCH POLICILS LIMI1S SHOWN MAY HAVE RI -EN RFDUCFD BY PAID CLAIMS
CO PO.JCY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION
R TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE IMM/DWYV) DATE ,MM/D. 'YY) .IMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY GFNFRAI AGGRFGATr $ 2,000,0W
x COMMERCIAL GENEFAL .IARI.ITY 006089980 8-2-91 8-2-92 PRODUOTSCOMPICP AGO $ 1,000,000
' CLAMS MADE x OCCLR PERSONALAADV NJURY $ 1,000,000
OWNERS A CONTRACTOR 5 PRCT EACH OCCJRRENCE $ 1, x), 000
PIRF DAMAGE (Ally one Ire) $ 50, 000
MCD EXPLNB<(My erNao" $ 5,�f
�
AUTOMOBILE EDIBILITY CCR.WINED SINGLE
x ANY AUTO 1 IM T S
UTOS 106088985 $10�' 000
ALL OWNED A
8-2-91 8-2-92 BDD Lr NuuRY a
' SCHEDJLCD A.,TOS ID"
NIRI D AUTOS
BOO LYDMURV A
NON OWNED AUTOS Full gy.d„A)
'GARAGE LABILR Y PNOPEHIY DAMAGE $
EXCESS LABUJTY EACH OCCURRENCE
C X0W
lllJll
UMBRELLA FORM 706089982 8-2-91 8-2-92 AGGREGATE A l '
O'r1ER THAN JMBRELLA PCPM 1,000,000
STATUTORY LIMBS
x WORKER'S COMPENSATION EACH ACCIDENT
AND 500,000
38WZEN7270 9-1-91 9-1-92 DISEASE -POI i 30000
x EMPLOYERS LIABILITY -with waiver of subrogation DISEASE FACH FMPLOYEE
A all risk installa- $500 deductible cach occurrence
i
on floater, excluding 9 06089981 8-2-91 8-2-92 Additional insured:City of
tin
due to flood or earthquake Fayetteville
SCRRPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSIYEHICLESIPECIAL ITEMS
ontract w=th City of Fayetteville for water system improvements, Mt. Sequcyah pump station,Hy-
and Park pump station renovation & water lines.City of Fayetteville and designated engineers
ed additional insured under General liability and Auto liability. Project 71F1902148
RTWICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
City of Fayetteville
113 West Mountain
' Fayetteville, Ar 72701
I
ACORD 25-S (7$0)
SI'CU_D ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBE 13 POI ICIFS OF CANCFI LED BEFORE THE
LXPI!IA1ION DA•E THEREOF THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL EI P
MA 1 30 DAYS WRITTEN NO -ICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE
LEFT
AJTHC PIZ ED REPRESENTATIV f
j/ LIr1.c7 ���r�ar�• r
First ArkansasInsurance/Hot Springs
1]RCORD CORPORATION 1900
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ISSUE DATE Mk'DDMRT I
IFirst Arkansas Insurance
P.0.Bx 6049
' Hot Springs, Ar 71902
t1-624-6676
BB&B Construction Co.,Inc.
' 156 Frona Lane
Hot Springs, Ar 71913
4/29/92
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
POLICIES BELOW.
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
COMPA'.Y A
LET -r= ,Transcontinental Insurance Co.
:JMFA'.
.rT-FP B Transportation Insurance Company
COVPA'.v
.r -11H C Valley Forge Insurance Co.
COMPA::,
'r-TFI D Hartford Underwriters Insurance Co.
CCMP:: ;Y
F 71 tF
YERAGES
THIS IS 10 CENT FY THAT T-11 POLICIES CF INSu1RAVCL _ STED BE. OW -AML BEEN ISSUER; 10 1 HL INSJFEC NAMED ABOVE FOR -HF PO,,Cv PER'OD
INCICATF O NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REOJIRFVF NT 11411 OR CONGA ION Cr ANy CON-RACI CR OTHER CCCLMLNI WITF RESPECT'0 WH.CH THIS
CER-IFICA"L MAv BE ISSLFC O= VAY PER-AIN ' HL NSURANCF Ar LOPCLD BY THE POI ICILS DESCRIBED FF•F N IS SLB,ECT -O Al I It TERMS
EXCL LS.CNS AND BOND TIO'.S OF SUCH POI :CI! S - MR'S SHOW\ WA v HAvE BEEN REDLCLD BY PAD CLAWS
W
fx
I
TYPE OF INSURANCE POL CV NJUBER POL CV EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE VV COY; ,TA'mE'VM ODVV
GENERAL LIABI.ITY
CCMMCRCIAL GENERA. 'A819` 006089980
CLAIMS MADE x OCC..P
Oh\N S S CONTRACTOR S PPOT
8-2-91 8-2-92
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
X A%V ALTO
A. I OW\LO AUTOS 106088985 8-2-91 8-2-92
' Si.-F.LLD *..OS
..IRFD 4.JICS
.OW OWNtD AJTCS
GARAGE LIABIL -v
' EXCESS LABII'V
C X IJMRRFL.A FORM 706089982 8-2-91 8-2-92
OTMER'H4'. UMBRFLI A FORM
Ix WORRIER'S COMPENSATION
LIMITS
GCNrRAI AGGRELATE
L
2,000,000
PRODJCIS-CJMPoPAGG
S
1,000,000
FFRSONAL d ADY NR Y
S
1,000,000
rAC-CCCURRENCE
$
1,,000
FFF DAMAL;t 14 wore 'II
$
50,000
MFD FX+ENSL 14•, aVl awwn,
S
5,000
CCY&INFO SINGLE
IM-
1,000
000
GODLY NJURY
$
I Pa. D. -ac..
EODI.Y NJURV
'Par accdav
PROPEF'Y DAMAGE $
LACY OCC.RRFNCF
1,000,000
AGGREGATE
1,000,00c
S-ATLTORY LIMITS
p. �T.� FACP ACCIDENT i/W 000
EMP.OYERSVLIASILITY 38WZ 7270 9-1-91 9-1-92 DISFARF—POLICY LIMIT $0UI�
- With waiver of subrogation DISEASE CACHFMPLOVEE 500,000
A Tr1R Risk Installation $500 deductible each
IFloater,excluding loss 9 06089981 8-2-91 8-2-92 occarrence.Additional insured:
eto flood or earth- City of Fayetteville
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATION&LOCAfIONSVENICLESSPECIAL ITEMS Contract with City of Fayetteville for water system inprovem
I.
Sequoyah pump station, Hyland Park pump station renovation & water lines. City of Fayetteville
d disignated engineers named additional insured under General Liability and auto liability.
Project # FY902148
r FICATE MOLDER CANCELLATION
SHOJLC ANY OF THE ABOvF DESCRIBEC POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc IFXPIRAIIRN DATE TrIERFOF 1HE ISSUING CCVPANY WIII ! pO0KJM
1810 North College MAI. .SU DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CCRTICICATE FOLDER NAMLD TO THE
Fayetteville, Ar 72703 _EF- 5GI
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ICORD 164 47!1
First
I
I
L
@ FIRFMAN S FUN' 'NRURANCF COMPANY
1 JTHE AMFRIr ,1 INFLRANCF CONPAN',
J1 NATICNA. SURETLi CORrORATICN
ABSOGIA�FD IhCEMNITY GOPPORATION
❑ AMERICAN AUTOMOUILt 14HURANCE COMrANY
ARKANSAS STATUTORYPERFC
AND PAYMENT BOND
BB&B Construction Company,Tnc., 156 Frona Lane, lint Springs,Arkanses
as Principal, bersinfi ter coiled Principal, end
Fireman's Fund Insurance Company -
hcoinaltercelledSurety,areheldandfi:mlyboundunto City of Fayetteville,Arkansas
a
i
asoblige.. herelrMNer. wlbd Owner, in the aL'rnrnt cl
Tree Hundred Four Thousand Seven Hundred-Twea'
Five and 50/100---------------------------------------------- J:ia.(s 3)1i725.51V x
'for the payment wherod PNndpef enn d Setybind themee;vre. tMlr Tatra, pierema rep:eaertn'Ivee, succeewn and amigos, jointly end ssvewrolly1roly uy
there pre.e its,
Principal has by written agreement doled _ -- -
�vrlr;f Fayetteville water Systole improvements, Mount Sequoyah Pump
en'ered Into eDontract wlthaWTiBr:bt_ --__._ ---
' Station, Hyland Park Amp Station Renovation and water I!ties. Project PY902148
which contract Is by reference made a par' hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
".far rond:tlon of this obhgallon U such that if the Prncipal shall fatihiu ly p'donn the Cnntract on his part and shall fully indemnify and saw larmkx the
'Ownerlrom as cost and damage which he eery su9erbn rasonof la lire e' hdo and phal: fit y reimburse and repay 11w ()wrier a.l cut:ay andespenee which
:heOwner eery irtur in making good any edc h :lefaull. and, lurlher. that it I•x ran: R a stir:l nay a.l prrwms ail indebtedness br labor or materials furnished
or performed under mid contract lading which such persons shat: lav,• a di -..t nghi of onion against tie Prinrttal and Surety:olnt:y and severally under
this obligation. subjectto the Owner's pricriy, then this obligation shall bo null an.i void; otherwise I: shall romam in fua force and effect.
' No Fatt, actonor proor'ading sha:1 be brought or. Ihls Mend rutrbd- the Stale of Arkansas No F it', art.on or proceeding shs:l be brought on this bondezoept
by the Owrgr alter twelve months from the date final payment :s made or. the Contract, no: snail fry suit. action or proc.roing be brought by the Owner after
twoyears from the dale on which the final payment under the Contra_'ails cue.
Any a.lerattons which may be trade In IFe terns M tqe e'r,rrlra, t n-1 i :he war: l., ter' Inn. • •n:d,•r :1, n- the glvlrup by the Owner of any extension of tlne for this
' oerfn•mance of the Contract, Cr any other lorb„aranee nn,he tart r•t niche• ha' pwrv'r :.r If.e P nutpvt to th,•nlher shat: not in any way release the Principe,
Surely
and the Sureor Sureties, or either or any of them, their heir,. I+erwna. -a; r,•sentativec. wje-, r•en,rs .rassgus from their Ilabldty hereunder, notice to the
Surely or Suretaed any such alteration, extension or forbearance being harebry waived
' In no event shell NM epgregate liability of the Surely nosed the stun set out herein.
F
Executed bn thle day of - - _ _ . 19 _.
BB&B Constniction Co, ,Inc.
�/ Principal
1 lirenanrs Fund Insurance Company
Surety
•YgarelHughes At tcYney-in-Fact )
' 360308-110.87
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
1 KNOW AI.L MEN BY 771fKPRISENTTi: That FIREMANS FUND INSURANCE COMPANY. aCorporaton duly organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Califorda, and having Its principal office in the (buoy of Morin, State of California, has node, constituted and appointed, and don by then
pm smake.aaRalaandappoint RAYMOND HAYNIE, DALENA MOURTON, IiFLEN RUTH BALL and MARGARET
HUGHES, jointly or severally
1 :HOT SPRINGS AR
its true and lawfd Astor&eyp}In-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in Its name. place and stead, to exesuteYsea'. acknowledge and ddlvn any
sad a1 bonds. underudda , recopdranca or other written obligations in the nature thereof
1
and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the
1
Corporation and duly stated by W Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Auorneyls)-in-Fact may do in the premises.
This power of attorneylsgranfed pursuant to Astick VII. Sections 45 and 46 of By-laws of FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCECOMPANY now in fell forceaod
effect.
1 "Artlde VD. AfilnstNadAndoaf(y . R'd4af Saessfn Mtnyd.-FaefaadAge.0 r..eeap Lmvdflora u/Make A►Ioarrsw.
Section tl. AneS. TLe Cialesen alibi Board of DI eaten. she President, an vire-Pr,Sdeat w ay other Pisses aolbe.lsed by Loa Bawd of
DYeelon, she CT1sMna. elite laid of DYavlen. Ibe Pnldest m a.y VkePreadal may. lass tlsw ere 11. appolut Re idnl Aral SaysW W sad
Attersey,S-Fact I. rageasrl rd ad for rd oe hehaw a IM CeiporSUos she Agars to wavpl legal growl and asaks mpllmm seen tar used a MWf sf IM
csipaadat
1M 724 nthSty 46. A.MaWt Sty of weir Rnldest Awlsaat Secrelnin. Attorneys -la -Fan and Agents aW w be pmntd is the SwamiavMeselsg
Hdregtpe Wsernt. Any such .Mdutaw.t and .1 Mhwrygpa.led thereby way he revoked at say user by the land of Dirac at by any paw. impaired a
now meek appalatwantP
1 This power of attorney is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Direetaes of FIREMANS FUND
INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the Ith day of August, 1924, and said Resolution has nor been amended or repealed:
"RESOLVED, that the signature of any Vice -President, Anaintant Secretary, end Resident Assistant Secretary of this Corporation, and the sal of this
Corporation may be affixed or printed on any power of attorney, on any revocation of any power of attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by faahnoe,
1 and any power of attorney, any revocation of any power of attorney, or certificate bearing such faaimde signature or facsimile ant shall be valid and binding
upon S Corpmaboo.^
IN WITNESS WHEREOF FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY has aswd these presents to be algaed by Its Vice-Preddent. and its corporate
1 anitobeheausoafflxedtS 7th dayof February 19 92
,r r "4
FIREMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY
+tire tin By
STATE OF CALIFORNIA n.
1 COUNTY OF MARIN
7th Februar 92
I
I
On this dayaf .- --. y . _ --- 19 —
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and ay: that he is Vice -P
described In and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of a
salt that It was so affixed y order of the Beard of Directors of said Corporation
before me
R. 1).
that be signed bat name thereto by like order.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have haeumo set my hand and affixed my official ad, the day and year herein first above written.
OFFICIAL SEAL
J. N. VAMOEVOAT
NOTARY PUBLIC- CALIFORNIA maw, yW.
FIMrJgsl ONIos In Maria Caatrr
All Numbs s ltekse gab a Nf CER7)FICAT E
STATE OP CALIFORNIA 1 case
1 COUNTY OFMARIN
1_ the nnderdaned. Res
the B74aws of the Ceiporatlos. and the Realutia c
Sigmed and sealed at the County of Morin. Dated the
•
F
�r
s
1 3607114F4 -I9
LEMAN'S FUND INSURANCE COMPANY, a CALIFORNIA Corporation. DO HEREBY CER71FY
EY remains In full fora and bat not been revoked: and furthermore that Article VII. Sections 45 and 46of
the Board of Directors: set forth hi the Power of Attorney, are now in force.
day of .I' 19
Rs_ aatsa■asewwr
NOTICE TO PROCEED
To: Mr. Larry Browr.
BB & B Construction Co., Inc
12% Frona Drive
Hot Springs, AR 7:913
Date: >>;y 5, 1992
• -!
Y • _ - L. . . • I
;-+• k •+ l! ,_ -
You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with
the Contract dated April 21, 1992 . 19_, on or before
19_, and you are to complete the WORK by , 19_.
City of Fayetteville
By:
Title
ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above NOTICE
TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged
by
this the
19
By_
Tit
day of
MLa.uona
L H1 con Wi'•nQ
Engw••r,
rno,riere„d
Fey4•v,.l•, Cs•onos
II a
•. n 1....
.•I (..
... i .i•'1 •SY.•..e..r
•i'YM1. •1•r'2 al•
..1
.
. ., M1••_rJ''
•J
M1ttir i�l,J�;•J •I
IV• R
`-
•a
+i'L•.. •.
•T�' 11a • •_ ./,.•�•.: y w ..; • r ;�. -a4a +�r•1L r17ti {!•7 1•: F - b/ "x II•
1.'. .Y •_.
r y;. •.. ; •. i• • . •:? . 1% i. •. .Y.: )'!. 1. 1'- •. J : : .: . 1/.'Y.
• Y••'. - • •'. M1 ./ •}:• ••i •1 J.... 1.;•V �:'•lJ INS - �'• r f'�5' /♦ -
I. • •1 w :'.. J• 3• n �• w •la.. •1 y i4
, rl••• ' .. 1, ; om •I U.. • a ••. ., ''a' ••IJI •4 -
�.)•. ` r.. •!�-
•
f •• i 'y 1 )•S• • _• !• 't :f.•. . '. f. 1 •• J •:I.i\.: •s.• w.l `ap ..'a'.'.;
•. ... .r :L' •. _'• �"; •i •../• ! :• f.../ •rr. .•S m•._•t 1 /•,.. • •f Y•.. L• J :'j•
.• _ • _ \
.•• • • •�,• fi• .t.. •nfl 4^•••.•••: �• 1.. £IJJ•S.•.1 ./ iAa •L .Y: . ..k :\. i a•�•
• I. a a J.•\J .• 'S' . .li fr• r.. •i} •r 2• • T •. 1 M1� i:' • IJ'- •i'• K Y i;J
1 •.• / .1. •U._% . •_• .S: • Ytl '.I 1 •.; y• • •a'' •31 ar,•, • •} {a .. • •
.: I.•, •. ••
., .a •ir'•: f • •..: _. 4'F. • .. a.•r •. _.••: ..a�l. �'1k: e' -•
•
•
•
1 , • • f • ywl.' r'•a••• 1 ,w •• ..wL.a. " " ••'.\ _ .• •r. i. !•. . . w
• ' y •• • :I^ : _ I '• •• . • "+ . • • if •. f •
• .: •y'. •I N - • I • .• 'M1. i ,•a,f .. •f• •JA •• , '. J,'M1� . •, .. •A. •• SJ' ar Ya 'J \ }I•
., •. '; • .
.'jJ{
•
.f 1•' •..• •.r ' •4 •"1. • ••1 ••1'.. Z.5 l.. r - _J ••. •. +M1L .L! ..- .5• .• r•• rl
•,' .�' ~• • • f.{•_ _.''%• i t r.v, 'ad • r • ••�'•••• • •.•I.1t�n1• L . •��,'.• i• .. II
Y OFtHE
t.
• • •V • ••�/ •. Y •a.
: M. y • .. ••/.•
I �. `a 2.11 .�r • .. • "/ •n a.
w • .'.1•.T f.f�• .. y.. j• • J:•' f ••. _ Mi _.•-- •Mi "': w. ...M11 •..1•
S. •. r . •• • •_Y. .: .:. .Y'+• M1.•. . t,.
•ry•,• .H •^ _mil -• . - Y Y•L' .I •'•41: • 1L•.:i S .•I• •iL I^= •,a.. • •. . y , • i I.' 4:' :y •. M1'•+/ a •\. 'S • •
:1. .C•i.y r/ .• JI..+ !Y' I - - t
r f.' • 'A `' _i'•I ._ �'-• • �M1 :S' r • a• ••••• aK,••_C•f•M1•. 1f1 •• 2 •...I.i. M1 'l.
• •cli•r •q' /J a Y • ••Yi • • n 1y -'w r 1 . fe • {:r 1 _'J• _" _I •• .1 . + . L
a •.� • .• fJ ." •. i �' r ._ F. • • L. i • .1J: i• .a4 •f 2 •.a •.\• .. •• Y •1
_ M1S • • ♦..
•_ ••• 1 i •��'^ • ••. .r a. 1 '. I'.-• :I n. .I. •� I••n'•••I IR•^•a+. . .M. .l. ,• f.. •t'• •_4•• I •.i •.1,11 .}••.• a • ••4 ••• _... \_ • l: -K: •: . .
• - a. '. :. •. ..
i
y '+r 'J• •_ ..Lr t:•. .a+'• _ •I ... {• �IJv'F :, •f .5 f _ •. ••._r•• M. .. •r•J •N •. •'r':..r• '�. .. • f •.
• .kc:r •r 1i .. .. .. .{• ,•• .I ..1. •.L• I• r.• - S{'r..11' Jr .R S• -
•4,• n : Y•
-•�%I. �, r -. i'-•a \M1 .• \: .• • 1 J • .1 • I • h: ?•..1 •.\. •• lI I: _ : S' • I • '..r •a , ..•. .4 -••• •• • • •
'• • r• I•' .
f. • 1 -• . •:•. ••{ .I tit • -I. •4 l•• -1 I••\ 1 . J . ••. .• •.i •L .r . 2:•.1 . •'I �'• i. •..
•• A
•
• •• 1.. yI •:•• 1•'+•�• !•M1.- • ' /1 •� •' • ~'.. � • • • I.
•, rM1 "S'•J ."ai: I •, •'.JIBJ .t. •.. •4•.. ,. ••, •,: •.. F •/�•r .- • IL .%•� ,j•. 1. '.•. I J•Y•'•' .•.11..• •.5; w :I i{• .TyRliJ ••I\ I , - r• •
'a.. .1•l... Y_ -•• ,k. •=.1 • I. •• , .. I 1.... ..• • I.. • ' .- • J
•• . ..• .. d •.I .1. ... .• L.• r .• •L' .
I •'4• �•�.I I.I_j •' I.• _. v. • • I,.•.Y f.. i•y. ._I 1 '.Lf i.• . .:2'•Sy •:y_ J •.
'• 1` •• 5 LI i •I'd - .. a• I w .'.:•i` S,: .%•'J r'+I 0. .I•rr • •l••:.1• : _
I •' _ Il' ,.%tr a • ••; i .•.• I. Y • a A } I.•.. S.J aL _•.: r• •.1 . a' .n~ '•. •r 1 •R • I . • .a.
F•a :• :I I. r_I •A •1 1U ••• •• J _•1 I _ 1 ..: •a • •- • ., �f • •_ d l._. • . ••.
•MI• '• • ••r "F.'�..{ •1 . • -1 - a, •..•.+L. •y. S .1 alloA-'}•a• 'f•. •it •'•••1 .•r2,
•
IL. • .v'.. 1 .•i •••••I •. ••.' •r r••_ 'I .. '_ S.. •.•. .= . • Lr_1ra I• !}� !'; • •f: .• V:.. .:.f• 1 •• ... . . --
'w J•• '_Y .M1 ..r: •r-• • ' J'.• _.. •• /I, I ',•f I I r 1•I F _
. . N :+'41• r M1.. 1 !'.• 'r•1 -IS •. �.. f. \ •I I •- •:J••'l .••r •
• •.If•�`: ......•• ....& • I4f, I•e'f .• ..Y :. •1.:•a !.• 1 •'f A•. 1• J.: •. I: •I S.
•f '.a• •.�•,-•• .•Y • • r•1 •. J ter••^._ • I • •1 •- •.S
U.
. •.I•.. a• a• JrM:i'I I •.• .• I. .a i} S �J.Ya •A,'I, I J•l a}• . •. 'n• s.
1 .1 • :. .:•` , •IV• r ..:Y •- • r 1. I_ ••
1 •.. \ • J .l rll I n.L / .••I a •a ••Y .. Rr j/ Y _ • ,.1i • .• I •• .'•: aJ_ • 1.• a - .•
Y•'• 1' •• ••••.1 •I•• \ •'m. • ..I.• •_. . •• •.. •+
•
•
•
•
r• • i•1J
•I. ,. • M. ♦•: .' •rL I.. •4 S S�'•.I'• . .•l • •I �•+' Ii L. -. f.��.r.5 arrM1•'i .•_f1 Y'.I . . •I 1•
•
.: I•Y ''\•y.•, tar r,t.i• . •• ..• +.. S•I• r.: ..l ti ••i •'L.1\+. Y•. y•-._. �.
aL' . •.. n .• _ J •L • �R-
• n 4 a r
aI .•
•
. I. • . • •�•.'J
\ 4 A\J )
•
•
•
. •• ..• y. •. •• .L,F SM.S •I .•a .JT .••.1 I .. . ••
,S • fA •P\ .f. •,• Aa 141 i•.•S0. .•
..1 •1 • • T l•/ .Y •• •�•:
`�=fy1� •I :Y• S F S'.• I • `• a •}a 1.:_ •Y S�S }J C ll.. t } Si'•••1• n •y IJ:
d1AYla_IN l�r • -
- .. ` '` I!L♦ • J./ 1 :1 I.Y•t 1V• I J•.I•cm �•• : •
•' •I : •
, • I I • •I•
•
a - ,
I
1S •i•r r'•:.
•
• ._ r
I rc 51:
f' •••
• y . r^ a• I L •. SC •�
-. . 1
DOCUMENT 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
!1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
AS APPROVED . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
. . .
. .
. . . .
.
. . . . .
. . a.
1
2.
AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED
...................
1
3.
BIDDER..... a a a a a a a I ala a.
a a
a a a
a aaaaaaa.
• a a
a a a a
1
4.
CONTRACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. a
. a a
. .
. . . .
.
. . . . .
a. . .
1
5.
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..........................
2
6.
CONTRACTOR.a.....ee.....
a a......
a• e..........
2
7.
DAYS..... . 0 , . a a a . ..a......
. . .
. .
. a a.
a
a, a a .
a . . .
2
8.
DRAWINGS...............aa.at......aa.........
2
9.
ENGINEER ...... . . . . . . . e e
.
. .
.. .
. .
. . . .
.
. . . . .
. . . .
2
10.
NOTICE..•........... aa.......aa..a.aaaaa•....
2
11.
OR EQUAL.......aaaa..........................
3
12.
OWNER 000a0... a. a a a a . . .
.
. a
. a a
. e
e e e ...
. . . .
. a a .
3
13.
PLANS (See DRAWINGS) .............
a aea..aaaaaa
3
14.
SPECIFICATIONS............
eee..
e e e...........
3
15.
NOTICE TO PROCEED, .........e...eee...........
3
16.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
......................
3
17.
WORK................aaaaaaaa..aaaa-aaaaaaaa..
4
18. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................. 4
19. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS .................. 4
20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK ................ 5
21. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS........... 5
22. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE.......... 6
23. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................ 6
24. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS ........................ 6
i
Section - 00700
MCC Ia 4ard
Comatura
J Eao,e...•s
'nca r s
rai.ne..:a. a..arsos
L]
I
I
I
I
L1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MCCI.'iand
(PnwrH.,
' Erple.a.
InfAfa.Mal..
•aJ.fM r•P., A'Raba.
25. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER .................... 6
26. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER . 7
27. REJECTED MATERIAL ............................ 8
28. UNNOTICED DEFECTS ............................ 8
29. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK ............... 8
30. LINES AND GRADES 8
31. SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE............ 9
32. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS.. 10
33.
INDEPENDENT� CONTRACTOR . . . . . . a ...............
10
34.
SUBCONTRACT TING..........................a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
10
35.
INSURANCE AND LIABILITY ......................
11
36.
INDEMNITY........e...•.....aaa.......aa.....
15
37.
TAXES AND CHARGES............ a.a........a....
16
38.
ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES............
16
39.
SUPERINTENDENCE...............,.. .e.aa..a.
a a •.
16
40.
RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTIONS...........
17
41.
SANITATION ...................................
17
42.
EMPI,OYEES.........................aaa........
17
43.
PROJECT MEETINGS .........................a.
a a
17
44.
SAFETY 00....00 . as . .....a.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . a. .
17
45.
CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT.............
19
46.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY ..............
19
47.
RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT
IN
EMERGENCY. . . . . . . . . a . a . . . . a a a a . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . a .
19
48.
MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES ....................
20
49.
CONTRACTORS' AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE
WITH STATE SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER
CODE
REQUIREMENTS....... a .........................
20
50.
SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS ....................
20
51.
TESTS, SAMPLES, AND INSPECTIONS ..............
21
52.
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS ........................
22
53.
CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR
TERMINATE
CONTRACT 0000 . . . . a a a a a . . . . a a . . . a a a a
. . . . . . a a . .
22
54.
CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND
DURING
WARRANTY PERIOD. a....................aa......
22
ii
Section - 00700
I
I
C
C
PROGRESS OF THE WORK Page
55.
BEGINNING OF THE WORK ........................
56.
SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS ...............
57.
PROSECUTION OF THE WORK ......................
58.
ASSIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . a. . . a . a . . .
. . . . a. . . . . . . . .
59.
OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK .....................
60.
OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT.........
61.
DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME .................
62.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES............ a
..............
63.
OTHER CONTRACTS............. a. a
a... a.........
64.
USE OF PREMISES. a............ a...
a... a a a.....
65.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE ..................
66.
PERFORMANCE TESTING ..........................
67.
OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE
WORK..........
68.
CUTTING AN❑ PATCHING .....................
a . . a
69.
CLEANING UP.........a........................
' I PAYMENT
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
[]
I
70.
PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS ....................
71.
PARTIAL PAYMENTS........
a a a a
a ................
72.
CLAIMS a . . a. . a.... . . . . . .
. . . a.... . . .
. . . . a a a.... . . . . . a a . .
73.
NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR
DELAY ....................
74.
RELEASE OF LIENS OR
CLAIMS ...................
7 5 .
FINAL PAYMENT. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76.
NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS.
a a a a a a a a
a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a
77.
ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL
PAYMENT
CONSTITUTES
RELEASE............................aaaaa....
iii
YKla Hand
a fN oalfina
Eaalnaara
Inaarpa•amd
Fap1/a WI1. Arka.a0F
23
23
24
24
25
25
26
27
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
30
33
36
36
37
37
37
rm
Section - 00700
I
I
LJ
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[]
I
I
I
I
I
I
DOCUMENT 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
These General Conditions contain contractual -legal Articles that
establish the requirements and conditions governing responsibility,
policy, and procedures that apply during the construction and
warranty period. This part of the Contract Documents is
preprinted. Any modifications to the following Articles that are
special to the Project under consideration will be made in the
Supplementary Conditions. Requirements and conditions that have
special significance to the Contract for the contemplated Work on
this Project are as set forth in the remaining Sections of these
Contract Documents.
Wherever in the Contract Documents the following terms are used,
the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:
1. AS APPROVED
The words "as approved", unless otherwise qualified,
shall be understood to be followed by the words "by the
Engineer".
AS SHOWN, AND AS INDICATED
The words
"as
shown"
and
"as indicated"
shall
be
understood
to be
followed
by
the words "on the
Drawings".
3. BIDDER
The person or persons, partnership, firm or corporation
submitting a Proposal for the Work contemplated.
4. CONTRACT
The "Contract" is the written agreement covering the
performance of the work and the furnishing of labor,
materials, incidental services, tools and equipment in
the construction of the Work. It includes supplemental
agreements amending or extending the Work contemplated
and which may be required to complete the Work in a
substantial and acceptable manner. Supplemental
agreements are written agreements covering alterations,
amendments, or extensions to the Contract and include
Contract Change Orders.
nConwfbnp
Eapmn•s
n10a1pores ,a
Fayslryvdi,, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 1
Ll
I
I
I
I
Li
LI
I
LJ
I
I
I
I
I
L
5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The "Contract Documents" consist of the Bidding
Requirements, Contract forms, Conditions of the Contract,
the Specifications, and the Drawings, including all
modifications thereof incorporated into the Documents
before their execution, and including all other
requirements incorporated by specific reference thereof.
These form the Contract.
6. CONTRACTOR
The person or persons, partnership, firm, or corporation
who enters into the Contract awarded him by the Owner.
7. DAYS
Unless otherwise specifically stated, the term "days"
will be understood to mean calendar days.
8. DRAWINGS.
The term "Drawings" refers to the official Drawings,
profiles, cross sections, elevations, details, and other
working drawings and supplementary drawings, or
reproductions thereof, sealed by the Engineer, which show
the location, character, dimensions, and details of the
Work to be performed. Drawings may either be bound in
the same book as the Project Manual or bound separately
and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of
the method of binding.
9. ENGINEER
The person or organization identified as such in the
Contract. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his
authorized representative.
10. NOTICE
The term "notice" or the requirement to notify, as used
in the Contract Documents or applicable state or federal
statutes, shall signify a written communication delivered
in person or by certified or registered mail to the
individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer
of the corporation for whom it is intended. Certified or
registered mail shall be addressed to the last business
address known to him who gives the notice.
Muls rjond
rH� 0 M [y,yl"np
Ena nun
Inaa•alld
Fap/I0.JP04 A'koesas
Section 00700 - 2
H
r
I
11
[
F
I
[I
I
I
I
C
L
11. OR EQUAL
The term "or equal" shall be understood to indicate that
the "equal" product is the same or better than the
product named in the function, performance, reliability,
quality, and general configuration. Determination of
equality in reference to the Project design requirements
will be made by the Engineer. Such "equal" products
shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor
without the Engineer's written approval.
12. OWNER
The person, organization, or public body identified as
such in the Contract.
13. PLANS (See Drawings)
14. SPECIFICATIONS
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of
written technical descriptions of materials, equipment,
construction systems, standards, and workmanship as
applied to the Work and certain administrative details
applicable thereto.
Where standard specifications, such as those of ASTM,
AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable
portions of such standard specifications shall become a
part of these Contract Documents.
15. NOTICE TO PROCEED
A written notice given by the owner to the Contractor
(with a copy to the Engineer) fixing the date on which
the Contract time will commence to run and on which the
Contractor shall start to perform his obligation under
the Contract. The Notice to Proceed shall be given
within 30 days following execution of the contract by the
Owner.
16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
"Substantial Completion" shall be that degree of
completion of the Project, or a defined portion of the
Project, sufficient to provide the Owner, at his
discretion, the full-time use of the Project or defined
portion of the Project for the purposes for which it was
intended.
MCCu••aw
o xrw Con
Enpvon
n!#'Opro •W
Foy.11,v I:0. Arkansas
Section 00700 - 3
I
ID
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
L
I
L
J
17
PENH
19.
Such substantial completion shall not relieve Contractor
from liquidated damages should the Owner have added costs
after the completion date, i.e., if additional
construction observation, interest paid, loss of revenue,
or other expenses continue to be charged to the Owner.
The word "Work" within these Contract Documents shall
include all material, labor, and tools; all appliances,
machinery, transportation, and appurtenances necessary to
perform and complete the Contract; and such additional
items not specifically indicated or described which can
be reasonably inferred as belonging to the item described
or indicated and as required by good practice to provide
a complete and satisfactory system or structure. As used
herein, "provide" shall be understood to mean "provide
complete in -place", that is, "furnish and install".
INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is
called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by
all. The intent of the Documents is to include all Work
(except specific items to be furnished by the Owner)
necessary for completion of the Contract. Materials or
Work described in words when so applied have a well-known
technical and trade meaning shall be held to refer to
such recognized standards.
DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract
Documents shall be reported to the Engineer immediately.
The Engineer will clarify discrepancies or omissions, in
writing, within a reasonable time.
In resolving inconsistencies among two or more Sections
of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in
the following order:
1. CONTRACT
2. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
3. SPECIFICATIONS
4. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
5. GENERAL CONDITIONS
6. DRAWINGS.
Me[u'Jdnd
e ,n Cp'w"Inp
InOorpO.d"C
(oy.tt. l'b, A.YGSW.
Section 00700 - 4
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
Figure dimensions on Drawings shall take precedence over
scale dimensions. Detailed Drawings shall take
precedence over general Drawings. It is understood and
agreed that the Work shall be performed and completed
according to the true spirit, meaning, and intent of
these Documents.
20. ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK
The Owner, without notice to the Sureties and without
invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract by altering,
adding to, or deducting from the Work, the Contract being
adjusted accordingly. All such Work shall be executed
under the conditions of the original Contract, except as
specifically adjusted at the time of ordering such
change.
In giving instructions, the Engineer may order minor
changes in the Work not involving extra cost and not
inconsistent with the purposes of the Project, but
otherwise, except in an emergency endangering life or
property, additions or deductions from the Work shall be
performed only in pursuance of an approved Change Order
from the Owner, signed or countersigned by the Engineer,
or a Change Order from the Engineer stating that the
Owner has authorized the deduction, addition, or change,
and no claim for additional payment shall be valid unless
so ordered.
If the Work is reduced by alterations, such action shall
not constitute a claim for damages based on loss of
anticipated profits.
21. VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall thoroughly examine and become
familiar with all of the various parts of these Contract
Documents and determine the nature and location of the
Work, the general andlocal conditions, and all other
matters which can in any way affect the Work under this
Contract. Failure to make an examination necessary for
this determination shall not release the Contractor from
the obligations of this Contract. The Contractor
warrants that no verbal agreement or conversation with
any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or with the
Engineer either before or after the execution of this
Contract, has affected or modified any of the terms or
obligations herein contained.
•� Maf.uer,e
conwWnv
■�L_� Ecofnorn
Fe).f .vif., Arpaf.CS
Section 00700 - 5
I
I
C
I
Li
I
C
C
I
I
[1
I
II
I
I
I
I
22. DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE
The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Contract
Documents on the jobsite, in good order, available to the
Engineer and to his representatives. The Contractor
shall maintain on a daily basis at the jobsite, and make
available to the Engineer on request, one current record
set of the Drawings which have been accurately marked up
to indicate all modifications in the completed Work that
differ from the design information shown on the Drawings.
Upon substantial completion of the Work, the Contractor
shall give the Engineer one complete set of marked up
record Drawings.
23. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Engineer will furnish to the Contractor on request
and free of charge, three copies of the Project Manual
and three sets of full-size Drawings. Additional copies
of the Project Manual and the Drawings may be obtained on
request by paying the price as shown in the Invitation to
Bid for the Contract Documents.
24. OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS.
All Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and copies thereof
furnished by the Engineer and the Owner are their
property. They are not to be used on other work and, with
the exception of the signed Contract set, are to be
returned to them on request at the completion of the
Work. Any reuse of these materials without specific
written verification or adaptation by the Engineer and
the Owner will be at the risk of the user and without
liability or legal expense to the Engineer and the Owner.
Such user shall hold the Engineer and the owner harmless
from any and all damages, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, from any and all claims arising from any such
reuse. Any such verification and adaptation by the
Engineer and the Owner will entitle the Engineer to
further compensation at rates to be agreed upon by the
user and the Engineer and the Owner. All models are the
property of the Owner.
THE ENGINEER
25. AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER
The Engineer shall be the Owner's representative during
the construction period. His authority and
responsibility shall be limited to the provisions set
forth in these Contract Documents. The Engineer shall
prO canwfbn4
Enp,nl.rl
aa'•..
Ircwpa•pfM
apnavdu, Arb+#cS
Section 00700 - 6
[1
I
I
I
[1
I
I
[1
I
I
El
I
I
I
I
[1
z1
have the authority to reject Work and material which does
not conform to the Contract Documents. However, neither
the Engineer's authority to act under this provision, nor
any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise
or not to exercise such authority, shall give rise to any
duty or responsibility of the Engineer to the Contractor,
any Subcontractor, their respective Sureties, and of
their agents or employees, or any other person performing
any of the Work.
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER
The Engineer will make periodic visits to the site of the
Project to observe the progress and quality of the Work
and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding
in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents.
He shall not be required to make comprehensive or
continuous inspections to check quality or quantity of
the Work, and he shall not be responsible for
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in
connection with the Work. Visits and observations made
by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his
obligation to conduct comprehensive inspection of the
Work and to furnish materials and perform acceptable
Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions, in
conformance with the intent of the Contract.
The Engineer will make decisions, in writing, on all
claims of the Owner or the Contractor arising from
interpretation or execution of the Contract Documents.
Such decision shall be necessary before the Contractor
can receive additional money under the terms of the
Contract. Changes in Work ordered by the Engineer will
be made in compliance with Article 20, ALTERATIONS -
CHANGES IN WORK.
One or more construction observers may be assigned to
observe the Work for compliance with the Contract
Documents and to act in matters of construction under
this Contract. It is understood that such Construction
observers shall have the power to issue instructions and
make decisions within the limitations of the authority of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish all
reasonable assistance required by the Engineer or
construction observer for proper review of the Work.
Construction observers shall not have the power of
authority to delete, increase, modify or otherwise change
the requirements of the Contract Documents. The
above -mentioned observation shall not relieve the
Contractor of his obligations to conduct comprehensive
Y[CIP lend
Coawi.q
tonht.w: r., 4l,ansa.
Section 00700 - 7
I
I
II
I
I
I
[1
I
I
C
[I
I
I
LI
C
inspections of the Work and to furnish materials and
perform acceptable Work and to provide adequate safety
precautions, in conformance with the intent of the
Contract.
27. REJECTED MATERIAL
Any material condemned or rejected by the Engineer or his
authorized construction observer because of nonconformity
with the Contract Documents shall be removed at once
from the vicinity of the Work by the Contractor at his
own expense, and the same shall not be used on the Work.
28. UNNOTICED DEFECTS
Any defective Work or material that may be discovered by
the Engineer before the final acceptance of Work, or
before final payment has been made, or during the
guarantee period, shall be removed and replaced by Work
and materials which shall conform to the provisions of
the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the
Engineer to condemn or reject bad or inferior Work or
materials shall not be construed to imply acceptance of
such Work or materials. The Owner shall reserve and
retain all of its rights and remedies at law against the
Contractor and its surety for correction of any and all
latent defects discovered after .guarantee period.
29. RIGHT TO RETAIN IMPERFECT WORK
In any part or portion of the Work done or material
furnished under this Contract shall prove defective and
not in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,
and if the imperfection in the same shall not be of
sufficient magnitude or importance as to make the Work
dangerous or unsuitable, or if the removal of such Work
will create conditions which are dangerous or
undesirable, the Owner shall have the right and authority
to retain such Work but shall make such deductions in the
final payment therefor as may be just and reasonable. The
Owner shall also have the option to require, at no added
cost to the Owner, extended warranties, maintenance
bonds, or other remedies to provide for repair or
reconstruction of imperfect Work.
30. LINES AND GRADES
Lines and grades shall be established as provided in the
Supplementary Conditions. All stakes, marks, and other
information shall be carefully preserved by the
Contractor, and in case of their careless or unnecessary
Section 00700 - 8
MCCJ.i,Qfld
G
i O W rI/loy
l+our0o•W.a
aHl/fr•I'. A kd so1
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
LI
I
II�
LII
31
destruction or removal by him or his employees, such
stakes, marks, and other information will be replaced at
the Contractor's expense.
SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies to the
Engineer for his review, such shop drawings, electrical
diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and
manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical
equipment) required for the construction. Shop drawings
shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the
Engineer not less than 20 regular working days per
submittal for examining the shop drawings.
These shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and
complete and shall contain all required information,
including satisfactory identification of items, units,
and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shop drawings
shall be submitted only by the Contractor, who shall
indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other
approved means, that he (the Contractor) has checked the
shop drawings, and that the Work shown is in accordance
with Contract requirements and has been checked for
dimensions and relationship with work of all other trades
involved. The practice of submitting incomplete or
unchecked shop drawings for the Engineer to correct or
finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings which,
in the opinion of the Engineer, clearly indicate that
they have not been checked by the Contractor will be
considered as not complying with the intent of the
Contract Documents and will be returned to the Contractor
for resubmission in the proper form.
When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the
Engineer, two (2) sets of submittals will be returned to
the Contractor appropriately stamped. If major changes
or corrections are necessary, the shop drawings may be
rejected and one (1) set will be returned to the
Contractor with such changes or corrections indicated,
and the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the shop
drawings in quadruplicate, unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer. No changes shall be made by the Contractor
to resubmitted shop drawings other than those changes
indicated by the Engineer, unless such changes are
clearly described in a letter accompanying the
resubmitted shop drawings.
McCNIIane
fa.wsNno
Enprnaan
Inaorn..vs
Fay/b VdU, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 9
U
fl
IH
H
I
I
U
I I
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
ii
The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the
Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from
responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication
details, and space requirements or for deviations from
the Contract Drawings or Specifications unless the
Contractor has called attention to such deviations in
writing by a letter accompanying the shop drawings and
the Engineer approves the change or deviation in writing
at the time of submission; nor shall review by the
Engineer relieve the Contractor from the responsibility
for errors in the shop drawings. When the Contractor
does call such deviations to the attention of the
Engineer, the Contractor shall state in his letter
whether or not such deviations involve any deduction or
extra cost adjustment.
32. ADDITIONAL DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS
The Engineer will furnish, with reasonable promptness,
additional instructions by means of drawings or
otherwise, if, in the Engineer's opinion, such are
required for the proper execution of the Work. All such
drawings and instructions will be consistent with the
Contract Documents, true development thereof, and
reasonably inferable therefrom.
33. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
The Contractor shall perform all
as an Independent Contractor and
as an agent of the Owner or of
the Contractor's subcontractors
of the Owner or of the Engineer.
34. SUBCONTRACTING
Work under this Contract
shall not be considered
the Engineer, nor shall
or employees by subagents
Within 30 days after the execution of the Contract, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the names of all
subcontractors proposed for the Work, including the names
of any subcontractors that were submitted with the
Proposal. The Contractor shall not employ any
subcontractors that the Engineer may object to as lacking
capability to properly perform Work of the type and scope
anticipated. No changes will be allowed from the
approved subcontractor list without written approval of
the Engineer.
Section 00700 - 10
MCC;. :aod
a r» :a.w r•r
&p inter,
va,af
rr rnraa•ar.E
cay.'r.Ta'a. Anon...
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
CI
I
H
I
I
II
CI
[1
The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible to
the Owner for the acts and onissions of his
subcontractors and of persons either directly or
indirectly employed by them as he is for the acts and
omissions of persons directly employed by him.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create
any contractual relation between any subcontractor and
the Owner.
35. INSURANCE AND LIABILITY
A. GENERAL
The Contractor shall provide (from insurance
companies acceptable to the Owner) the insurance
coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs.
Before execution of the Contract, Contractor shall
furnish the Owner with complete copies of all
insurance policies and certificates of insurance
specified herein showing the type, amount, class of
operations covered, effective dates, and date of
expiration of policies, and containing
substantially the following statement. "The
insurance covered by this certificate will not be
cancelled or materially altered, except after 30
days written notice has been received by the
owner".
In case of the breach of any provision of this
Article, the Owner at his option, may take out and
maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such
insurance as the Owner may deem proper and may
deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies
which may be due or become due the Contractor under
this Contract.
B. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not execute the Contract or
commence Work under this Contract until he has
obtained all the insurance required hereunder and
such insurance has been reviewed and approved by
the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any
subcontractor to commence Work on his subcontract
until insurance specified below has been obtained.
Review of the insurance by the Owner shall not
relieve or decrease the liability of the
Contractor hereunder.
McCl.4aad
EOQa Caaw%sJlry
ncn.nna
Faplb ail,, Arkan,a.
Section 00700 - 11
U
I
I
I
I
I
C
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
F
C
I
C.
1.
COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
The Contractor shall maintain during the life of
this Contract the statutory Workmen's Compensation,
in addition, Employer's Liability Insurance in an
amount not less than $100,000 for each occurrence,
for all of his employees to be engaged in Work on
the Project under this Contract and, in case any
such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require
the subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's
Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance for
all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such
Work. Where Work under this Contract includes any
water or navigational exposure, coverage shall be
included to cover the Federal Longshoremen's and
Haborworker's Act and the Federal Jones Act.
Employer's Liability Insurance shall be extended to
include waiver of subrogation to the owner.
GENERAL LIABILITY
The Contractor shall maintain during the life of
this Contract such general liability, completed
operations and products liability, and automobile
liability insurance as will provide coverage for
claims for damages for personal injury, including
accidental death, as well as for claims for
property damage, which may arise directly or
indirectly from performance of the Work under this
Contract. The general liability policy should also
specifically ensure the contractual liability
assumed by the Contractor under Article
Indemnification. Coverage for property damage
shall be on a "broad form" basis with no exclusions
for "XC & U". Amount of insurance to be provided
shall be as shown below:
For not less than the following limits of
liability:
Bodily Injury: $500,000 each occurrence
$500,000 aggregate
Property Damage: $250,000 each occurrence
$250,000 aggregate
MCCNlland
Conutin
Ensncornaara
wmaarabd
Fayette' I's, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 12
I
I
Include the following coverage:
I
I
I
1
I
I
Li
[I
I
I
[1
I
7
I
Section 00700 - 13
I
2.
3.
o Waiver of all "XCU" exclusions.
o Broad Form Property Damage and Personal
Injury Liability.
o Independent Contractor's Coverage
Contractor's Comprehensive Automobile Liability
Insurance
For not less than the following limits of
liability:
Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 each person
$1,000,000 each occurrence
Property Damage: $ 100,000 each occurrence
OR
Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000
combined single limit each occurrence.
Include Hired car and Non -Ownership Coverage.
Contractor's Excess Umbrella policy: $1,000,000
limit of liability policy shall be provided.
ENGINEER SHALL BE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED:
Insurance certificates furnished by the Contractor
and/or subcontractor(s) shall include the Engineer
as an "Additional Insured" for all Liability and
Property Damage policies.
In the event any Work under this Contract is
performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall
be responsible for any liability directly or
indirectly arising out of the Work performed under
this Contract by a subcontractor, which liability
is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance.
The Contractor'
liability and
policies shall
their officers,
insureds for
performed under
s and any subcontractor's general
automobile liability insurance
include the Owner and Engineer,
agents, and employees as additional
Bny claims arising out of Work
this Contract.
(baealhnY
' E'c,"
�aaerOerab!
Fapflev4a. A•kaneae
I
7
L.'
C,
Li
I
I
H
H
I
I
I
I
C
I
Section 00700 - 14
I
, .ior.•raM
' L.r.
rr[n O.,0r.•.0
'opn.nh., Arkanws
E
F
G.
BUILDER'S RISK ALL-RISK INSURANCE
Unless otherwise modified in the Supplementary
Conditions, the Contractor shall secure and
maintain during the life of this Contract, Builders
Risk All Risk Insurance coverage in an amount equal
to the full replacement value of structures,
equipment, electrical, and mechanical systems only.
Such insurance shall not exclude coverage for
earthquake, landslide, flood, collapse, blasting,
or loss due to the results of faulty workmanship
and shall provide for losses to be paid to the
Contractor, Subcontractor, and the Owner as their
interests nay appear.
OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY
INSURANCE
The contractor's shall, at his expense, provide the
Owner with an Owner's and Contractor's Protective
Liability Insurance Policy naming the Owner as the
named insured and the Engineer, its architects and
engineers, and each of their officers, agents, and
employees as additional insured under that policy,
said policy to protect said parties from claims
which may arise from operations under the Contract.
Limits of policy coverage shall be:
Bodily Injury: $
500,000
each person
$1,000,000
aggregate
Property Damage $ 250,000 each person
$ 250,000 aggregate
OR
$1,000,000 combined -single limit each
occurrence! aggregate.
INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR SPECIAL CONDITIONS
When the construction is to be accomplished within
a public or private right-of-way requiring special
insurance coverage, the Contractor shall conform to
the particular requirements and provide the
required insurance. The Contractor shall include
in his liabilitypolicy all endorsements that the
said authority may require for the protection of
the authority, its officers, agents and employees.
I
I
I
I
CI
I
7
fl
b
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
l 1
Insurance coverage for special conditions, when
required, shall be provided as set forth in the
Supplementary Conditions.
H. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS
in carrying out any of the provisions hereof in
exercising any authority granted by the Contractor,
there will be no personal liability upon any public
official.
36. INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Owner, the Engineer, and their agents and employees from
and against damages, losses, and expenses including
attorney's fees, up to the amount of the Contract price,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or
expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease, or death, or to injury or to destruction of
tangible property (other than the Work itself), including
the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in
whole or in part by any act or omission of the
Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, provided that such
claims, damages, losses, and expenses are not proximately
caused by the negligence of any indemnitee in the design,
or by the sole negligence of any indemnitee in the
inspection of the Work that is the subject of this
construction Contract.
In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, or
any of their agents or employees by any employee of the
Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification
obligation under this Article shall not be limited in any
way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,
compensation, or benefits payable by or for the
Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's
Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts, or other
Employee Benefit Acts.
McClH land
a Lansm ('Job
Enpo-esrs
Ina>Vara'•d
Fan"sv,l s A•sawsas
Section 00700 - 15
I
J
H
H
LI
H
I
7
H
I
I
H
I
I
El
I
I
37. TAXES AND CHARGES
The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales
and use taxes, including any and all change of taxes
thereof, and all withholding taxes, whether state or
federal, and pay all Social Security charges and also all
State Unemployment Compensation charges, and pay or cause
to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes,
charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may
hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any
laws.
38. ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES
The Contractor shall keep himself informed of all local
ordinances, as well as state and federal laws, which in
any manner affect the Work herein specified. The
Contractor shall at all times comply with said
ordinances, laws, and regulations, and protect and
indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their respective
employees, and its officers and agents against any claim
or liability arising from or based on the violation of
any such laws, ordinances, or regulations up to the
amount of the Contract Price. All permits, licenses, and
inspection fees necessary for prosecution and completion
of the Work shall be secured and paid for by the
Contractor, unless otherwise specified.
39. SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall keep on the Work, during its
progress, competent supervisory personnel. The
Contractor shall designate, in writing, before starting
Work, one authorized representative who shall have
complete authority to represent and to act for the
Contractor. The Contractor shall give efficient
supervision to the Work, using his best skill and
attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible
for all construction means, methods, techniques, and
procedures, and for providing adequate safety precautions
and coordinating all portions of the Work under the
Contract. It is specifically understood and agreed that
the Engineer, its employees and agents, shall not have
control or charge of and shall not be responsible for the
construction means, methods, techniques, procedures, or
for providing adequate safety precautions in connection
with the Work under the Contract.
MCCNFiord
a Caa'nnr. Eapaaan
Inaxas.afsa
FeplNvhs, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 16
I
11
n
I
I
I
I
I
H
C
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
C
40. RECEPTION OF ENGINEER'S DIRECTION
The superintendent, or other duly authorized
representative of the Contractor, shall represent the
Contractor in all directions given to him by the
Engineer. Such directions of major importance will be
confirmed in writing. Any direction will be so
confirmed, in each case, on written request from the
Contractor.
41. SANITATION
Sanitary convenience
shall be erected and
times while workers
sanitary convenience
the Engineer.
42. EMPLOYEES
s
s
conforming to state and local codes
maintained by the Contractor at all
are employed on the Work. The
facilities shall be as approved by
The Contractor shall employ only men or women who are
competent and skillful in their respective line of work.
Whenever the Engineer or Owner shall notify the
Contractor that any person on the Work is, in their
opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly or
refuses to carry out the provisions of this Contract or
uses threatening or abusive language to any person
representing the Owner on the Work, or is otherwise
unsatisfactory, such person shall be immediately
discharged from the Project and shall not be re-employed
thereon except with the consent of the Engineer by the
Owner.
43. PROJECT MEETINGS
The Engineer may conduct Project meetings, as he deems
necessary, for the purposes of discussing and resolving
matters concerning the various elements of the Work.
Time and place for these meetings and the names of
persons required to be present shall be as directed by
the Engineer. Contractor shall comply with these
attendance requirements and shall also require his
subcontractors to comply.
44. SAFETY
The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible
for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all
persons (including employees) and property during
performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply
continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
MCCIffiYnd
c Consul,
Eng,nnN.
Cs
Fd JII„Jill,. d rkansas
Section 00700 - 17
L J
[1
I
r
n
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
H
H
I
C
I
I
n
Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of
Labor; (OSHA); the State Labor Department Laws; all other
applicable federal, state, county, and local laws,
ordinances, and codes; the requirements set forth below;
and any regulations that may be detailed in other parts
of these Documents. Where any of these are in conflict,
the more stringent requirements shall be followed. The
Contractor's failure to thoroughly familiarize himself
with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not
relieve him from compliance with the obligations and
penalties set forth herein.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the
duration of this Contract, a safety program that will
effectively incorporate and implement all required safety
provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who
is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce
compliance with the safety program.
The duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review
of the Contractor's performance is not intended to
include a review or approval of the adequacy of the
Contractor's safety supervisor, the safety program, or
any safety measures taken in, on, or near the
construction site.
The Contractor, as a part of his safety program, shall
maintain at his office, or other well-known place at the
jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the Work as
prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all
articles necessary for giving first aid to the injured,
and shall establish the procedure for the immediate
removal to a hospital of a doctor's care of persons
(including employees) who may be injured on the jobsite.
If death or serious injuries or serious damages are
caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by
telephone or messenger to both the Engineer and the
Owner. In addition, the contractor must promptly report
in writing to the Engineer all accidents whatsoever
arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of
the Work whether on, or adjacent to the site, giving full
details and statements of witnesses.
If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or
any subcontractor on account of any accident, the
Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to
the Engineer, giving full details of the claim.
flEnpmays
rncvDe.oree
Fo,+n•m, If. ar,or.d.
Section 00700 - 18
I
P
P
I
P
I
C
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
rT
45.
46.
47
CONTRACTOR'S TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
The Contractor's tools and equipment used on the Work
shallbe furnished in sufficient quantity and of a
capacity and type that will safely perform the Work
specified, and shall be maintained and used in a manner
that will not create a hazard to persons or property, or
cause a delay in the progress of the Work.
PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the
Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with
this Contract. The Contractor shall at all times safely
guard and protect from damage his own Work, and that of
adjacent property (as provided by law and the Contract
Documents). All passageways, guard fences, lights, and
other facilities required for protection by federal,
state, or municipal laws and regulations and local
conditions, must be provided and maintained.
The Contractor shall protect his Work and materials from
damage due to the nature of the Work, the
carelessness of other Contractors, or from
whatever until the completion and acceptance of
All loss or damages arising out of the nature of
to be done under these Contract Documents, or
unforeseen obstruction or defects which
encountered in the prosecution of the Work, or
action of the elements, shall be sustained
Contractor.
elements,
any cause
the Work.
the Work
from
any
may
be
from
the
by
the
In addition, the Contractor shall take special
precautions to prevent the "flotation" of all tanks and
structures prior to their final acceptance and filling
for beneficial use. The Contract price shall include all
costs associated with such special precautions.
Also, the Contractor shall not load or permit any part of
any structure to be loaded with a weight that will
endanger its safety or its structural integrity.
RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of
property, and/or safety of life, the Contractor shall
act, without previous instructions from the Owner or
Engineer, as the situation may warrant. The Contractor
shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately thereafter.
MKMIlae
.ref a Ceawflma
Coinarabe
Fo/HIek1M, Areorsus
Section 00700 - 19
I
Li
L]
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
C
[I
C
11
I
MCC" Id
c _q Can wlf•np
Enpinun
rrccq' hanw a•afFd
Fyrllf,Yll11• ilAanKF
Any claim for compensation by the Contractor, together
with substantiating documents in regard to expense, shall
be submitted to the Owner through the Engineer and the
amount of compensation shall be determined by agreement.
48. MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide
and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools,
equipment, light, power, transportation, and other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of
the Work.
Unless otherwise specified, all material shall be new,
and both workmanship and materials shall be of goad
quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish
satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of
materials.
In selecting and/or approving equipment for installation
in the Project, the Owner and Engineer assume no
responsibility for injury or claims resulting from
failure of the equipment to comply with applicable
national, state, and local safety codes or requirements,
or the safety requirements of a recognized agency, or
failure due to faulty design concepts, or defective
workmanship and materials.
49. CONTRACTOR'S AND MANUFACTURERS' COMPLIANCE WITH STATE
SAFETY, OSHA, AND OTHER CODE REQUIREMENTS.
The completed Work shall include all necessary permanent
safety devices, such as machinery guards and similar
ordinary safety items required by the state and federal
(OSHA) industrial authorities and applicable local and
national codes. Further, any features of the Work
(including Owner -selected equipment) subject to such
safety regulations shall be fabricated, furnished, and
installed in compliance with these requirements.
Contractors and manufacturers of equipment shall be held
responsible for compliance with the requirements included
herein. contractors shall notify all equipment suppliers
and subcontractors of the provisions of this Article.
50. SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
Except for Owner -selected equipment items and items where
no substitution is clearly specified, whenever any
material, article, device, product, fixture, form, type
or construction, or process is indicated or specified by
patent or proprietary name, by name of manufacturer, or
Section 00700 - 20
Li
I
1
I
C
I
I
[1
C
I
I
I
I
rI
I
by catalog number, such specifications shall be deemed to
be used for the purpose of establishing a standard of
quality and facilitating the description of the material
or process desired. This procedure is not to be
construed as eliminating from competition other products
of equal or better quality by other manufacturers where
fully suitable in design, and shall be deem to be
followed by the words "or equal". The Bidder may, in
such cases, submit complete data to the Engineer (with
his Bid Proposal, as stipulated hereinbefore) for
consideration of another material, type, or process which
shall be substantially equal in every respect to that so
indicated or specified. Substitute materials shall not
be used unless approved in writing. The Owner or his
authorized agent will be the sole judge of the
substituted article or material.
51. TESTS, SAMPLES AND INSPECTIONS
The Contractor shall furnish, without extra charge, the
necessary test pieces and samples, including facilities
and labor for obtaining the same, as requested by the
Engineer. When required, the Contractor shall furnish
certificates of tests of materials and equipment made at
the point of manufacture by a recognized testing
laboratory.
The Owner, Engineer, authorized government agents, and
their representatives shall at all times be provided safe
access to the Work wherever it is in preparation or
progress, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for
such access and for inspection, including maintenance of
temporary and permanent access.
If the Specifications, the Engineer's instructions, laws,
ordinances, or any public authority requires any Work to
be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall
give timely notice of its readiness for inspection.
Inspections to be conducted by the Engineer will be
vromntly made, and where practicable, at the source of
MCC4.IIand
• , (gn,yl,rnp
Enprnon
rncm0a•ahC
fcy revr. N• L„1nrcl
Section 00700 - 21
I
I
I
H
L
H
H
II
I
H
I
L
r
I
I
[1
I
52
53.
54.
ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalty and license fees,
unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall defend
all suits and claims for infringement of any patent
rights and shall save the Owner and the Engineer harmless
from any and all loss, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, on account thereof, up to the amount of the
Contract Price.
CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TERMINATE CONTRACT
If the Work should be stopped under an order of any court
or other public authority for a period of more than 3
months, through no act or fault of the Contractor, its
Subcontractors, or respective employees or agents, then
the Contractor may, upon 15 days' written notice to the
Owner and the Engineer, if said default has not been
cured, stop Work to terminate this Contract and recover
from the Owner payment for the reasonable value of Work
performed.
CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK FOUND DURING WARRANTY PERIOD
The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his own expense,
all repairs or replacement necessitated by defects in
materials or workmanship, supplied under terms of this
Contract, and pay for any damage to other work resulting
from such defects, which become evident within 1 year
after the date of final acceptance of the Work or within
1 year after the date of substantial completion
established by the Engineer for specified items of
equipment, or within such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable
special guarantee required by the Contract Documents.
The Contractor further assumes responsibility for a
similar guarantee for all Work and materials provided by
subcontractors or manufacturers of packaged equipment
components. The effective date for the start of the
guarantee or warranty period for equipment qualifying as
substantially complete is defined in Article 16,
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, and Article 65, SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION DATE, in these General Conditions. The
Contractor also agrees to hold the Owner and the Engineer
harmless from liability of any kind arising from damage
due to said defects. The Contractor shall make all
repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written
order for same from the Owner. If the contractor fails
to make the repairs and replacements promptly, the Owner
may do the Work, and the Contractor and his Surety shall
be liable for the cost thereof. Any additioinal
McCL ucM
tonwilng
tnvno.one
fa)IHewPa, A•kan,o.
Section 00700 - 22
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 00700 - 23
requirements for the Project relative to correction of
defective Work after final acceptance are set forth in
the Supplementary Conditions.
PROGRESS OF THE WORK
55. BEGINNING OF THE WORK
Before Work shall be started and materials ordered, the
Contractor shall meet and consult with the Owner and/or
Engineer relative to materials, equipment, and all
arrangements for prosecuting the Work.
56. SCHEDULES AND PROGRESS REPORTS
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of
quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls,
reports, records, and other data as the Owner may request
concerning Work performed or to be performed under this
Contract.
Construction ScheduleReauirements: The Contractor shall
comply with the following requirements concerning
construction scheduling and payments:
The Contractor shall submit a construction schedule of
the bar graph type (or other approved type) prior to the
pre -construction conference showing the following
information as a minimum:
a. Date of Notice to Proceed with Contract Work
b. Actual date construction is scheduled to start
if different from the date of Notice to
Proceed.
c. Contract completion date.
d. Beginning and completion dates for each phase
of Work.
e. The dates at which special detail drawings are
required.
f. Respective dates for submission of shop
drawings and the beginning of manufacture, the
testing of, and the installation of materials,
supplies, and equipment.
g. All construction milestone dates.
[1
m6cle nG
a nvn..a0
' fpmaan
toad 00ra NQ
rayellavilra, Arkan,av
I
I
I
El
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
h. A separate graph showing Work placement in
dollars versus Contract time.
The schedule shall incorporate approved Contract changes.
The schedule shall be maintained in an up-to-date
condition monthly and shall be available for inspection
at the construction site at all times.
The construction schedule shall be submitted
inconjunction with and/or in addition to any other
requirements concerning schedule within these
Specifications.
57. PROSECUTION OF THE WORK
It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of
beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of
the Work are the essence of this Contract. The Work
shall be prosecuted at such time, and in or on such part
or parts of the Project as may be required, to complete
the Project as contemplated in the Contract Documents and
the approved construction schedule.
If the Contractor desires to carry on Work at night or
outside the regular hours (7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday
through Friday). he shall first obtain the permission of
the Engineer. He shall also give timely notice to the
Engineer to allow satisfactory arrangements to be made
for observation of the Work in progress. If the Work to
be done "after hours" requires the full-time presence of
a representative of the Engineer, then the Contractor
must reimburse the owner for payments made to the
Engineer for this purpose.
The cost of additional engineering services will be based
upon actual hours worked (labor cost x 3) plus
out-of-pocket expenses such as lodging, mileage,
materials, etc. Otherwise, the Contractor may perform
clean-up work only outside of regular hours (including
Saturdays and Sundays). No Work will be accomplished on
holidays.
58. ASSIGNMENT
Neither party to the Contractor shall assign the Contract
or sublet it as a whole, without the written consent of
the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any monies
dues or to become due to him hereunder without the
previous written consent of the owner.
YeCY4and
a N p a0
Eaap inlf
IflnnMDl'ataa
Fayette n, tq Afkanaaa
Section 00700 - 24
H
H
F
H1
I
CI
H
I
I
[]
I
I
I
I
59. OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK
If the Contractor should, in the opinion of the Engineer,
neglect to prosecute the Work properly or should neglect
or refuse at his own cost to take up and replace Work as
shall have been rejected by the Engineer, then the owner
shall notify the Surety of the condition, and after 10
days' written notice to the Contractor and the Surety, or
without notice if an emergency or danger to the Work or
public exists, and without prejudice to any other right
which the Owner may have under the Contract, take over
that portion of the work which has been improperly
executed or uncompleted, and make good the deficiencies
and deduct the cost thereof from the payments then or
thereafter due the Contractor, and if such payments are
not sufficient thereof, charge the cost to the Contractor
and its surety.
60. OWNER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER EMPLOYMENT
If the contractor should abandon the Work or should be
adjudged bankrupt, or if he should make a general
assignment for the benefit of his creditors, of if a
receiver should be appointed on account of his
insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly
refuse or should fail, except in cases for which
extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly
skilled workers or proper materials, or if he should fail
to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or
labor, or persistently disregard laws, ordinances,or the
instructions of the Engineer, or otherwise be guilty of
a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract
or any laws or ordinance, then the owner may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, and after giving
the Contractor and Surety 7 days' written notice,
transfer the employment for said Work from the Contractor
to the Surety. Upon receipt of such notice, such Surety
shall enter upon the premises and take possession of all
materials, tools, and appliances thereon for the purpose
of completing the Work included under this Contract and
employ, by Contract and otherwise, any qualified person
or persons to finish the Work and provide the materials
therefore, in accordance with the Contract Documents,
without termination of the continuing full force and
effect of this Contract. In case of such transfer of
employment to such Surety, the Surety shall be paid in
its own name on estimates according to the terms hereof
without any right of the Contractor to make any claim for
the same or any part thereof.
M'csHas
Enqaa Unwl•CnS
nwoar .
Fa,vrnv.r.., A.konws
Section 00700 - 25
I
L
I
I
I
I
W
I
I
Li
I
C
I
I
I
I
If after the furnishing of said written notice to the
Surety, the Contractor and the Surety still fail to make
reasonable progress on the performance of the Work, the
Owner may terminate the employment of the Contractor and
take possession of the premises and of all materials,
tools and appliances, thereon and finish the Work by
whatever method he may deem expedient and charge the cost
thereof to the Contractor and Surety. In such case, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further
payment until the Work is finished. If the expense of
completing the Contract, including compensation for
additional managerial and administrative services, shall
exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and the Surety
shall pay the difference to the Owner.
DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME
If the Contractor is delayed in the progress of the Work
by any separate Contractor employed by the Owner, or by
strikes,lockouts, fire, excessive adverse weather
conditions not reasonably anticipated (on the basis of
official weather records from the past ten years minimum,
from the locality involved), or acts of God, the
Contractor shall, within 48 hours of the start of the
occurrence, give written notice to the Owner of the cause
of the potential delay and estimate the possible time
extension involved, and within 7 days after the cause of
the delay has been remedied, the Contractor shall give
written notice to the Owner of any actual time extension
requested as a result of the aforementioned occurrence;
then the Contract time may be extended by Change Order
for such reasonable time as the Engineer determines. It
is agreed that no claim shall be made or allowed for any
damage which may arise out of any delay caused by the
above referenced acts or occurrences, other than claims
for the appropriate extension of time.
No extension of time will be granted to the Contractor
for delays occurring to parts of the Work that have no
measurable impact on the completion of the total Work
under this Contract; nor will extension of time be
granted for delays to parts of Work that are not located
on the critical path if the Critical Path Method (CPM) is
used for scheduling the Work.
No extension of time
conditions normal to t
performed. Unusual wei
the Engineer to be
progress of the Work,
extension of Contract
will be considered for weather
he area in which the Work is being
.ther conditions, if determined by
a severity that would stop all
may be considered as cause for an
completion time. The Contractor
MCCUlland
Canwrr'np
Enpwun
raaara aaHd
fod+runho, ArIavar
Section 00700 - 26
I
L
H
n
I
L
I
I
I
II
I
n
n
I
I
C1
L
n
H
62.
shall provide official documentation of weather
conditions experienced versus those anticipated as
described above.
Delays in delivery of equipment or material purchased by
the Contractor or his subcontractors (including
Owner -selected) equipment shall not be considered as a
just cause for delay.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the timely
ordering, scheduling, expediting, delivery, and
installation of all equipment and materials.
within a reasonable period after the Contractor submits
to the Owner a written request for an extension of time,
the Engineer will present his written opinion to the
owner as to whether an extension of time is justified,
and, if so, his recommendation as to the number of days
for time extension. The Owner will make the final
decision an all requests for extension of time.
In no event shall the Contractor be entitled under this
Contract to collect or recover any damages, loss, or
expense incurred by any delay other than as caused by the
Owner, as stipulated in Article 73, NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR
DELAY.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The Work shall begin at the
Proceed issued by the Owner
be completed within the nu:
days, or by the calendar d
Proposal and Contract. The
and including the date stat
It is agreed that time i
Contract.
time stated in the Notice to
to the Contractor and shall
Aber of consecutive calendar
ate, stated in the accepted
time shall be computed from
ad in the Notice to Proceed.
s of the essence of this
The Contractor agrees that said Work shall be prosecuted
regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate
or progress as will insure full completion thereof within
the time specified. It is expressly understood and
agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that
the time for the completion of the Work described herein
is a reasonable time for the completion of the same,
taking into consideration the average climatic range and
usual construction conditions prevailing in this
locality.
MCCif I,a,d
ConuSfl4ff
a f
Enpa„n
,narcaa.af 4
Fapn,vd:., Arkansas
Section 00700 - 27
I
I
I
L
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
I7
I
I
I
I
I
63
64.
If the Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse, to
complete the Work within the time herein specified, or
any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then
the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration
for the awarding of this Contract, a penalty put as
liquidated damages for such breach of Contract, as
hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day
that the Contractor shall be in default after the time
stipulated in the Contract for completing the Work.
The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between
the Contractor and the Owner because of the
impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and
ascertaining the actual damages which the Owner would in
such event sustain, and said amount shall be retained
from time to time by the Owner from current periodic pay
estimates.
OTHER CONTRACTS
The Owner reserves the right to let other Contracts in
connection with the Work. The Contractor shall afford
other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of their materials and the
execution of their Work and shall properly connect and
coordinate his Work with theirs.
If any part of the Work under this Contract depends on
the prior acceptable completion of Work by others under
separate Contract(s), the Contractor shall inspect and
promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such Work
that would adversely affect the satisfactory completion
of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor's
failure to so inspect and report shall constitute
acceptance of the work by others as being suitable for
the proper reception and completion of the Work under
this Contract, excluding, however, those defects in the
Work by others that occur after the satisfactory
completion of the Work specified hereunder.
USE OF PREMISES
The Contractor shall confine his equipment, the storage
of materials, and the operation of his workers to limits
shown on the Drawings or indicated by law, ordinances,
permits, or directions of the Engineer, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials.
The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, the
necessary rights -of -way and access to the Work which may
be required outside the limits of the Owner's property.
mrParrlrraw
a Ca..unQ
[nprnwn
fnmaa•aNa
Foy trovtYa, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 28
I
L
I
I
'rj
Lii
I
I
I
fl
H
H
H
II
H
I
65. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE
The Engineer may, at his sole discretion, issue a written
notice of substantial completion for the purpose of
establishing the starting date for specific equipment
guarantees, and to establish the date that the Owner will
assume the responsibility for the cost of operating such
equipment. Said notice shall not be considered as final
acceptance of any portion of the Work or relieve the
Contractor from completing the remaining Work within the
specified time and in full compliance with the Contract
Documents.
Such substantial completion shall not relieve the
Contractor from liquidated damages should the Owner have
added costs after the completion date, i.e., if
additional construction observation, interest paid, loss
of revenue, or other expenses continue to be charged to
the Owner.
Substantial completion of an operating facility shall be
that degree of completion that will provide a minimum of
7 continuous work days of successful operation in which
all performance and acceptance testing has been
successfully demonstrated to the Engineer. All equipment
contained in the work, plus all other components
necessary to enable the Owner to operate the facility in
the manner that was intended, shall be complete on the
substantial completion date. See "SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION" under Article DEFINITIONS, of these General
Conditions.
66. PERFORMANCE TESTING
Operating equipment and systems shall be performance
tested in the presence of the Engineer to demonstrate
compliance with the specified requirements. Performance
testing shall be conducted under the specified design
operating conditions or under such simulated operating
conditions as recommended or approved by the Engineer.
Schedule such testing with the Engineer at least 1 week
in advance of the planned date for testing.
67. OWNER'S USE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK
The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and
use any completed or partially completed portions of the
Work. Such use shall not be considered as final
acceptance of any portion of the Work, nor shall such use
be considered as cause for an extension of the Contract
Nc[ufM h
V. fenwrrhn0
c Enprngn
Fepror", Arbntm
Section 00700 - 29
I
I
I
I
FI
I
completion time, unless authorized by a Change Order
issued by the Owner.
68. CUTTING AND PATCHING
The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching
of his Work that may be required to make its several
parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be
received by Work of other Contractors shown upon or
reasonable implied by the Drawings. Any defective Work
or material, performed or furnished by the Contractor,
that may be discovered by the Engineer before the final
acceptance of the Work or before final payment has been
made, shall be removed and replaced or patched, in a
manner as approved by the Engineer at the expense of the
Contractor.
69. CLEANING UP
1
1
1
PAYMENT
Li
E
11
I
I
I
The Contractor shall, at all times, at his own expense,
keep property on which Work is in progress and the
adjacent property free from accumulations of waste
material or rubbish caused by employees or by the Work.
Upon completion of the construction, the Contractor shall
at his own expense, remove all temporary structures,
rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his
operations.
70. PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS
Payment or credit for any alternations covered by a
Change Order shall be determined by one or a combination
of the methods set forth in A, B, or C below as
applicable:
A. UNIT PRICES. If applicable, those unit prices
stipulated in the Proposal, shall be utilized. If
such Unit Prices are not applicable, the Contractor
and Owner may utilize Unit Prices as mutually
agreed upon.
B. LUMP SUM. A total lump sum for the Work may be
negotiated as mutually agreed upon by the
Contractor and Owner.
In "A" and "B" above, Contractor's quotations for Change
Orders shall be in writing and firm for a period of 90
MKwfmnd
ftmhrti
CIq�Nf n
IarOeta rfd
Fa,ft4nhe. Arkanfaf
Section CC700 - 30
P
C
F1
J
I
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
Hi. ,
P
days. Any compensation paid in conjunction with the terms
of a Change Order shall comprise total compensation due
the Contractor for the Work or alteration defined in the
Change Order. By signing the Change Order, the
Contractor acknowledges that the stipulated compensation
includes payment for the Work or alteration plus all
payment for the interruption of schedules, extended
overhead, delay or any other impact claim or ripple
effect, and by such signing specifically waives any
reservation or claim for additional compensation in
respect to the subject of the Change Order.
The Owner's request for quotations on alterations to the
Work shall not be considered authorization to proceed
with the Work prior to the issuance of a formal Change
Order, nor shall such request justify any delay in
existing Work. Lump Sum quotations for alterations to
the Work shall include substantiating documentation with
an itemized breakdown of Contractor and subcontractor
costs, including labor, material, rentals, approved
services, overhead, and profit calculated as specified
under "C" below.
C. FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. If the method of payment cannot be
agreed upon prior to the beginning of the Work, and the
Owner or the Engineer directs that the Work be done by
written Change Order or on a force account basis, then
the Contractor shall furnish labor, equipment, and
materials necessary to complete the Work in a
satisfactory manner and within a reasonable period of
time.
For the Work performed, payment will be made for the
documented actual cost of the following:
1. Labor, including foremen, who are directly assigned
to the force account Work: (actual payroll cost,
including wages, fringe benefits as established by
negotiated labor agreements, labor insurance, and
labor taxes as established by law). No other fixed
labor burdens will be considered, unless approved
in writing by the Owner.
2. Material delivered and used on the designated Work,
including sales tax, if paid by the Contractor or
his subcontractor.
3. Rental, or equivalent rental cost of equipment,
including necessary transportation for items having
a value in excess of $100.
flMcC,I,rord
EnWne� s
InO'J(.NONE
roN. W'b, drlonroa
Section 00700 - 31
I
I
H
I
C
1
El
I
L
H
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
4. Additional bond, as required and approved by the
Owner.
5. Additional
insurance (other
than labor
insurance)
as required
and approved by
the Owner.
To costs under 70C, FORCE ACCOUNT WORK, there will be
added the following fixed fees for the Contractor or
subcontractor actually performing the Work.
A fixed fee not to exceed 15 percent of the cost of all
items above.
The added fixed fees shall be considered to be full
compensation, covering the cost of general supervision,
overhead, profit, and any other general expense.
The Owner reserves the right to furnish such materials
and equipment as he deems expedient, and the Contractor
shall have no claim for profit or added fees on the cost
of such materials and equipment.
For equipment under Item 3 above, rental or equivalent
rental cost will be allowed for only those days or hours
during which the equipment is in actual use. Rental and
transportation allowances shall not exceed the current
rental rates prevailing in the locality. The rentals
allowed for equipment will, in all cases, be understood
to cover all fuel, supplies, repairs, and renewals, and
no further allowances will be made for those items,
unless specific agreement to that effect is made.
The Contractor shall maintain his records in such a
manner as to provide a clear distinction between the
direct cost of Work paid for a force account basis and
the costs of other operations. The Contractor shall
furnish the Engineer report sheets in duplicate of each
day's force account Work no later than the working day
following the performance of said Work. The daily report
sheets shall itemize the materials used, and shall cover
the direct cost of labor and the charges for equipment
rental, whether furnished by the Contractor,
subcontractor, or other forces.
The daily report sheets shall provide names or
identifications and classifications of workers, the
hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the size,
type, and identification number of equipment and hours
operated.
NcCbfcRd
o Canwlf•nP
Eproun
In-orOa.eN!
•oriR.rfilf, Arkamoi
Section 00700 - 32
Li
L
I
H
I
IH
Ii
Li
I
L
Li
I
I
Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies
of vendors' invoices. Such invoices shall be submitted
with the daily report sheets, or, if not available, they
shall be submitted with subsequent daily report sheets.
Said daily report sheets shall be signed by the
Contractor or his authorized agent.
To receive partial payments and final payment for force
account Work, the Contractor shall submit in a manner
approved by the Engineer, detailed and complete
documented verification of the Contractor's and any of
his subcontractors' actual current costs involved in the
force account Work pursuant to the issuance of an
approved Change Order. Such costs shall be submitted
within 30 days after said Work has been performed.
No payment will be made for Work billed and submitted to
the Engineer after the 30 -day period has expired. No
extra or additional Work shall be performed by the
Contractor, except in an emergency endangering life or
property, unless in pursuance of a written Change Order,
as provided in Article 20, ALTERATIONS - CHANGES IN WORK.
71. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
A. GENERAL
Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to
affect the right, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or
any part of the aforesaid Work, should such Work be later
found not to comply with the provisions of the Contract
Documents. All estimated quantities of Work for which
partial payments have been made are subject to review and
correction on the final estimate. Payment by the Owner
and acceptance by the Contractor of partial payments
based on periodic estimates of quantities of Work
performed shall not in any way, constitute acceptance of
the estimated quantities used as the basis for computing
the amounts of the partial payments. For public works
projects, each partial payment request and final payment
request shall contain an affidavit by the Contractor that
all provisions of the applicable federal and state
requirements regarding apprentices and payment of
prevailing wages have been complied with by him and by
his Subcontractors.
B. ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT
Before the first working day of each calendar month, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a detailed
estimate of the amount earned for the separate portions
Section 00700 - 33
I
Yaps'Iax
Caaws
I ng n.e srs
lnmrawaisa
£a,s'U rlIfs A•Iansas
I
C
C
Li
I
H
Li
I
C
C
I
I
I
I
C
L
of the Work, and request payment. As used in this
Article, the words "amount earned" means the value, on
the date of the estimate for partial payment, of the Work
completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and
the value of approved materials delivered to the Project
site suitably stored and protected prior to incorporation
into the Work. If the Contractor's estimate of amount
earned conforms with the Engineer's evaluation, the
Engineer will calculate the amount due the Contractor and
make recommendation to the Owner for payment.
An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be
provided for the entire job prior to the first payment
request. An update of the estimate of progress payments
shall be updated if the actual progress differs by more
than 20 percent in any given month. Each monthly payment
request shall include the required updated Schedule.
If the updated Schedule is not submitted, the Owner may
withhold payment until this item is completed. The
Contractor shall be paid within 30 days of approval of
the payment request.
DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE
Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions,
deductions from the estimate will be as described below.
The Owner will deduct from the estimate, and retain as
part security, 10 percent of the amount earned for Work
satisfactorily completed. However, no deduction or
retainage will be made on the approved items of material
delivered to and properly stored at the jobsite but not
incorporated into the Work. When the Work is 50 percent
complete, the Owner may "freeze" the retainage at 5
percent of the dollar value of the total contract
provided that the Contractor is making satisfactory
progress and there is no specific cause f or a greater
retainage. The Owner may reinstate the retainage up to
10 percent of the dollar value of "Work complete to date"
if the Owner determines, at his discretion, that the
Contractor is not making satisfactory progress or where
there is other specific cause for such withholding.
NOTE: Exception -- If the Work includes water or sewer
pipelines, the Contractor shall maintain the Work for a
period of ninety (90) days following its acceptance by
OWNER. Up to five percent (5%) of the Contract amount
shall be retained during this maintenance period. All
prior payments shall be subject to correction in the
final payment. This 90 -day period does not relieve the
MCC!.u.ne
Canwlr,na
a a
Ina>D.reNO
Fa/.14 vtlu, Arkansas
Section 00700 - 34
C
C
I
I
7
H
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
Contractor of the Performance and Payment Bond
requirements regarding warranty of the Project. In such
cases, the semi-final payment estimate shall indicate the
initial acceptance of the Work, and the warranty shall
begin on such date.
QUALIFICATION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS DELIVERED
Unless modified in the Supplementary Conditions,
qualification for partial payment for materials delivered
but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be as
described below.
Materials, as used herein, shall be considered to be
those items which are fabricated or manufactured
materials and equipment. To receive partial payment for
materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in
the Work, it shall be necessary for the Contractor to
include invoices of such materials and documentation
warranting that the materials and equipment are covered
by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements
to protect Owner's interest therein; all of which must be
satisfactory to Owner. At the time of the next partial
payment request, the Contractor must submit the following
documentation relative to materials paid on the previous
partial payment: paid invoices of such materials or other
documentation warranting that the Owner has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all liens,
charges, security interests, and encumbrances (i.e., all
materials have been paid for by Contractor). Failure to
submit this documentation will result in an appropriate
reduction on the current partial payment estimate for
such materials.
At his sole discretion, the Engineer may approve items
for which partial payment is to be made. Proper storage
and protection shall be provided by the Contractor, and
as approved by the Engineer. Final payment shall be made
only for materials actually incorporated in the Work and,
upon acceptance of the Work, all materials remaining for
which advance payments had been made shall revert to the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments
made for these items shall be deducted from the final
payment for the Work.
After deducting the retainages and the amount of all
previous partial payments made to the Contractor, the
amount earned as of the current month will be made
payable to the Contractor within 30 days of the Owner's
nMcGsucf
Caawlr.np
Enp.nun
inaraarabd
lapfnu4, Arkcnsas
Section 00700 - 35
J
I
J
I
n
C
I
I
H
C
C
C
H
[1
H
I
receipt of an approved request, except where the Owner is
a municipality or other agency whose laws require the
approval of each payment by a council or similar body, in
which case, the payment shall become due and payable 10
days after the first regularly -scheduled meeting in the
month following the submittal of such payment request.
72. CLAIMS
In any case where the Contractor deems additional
compensation is due him for Work or materials not clearly
covered in the Contract or not ordered by the Engineer
according to provisions of Article 20, ALTERATIONS -
CHANGES IN WORK, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make claim, in
order that such matters may be settled, if possible, or
other appropriate action promptly taken. If such
notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded
proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict
account of actual cost, then the Contractor hereby agrees
to waive the claim for such additional compensation.
Such notice by the contractor, and the fact that the
Engineer has kept account of the cost as aforesaid, shall
not in any way be construed as proving the validity of
the claim. Claims for additional compensation shall be
made in itemized detail and submitted, in writing, to the
Owner and Engineer within 10 days following completion of
that portion of the Work for which the Contractor bases
his claim. In case the claim is found to be just, it
shall be allowed and paid for as provided in Article 70,
PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS.
73. NOTICE OF CLAIM FOR DELAY
If the Contractor intends to file a claim for additional
compensation for delay caused by the Owner at a
particular time, he shall file a notice of claim with the
Owner within 7 days of the beginning of the occurrence.
The notice of claim shall be in duplicate, in writing,
and shall need not state the amount. No claim for
additional compensation will be considered unless the
provisions of Article 61, DELAYS AND EXTENTION OF TIME,
are complied with, and a notice of claim has been filed
with the Owner in writing, as stated above.
Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding
with Work or from authorizing its prosecution either
before or after its prosecution, by reason of any
litigation, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make
or assert claim for damage by reason of said delay; but
time for completion of the Work will be extended to such
pagsfrand
Cono It hi
fsp nssr.
MavraaaNd
Foyefrd vdu, Arta+sas
Section 00700 - 36
L
I
I
El
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
reasonable tire as the Owner may determine will
compensate for time lost by such delay, with such
determination to be set forth in writing.
74. RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS
The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner from all claims for labor and materials furnished
under this Contract. Prior to the final payment, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, as part of his
final payment request, an affidavit that all of the
Contractor's obligations on the Project have been
satisfied and that there are no unpaid taxes, liens,
vendors' liens, rights to lien or any other type of claim
against the Project, and that the hourly wages paid to
all persons on the Project were in accordance with the
applicable wage scale determinations.
75. FINAL PAYMENT
Upon completion of all of the Work under this Contract,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing,
that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall
request final inspection. Upon receipt of the
Contractor's written notice that the Work is ready for
final inspection, the Engineer shall make such inspection
and shall submit to the Owner his recommendation as to
acceptance of the completed Work and as to the final
estimate of the amount due the Contractor under this
Contract. Upon approval of this final estimate by the
Owner and compliance with provisions in Article 74,
RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS, and other provisions as may
be applicable, the Owner £hall pay to the Contractor all
monies due him under the provisions of these Contract
Documents. On contracts for public works, final
payment of the retained percentage will not be made until
the Contractor has alsc furnished the applicable
apprenticeship wage certification.
76. NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Neither the inspection of the Owner, through the Engineer
or any of his employees, nor any order by the Owner for
payment of money, nor any payment for, or acceptance of,
the whole or any part of the Work by the Owner or
Engineer, nor any extension of time,nor any possession
taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a
waiver of any provision of this Contract, or any power
herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages
NcC4uDM
ErtIfl..rs
:ncovnD'+�DDkaH!
FDfktf.vnls, Srkcnak
Section 00700 - 37
Li
I
C
L
Li
i
I
I
L
Li
I
I
I
J
I
I
H
herein provided nor shall any waiver of any breach in
this Contract be held to be a waiver of any other or
subsequent breach.
77. ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT CONSTITUTES RELEASE
The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment
shall release the Owner and the Engineer, as agent of the
Owner, from all claims and all liability to the
Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection
with the Work, and every act of the Owner and others
relating to or arising out of the Work. No payment,
however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the
contractor or his Sureties from obligations under this
Contract and the Performance and Payment Bonds, and other
bonds and warranties, as herein provided.
Section 00700 - 38
a Ca,s Ping' p.rr.
i qcara.raNa
ta,.P..•/'., A'kan.a.
r
C
C
I
L.I
I
I
I
I
I
I]
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 00800
GENERAL
The Contractor's attention is directed to Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contains other directions pertinent to the
project.
REVISIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS
The GENERAL CONDITIONS are hereby revised as follows:
ARTICLE 9. "ENGINEER"
Wherever in these Documents the word "Engineer" appears, it
Shall be understood to mean McClelland Consulting Engineers,
Inc., acting either directly or indirectly as authorized
agents of the owner.
ARTICLE 12. "OWNER"
OWNER
Wherever in these Documents the word "Owner" appears, it shall
be understood to mean the City of Fayetteville, whose address
is City Administration Building, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701.
ARTICLE 14. "SPECIFICATIONS"
Add the following:
FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Where portions of the work traverse or adjoin local streets,
railroads, or Federal property, and the agency in control of
such property has established standard specifications
governing items of work that differ from these Specifications,
the most stringent requirements shall apply.
The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and
requirements of the Fayetteville Street Department, and
Arkansas Highway Department wherever the work traverses or
crosses City streets and State highways.
ARTICLE 22. "DOCUMENTS TO BE KEPT ON THE JOBSITE"
Add the following:
Failure of the Contractor to submit accurate Record Drawings
"CCIaIDLd
' D N COllwlliro
E p.nuv
It (.vrDefDME
FDflf4v i., A,honw.
L
1
F
I
I
I
II
H
I
[1
I
I
H
C
C
H
to the Engineer will be adequate justification for
postponement of the Final Inspection and Final Payment.
ARTICLE 30. "LINES AND GRADES"
Delete the first sentence and add the following:
All construction staking shall be done by the Contractor at
the Contractor's expense. The ENGINEER shall provide one
bench mark elevation at the pump station for the Contractor's
use.
ARTICLE 31. "SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE"
Delete the first sentence in the first paragraph and substitute the
following:
The Contractor shall submit a sufficient number of copies to
allow the Engineer to retain four copies (2 for himself; 2 for
the Owner) for review, such shop drawings, electrical
diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and
manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical
equipment) required for construction, except as noted below:
After the first paragraph, add the following:
Should the Contractor fail to submit acceptable shop drawings
on the second submittal, one copy will be returned to him and
the cost of the Engineer's time to review subsequent
submittals on the unacceptable item will be deducted from the
Contractor's monthly payment invoice.
ARTICLE 35. "INSURANCE AND LIABILITY", SUBARTICLE "BUILDERS RISK
ALL RISK INSURANCE"
Delete the following coverages from the General Conditions:
Loss caused by earthquake
Loss caused by floods
ARTICLE 35. "INSURANCE AND LIABILITY"
Add to subarticle entitled "GENERAL" the following:
SURETY AND INSURER QUALIFICATIONS
All bonds, insurance contracts, and certificates of insurance
shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed
resident agent of the surety or insurance company, having his
place of business in the State of Arkansas, and in all ways
complying with the insurance laws of the State of Arkansas.
"CC4ncnd
a Conwlf,no
Enq,ni.rs
,.,corwrporaova"!
Fa/IffH4laf AfRcnma
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I]
I
C
I
I
I
H
Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly
licensed and qualified to do business in the State of
Arkansas.
After ARTICLE 38. "ORDINANCES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES"
Add the following:
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
The Contractor shall observe and comply with all applicable
local, state, and federal occupational safety and health
regulations during the prosecution of work under this
Contract. In addition, full compliance by the Contractor with
the U. S. Department of Labor's Occupational Safety and Health
Standards, as established in Public Law 91-596, will be
required under the terms of this Contract.
ARTICLE 44. "SAFETY"
After this Article, add the following:
PUBLICITY
No information relative to the Work shall be released by the
Contractor, either before or after completion of the Work, for
publication or for advertising purposes without the prior
written consent of the Owner and the Engineer.
REPORTING OF ACCIDENTS
The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Engineer
of any accident or injury occurring at the Construction Site.
ARTICLE 46. "PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY"
Add the following:
OF MONUMENTS AND STAKES
In the event that the stakes and marks placed by the Engineer
are destroyed through carelessness on the part of the
Contractor, and that the destruction of these stakes and marks
causes a delay in the work, the Contractor shall have no claim
for damages or extensions of time. In the case of any
permanent monuments or bench marks which must of necessity be
removed or disturbed in the construction of the work, the
Contractor shall carefully protect and preserve the same until
they can be properly referenced and relocated. The Contractor
shall also furnish at his own expense such materials and
assistance as are necessary for the proper replacement of
monuments or bench marks that have been moved or destroyed.
MCGt''r'W
fl n g
Fn r
t.. rs
Inosrp errhJ
•OJrlrrr,l... A-ransas
I
1
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF WORK"
OVERTIME PAYMENT
Overtime hours shall be considered any hours worked by the
Contractor in excess of 40 hours from Monday through Friday
and/or any time on Saturday, Sunday, and legal holidays, which
in the Owner's opinion requires the Engineer's resident
observer's presence to observe such overtime work. If the
Contractor elects to schedule and perform overtime work upon
receiving written permission from the Engineer, the Contractor
shall pay the Owner for the Engineer's resident observers'
costs for each hour of overtime worked. Overtime shall be
rounded off to the nearest whole hour and will not exceed a
unit cost of $35.00 per hour. In addition, any direct
nonlabor expenses that in the Engineer's opinion are
attributable to the Contractor's overtime, such as travel or
per diem, with a limit of $5.00 per day for each resident
observer for such direct nonlabor expenses, shall be paid to
the Owner. Payment to the Owner shall be made by a deduction
from the Contractor's monthly payment invoice.
ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK"
Add the following:
NEGLECTED WORK
If the Contractor should fail to prosecute the Work in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications, including any
requirements of the progress schedule, the Owner, after seven
days' written notice to the Contractor, may without prejudice
to any other remedy he may have make good such deficiencies,
and the cost thereof (including compensation for additional
professional services) shall be charged against the Contractor
if the Engineer approves such action, in which case a Change
Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in
the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in
the Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter due
the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
AFTER ARTICLE 57. "PROSECUTION OF THE WORK"
Add the following:
STANDARDIZATION AND UNIFORMITY OF EQUIPMENT AND CERTAIN MATERIALS
To ensure standardization and uniformity in all parts of the
work under this Contract, like items of materials shall be the
products of one manufacturer.
MaCleRwq
n
' — e (bnwlhep
wpor
InadOelaMO
FafrNv44, A•kamm
I
I
L
I
C
Li
I
I
IT
I
I
H
LJ
I
H
L
C
Uniformity in certain like material items is required in order
to provide the Owner with a simplified spare materials
inventory, and a standardized procedure for maintenance care
and manufacturers' services.
The Contractor shall inform his suppliers and subcontractors
of these requirements, and shall provide the necessary
coordination to accomplish the standardization specified.
ARTICLE 61. "DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME"
Add the following phrase in the first sentence of the first
paragraph following "adverse weather conditions are not reasonably
anticipated":
(on the basis of official weather records from the past ten
years, minimum, for the locality involved)
Add the following paragraph following the second paragraph:
The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that mitigation for
delays due to changes, differing site conditions, and
suspensions of work will require that the Contractor revise
preferential sequences which had the net effect of
sequestering "float time", before proposing an updated
schedule which supports a delay to the Contract as a whole.
Further, time extensions shall not be granted until all
"float" or "contingency time", at the time of the delay,
available to absorb specific delays and associated impacts is
used.
ARTICLE 61. "DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME"
After the 3rd paragraph, add the following:
AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFIED ITEMS
By submitting his Proposal to perform the work herein
specified, the Contractor agrees that the materials/equipment
specified are available for construction of the project within
the time frame(s) stipulated herein. Further, the Contractor
thereby agrees that time extension requests/cost increases
shall not be justified upon the basis of non -availability of
materials/equipment.
ARTICLE 62. "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES"
To the first sentence, second paragraph, add the following:
..., plus any monies paid by the Owner to the Engineer for
additional engineering and inspection services associated with
such delays.
MCC,s'iond
Canmlling
FCCY0f3
naraoro•.d
Fdyal..•1% A•kansos
I
II
J
El
I
II
'
I
I
II
I
I
I
C
I
Following the first sentence, second paragraph, add:
Reimbursement shall be based on the Engineer's salary costs
times a multiplier of 2.78 to cover overhead and profit, plus
any direct nonlabor expenses such as travel or per diem. The
Engineer's salary costs include expenses such as travel or per
diem. The Engineer's salary costs include but are not limited
to such items as paid holidays, sick pay, and vacation pay.
ARTICLE 70. "PAYMENT FOR CHANGE ORDERS"
Add the following paragraph following Item B in the first
paragraph:
The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to owner for
any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will
be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in
the Contractor's fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the
net decrease:
and Change the First sentence of the next paragraph to:
In A and B above, Contractor's quotations for Change Orders
shall be submitted in writing within 30 calendar days of a
Contract Modification Initiation Request, and be firm for a
period of 90 days.
Add the following sentence to the next paragraph:
Substantiating documentation shall consist of such items as
price quotations from manufacturers, suppliers and
subcontractors, including a breakdown of their estimates
similar to that required of the Contractor. Substantiating
documentation shall also consist of the record of
communication of final bid prices obtained during the bid
period for those items involved in the change for both those
additive and deductive items.
Add the following sentence following the first sentence of
subparagraph C.1.:
Labor as used herein shall not include Contractor engineering,
cost estimating or administrative costs, including general
project management, whether performed in the Contractor's home
office or on the jobsite, for change orders processing, cost
estimating, negotiating or other such costs. Such costs are
included in the allowed fixed fee stated below.
C~ha+a
a Eng n..rQ
racorp. raw
Fapllsa.L•. Aransas
I
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'H
L7
LI
ARTICLE 71. "PARTIAL PAYMENTS"
"ESTIMATE"
Retitle "ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT"
Add the following:
An estimate of monthly progress payments shall be provided for
the entire job prior to the first payment request. An update
of the estimate of progress payments shall be updated if the
actual progress differs by more than 2O percent in any given
month. Each monthly payment request shall include the
required, updated Schedule.
If the updated Schedule is not submitted, the Owner may
withhold payment until this item is completed. The Contractor
shall be paid within 30 days of approval of the payment
request.
SUBARTICLE "DEDUCTION FROM ESTIMATE"
Add the following:
When the work is substantially complete (operational or
beneficial occupancy), the retained amount may, at the option
of the Owner, be further reduced below 5 percent to only that
amount necessary to assure completion.
MCC!e'ia,d
Erg: r..rd
n �CRD.Iand
Fa tte.n4, Arkansas
r
•:••4i :1S r- .,1Y. .:X' n • '• i+ ,* '•r.�•�(rl.f1•r �•1i. •.{•'M!.
1• `�•-.I&,* - • rYq.x ! . ••R_ . • i I pq _ �+.1`•Sr •j/ r.
• • •I 'rl ly 5' - ,! 1:•-. .. -L' ' 1 •{ )1 'ti ' • :;1 ..: ••ii - ' ti •7r+1
.• C -• �."•/:1•%:j•J•.r •::. }' -•'•r• •• •.. • M1 .. +••:.• NL a�.a r. _•��•- /•q.'7•V ••• w {I:V • • ! li 1
•YI'Y •4••-- • :\J •i n:.^ •_i-.
•f :• !• •1 li• .r•;-= •. .• . ••.. •.� .. ,.'I• ! • • •••f n .., 1.. •. r
. r • • •n rI !I . ••r }-. i17. \r _1 •• .; „• -<. -f\n1: yr.J II •.•. '• •. n.l • •.'-f Y. /: •I J.}
• f.. •.Y r r . _2 :n . • . .r .•• •. • --1 Y •. •• ,_ . • .:.ia .. + a; • . - I - y.•. -'/ • , .•.. •. J. .r .k y JJi
• • • IBS' , • • , L.
•• • I.• f Im ':- �- .d :'
a ..y •n �, S' I _.• _ L. 1� 1••r ••-::••.•;•. ,• f• .. MLI•' 1}' 1f 1 •• '� j-. ••.1•.Y•• '. • r. yj
'�•.•,•••ti I • • a
• •i•. I.• •.. • I y .nri •y' .4
J4IJ•.•i •• nrl, y ... _•• I I ,•1: •1'1 I. n,n•
.' Jl •f L-. ! t•1 •• ••L •-• •S, .. • •�• f• • •' •.ft L• •1 • .. •- • •% •J ,11. L .
:.. ".•i, L...}. ::•"': r, r •'I: .: '• 1 .• - . 'L•tri a.:} do. mom r• `'l� ' Y.r:-'. :; , n .L�
•�.•. -.• •_ yw. - -•
• ••.•• J. .', .••-J •. \ .R .. •••'. - M1.. •f• r •i 1. •1 .• �•O..N'•1`: I}•. J•.. .-••Sj• _--
•i.• r••• •ti•J • • •• •• .••.i ,�
.t .. y. 1:. .. .:. '�.s r
ia•.;••.
:k Y.1. - •Ip_
•I� . ..................
' • •'. .-• :.. -1 • 1' i•. a` `i••r1 r•r. ,•
; ••: �: J: ri: •.+y• :I :.1}'J.
< •r. ;. • ■�
•-
• •.:. ••y.4 Roan -•'•r • n - r J'• • yr:, !• •
'J I.ti•_1.•']�il :j.:�.• i,A • -A , T
. •1•Ja .. •S },�
• • 4 u •R' • _ • •':• Iq: t .• • • • • •1 ISSrJ IT .{• •ti - '•S'•A 5 A` I1 . rR •�. • i. < • • •. !...:>.k -+ I •N.• - i; { .fa I•.`r •� I ! '•, i•. : V LyJf•• - -. . .�• •.: '•;f• ..I J• •.. 11'
1• f• ••n•!•..r •, _•. 'Y�-1']!Y.'•y• i••Y �'•'k t5••f!•.. •1_ j i r• "'• . ':•
.•
- ._11_. J.I.•.•. •' Y •J.• • •_• •fi • • ^ I r J: Yrr :'. 11• 'S•. •.r
'• n _ F --
- ,' ..
•
• 'L +. .• - •ry �.- ,1J •. • ql rr ••a-1,/_ i • • -
I.l .r5 /••.r- S'
'•• -1 \. •.••' i•.. •• 1•'�.-•�•'.5•/:• Y•:...�„•..i' rr'1 •M1• ± .••• � 1 1. r•}t -, •• • • • I.
••' ''• i-.4 .7L•• •':.\" •''•
.. • _ n : 111 r/' .�r. ..
•• •r ••• •'-+ r ••• •y''- - Be.. OL•
y �� •. •e•_ r -r n1 1:: . X11' U. - • •. .. • • fF _i - ••.i f. •• •!,
y Lnr•R J•. I. •y 1•
1 .: 4•.r 5...L Ir •• r • '+ 4'. • r•. _f:•_:� /•.� :. . ••
f t • - •1-• •. r r .•• ! _ -. . •1.? ;r •%' I � a • • . r: .. 1r • '.- •i :• a. •.,•
• � [', n•rJ i_i�� ill. A ,�•:f' •- • Z ^ l• • `••r •: r: d
•• ••1 f•; •.}fl.}f; ••J N;f ..•-
•1••�i •••t:•!' '?•.V _ •V • •'�.i. . f J• •. �!•I^`•?_'I 11. •p_U%.11_•-. ,�.1`; r••, •'�am l
• a .Y J 1�.. r 1 '..f •.• • 'M1+ .• / : "...
y1 •. ••1. •Y r1n !L. \.• ._ ..• Y I • {I
• 5' • •. •• :• y�y IL Wr ;VS ^. ;' f +. .• .. I •`d.,. f.i -•r Y- • . • .. • �.r'•n ••. fY'..- - L 1 L'. S . .• t...• •r• • ., y.L..ii-' If . ••n Li .__ I .•�•. ni • r' -. .. v .r•
.r •• . : •� �'• .- • .•. 1.• 1 •'S.Y .•.Tq• 'V •. dYS ..: y•a•n •:I• I• I •': •;•1•- • :.
i
•' f r• •-•"Y �•• .. ••
•�'• f 1 /% • .• \ s YI Z •r'- �J Lr • •• • - • 4i
� .I••I
. •' x riyl+I -•1 L .IP• fa . 'y .'uJ •_. :� .C: - • ='I•f : •- - V '•: Jf Y -• A•- I •C •'
• I.:_J•n.•= .••r••�i rn` •f•-' •A'w.---I :••1.r••r... *.• 4_1 .... • •.�A I yR.-r. .; ....a • n :•• w '•.. I%I • .:ti _.. .:•••• r•r•••_ ,_l 'i •:•• JS 1 • ` .r +..,.1f .: •f..l,.•••.r r -.Y;'- •:• • _ _..• •_•_.S. •TIy J: .:.•.•. ..l` • ynLf'r L`y •:. .yT••_ 1 "• . %.•l. a•; •1••-••i�: A. I. .f'rY. 4 _ }r%J ••1 . 1 ..ti.1• •.i� •, ••rT•.• . S• •`•• . rr y• ,'I' n. • •T•�.'R 4'jL"Q , ••aY ..re• •. •.i.• .1 •_•f• •j..'�'•. 1i'Y •i•,•..l d•s. . -•I•.: •:•.... •.-y•• S: -r.•:• w•I: y Y.. •• ^ •y •n f'.' i.•^• •n., '..Y1 : - -- • • _a+ -'-, ••-,.I•.. 1• •I -LC. I:•\• .. .: • •r :r •• .-. - 'I om.. 7 .1 j '•.a 'y i .Y.. }I. . :r- .., .•,1 t
: {'• •.•..tI . 7 1-•I '-•_• j1 •:. .: : In>w-S..I •. r . . .L:.: ' i n ti ... .�•• r..�•I• ••r..•I_• • or. •:'y.4 • ,1. ••A •y L _r/ • . i•.1 • J r - aL •. Irl•.I: •� lr •Jr• • •.� .IT•. .R_ F: . ..} _ T • ..•-a1 •_ i/\ � �• : • y .f � •. ; Ln•, '. !_,• I•, •. -a
•.+••,.--J;*. rray� ..I •. �r. 1.J�: f •ry
J'•_ Y.• • r -.L r_•1 { n r• •• f-_ •
'1• y •,-r M1 I f-/�0. - 4 l\tIY
••• •I Jy. { 1� .•\M1_'. - •- e.1 -
•• r• •• r •/.•. •_ a !�•r• .•... a .• -.IJ• • .. L•.-•'.��1 J. r•, 'I• •: 1 •U j •••••.•_U .ry , J -y•.- •}•.- •• n• S ' ti
1..1 •U • .• •-`•If 1 • r J ••,. • •'1 •YL �•I.•," Trf of y�f •:'. :Ln. - • -1 ' •�IY
•1 I,••- '••/ i 1� -•.1 .• .1.• rr • • y ••• • -J: 4d•: r�• _' % ;•+' • .tij %I L ' +-• 7• Ja •�
• 1•C• 1. •. {•i•-�.•.• 1_ • .. • . I. - ': .'•J.~ :• • fTry'}�• r 11n ••
11'y .• • •'. ./•, `''•
r .. •_
- IP
{ - � ..In. T�'I+f+I ..: o f 1 ... • :•• . .:f • ^ - _1•• •M1: f •II /L 1. 1. •.• % •. -1i• ••• , •_• .'•- - , .. •• Va.1 • I1.1 ' iy5.•I.:S !•• 1.0 • 0 ..: r'_• Y • '; • IrJ'`-• • •.• •.
-
• . •• f -:Li \l-�.�+I-J • ^ }•\ •.•- 4. : , .. r':•
•p.•T.i
• .1 •• I..., ••• 1. R I : r M1. . .Y ` • { • '• - � i •r • C .. •I I •I •
_• • .Vy.
• • I.. 1 •••fn M1••l �,nr j :, •
I.. • -.• •_ {•• •C ... I..
I , • M 1. •.1 �:� • .-.a .: '• • • ]•[ �•'M n•.d nom ti :•. •• i. �• 'n /
' •y' ... :•.A.r ••i•r • •f• •'f .\ .Z• N.'.:I •I /r}:.•. L..l 1.• / • nr•A•.. .. 7••..f• Tl
• l.Ii .•nSi YL .•:• • ~ •.'••. , .I•.-i-r •} ,r••C._ - r •,r a I.J _• ..f •. • ii r. a.• r•' r.. • 2
.�.. ••'. Iifr .. •••• L. •_ • ,'{+.•
.:•4 I• .y J .-�J i• j •.. t•'11.1 },1�!'• :'1 '4 rn ''��
•r .• M1lr •, • •• :1 • •I r. •. ,. •r • ! }' {. d ,•.
•Y I.. Y•••f '•CM1•
•^ ••.. .M1 . .1 ,y .• ..• n• • l M1 f.M1 - 4 .."\ Ii J j ••••S. Y• _r' 1.± •.•. • Jr,' / I �t • •c•_•Y• • L I
I. • - • . ' I •L .L. I .'J ,}•. •. • _J•
•}} r. .. r 1• .N ..C' l• • J• •• t•�` 1l. -. 1• } • .n. •. rr.-' .•tn:1 • • '. �'JY. • '{. ••;r.
` .i. ~-: C::n: •./Y: Y '•..• • • - r :•k •y Yl�.i• •} 15• f —C' -kola •'• '•'-' V 1 • •aX%
/ • •Room•• JS . - •1 •I• r • � .�•._ r- ••.1 .I•:i �.•r: ; I[.. �•i;i •�\•. .•:I •f -r , : 5%1: n �.; �• •• -
Ir.}'•/.• •'. •Y Y• J•..-i :r •f• -.
- } 4..I
•f• :I rf yti•• t r •• .• 1lr : ,.-....................•.-: '•f .Y . 1... A.•• :v. ,pJY .a fj. • _, r'{.Yf :• • 4J1
1a`• .a• %\ • •- ; ••
•ii i •• ..•!.. 1•. .a xe. -•} wY• •• e.
•__ l-}} -;
'_y \ • `5
w2 f. ti \ 1•'J • -.. :r., ../•T". -•• n f'•R•t. :• .' _,.• .--..•• ..T Jy..•. • }ti
I. •r •S J 11:' .•• •. .f • • Si • •.••.• • • :. .:-9j;_ M -!\_ I•� •'jY r• •. .2• I '., .•j:_ •1' �••�•.• ti
•.... •__. a•:;
ya' • .. .L f, : :rY }1Ir :i .•
.•-,�wl.•1yyj, •�{:t [`Y.•-•4iF.i S. . . -• 'i
• i. • • s• •• • I a '. _ i•• .1„ _ • .Ralf•,-.•, Y }•-. •1. .•'. • r-i C: -.t-• i. . • ._ T .•
• s. • l'• • i;�''l It.
•�• -• ••. • f-: r •-z1 -•4.h1• • ••. Y. •'/L t•`,1 ••I,L^ia •f.
1f• .,.......%
•1•i' , . :',• L -%�: t :.:. I• ' - _:� I.
S':. • . a: .:L: • ..4 �jlny :.. ^[� ti. .1 •-. .1 4.". !• � . . -n• ..'t C : ' :f� • •
•• • C' •' 4. • R Y : • 1 • }r M1 •-1• n •• S }�' • 1 •r.• j.• • M1i •• �• AI
'.�•. JR.. .. -. .d:. •.
.Y• .i•. ':i 1: Co. J ...:w .'�n; . •I. •!-. _1•I ..i. .. �:. a: :.j S(..••q
•J• ./. ;.d .''Room. 1 ..• . % - r.. •l• • -
....• tA-•' . • C' - r I fl • •P
• •U. •.S' •
I.• 1 •-.rf me L•. I•r- •-••-
r•- .:InVn>.•1- t ••.. Na, 1M1.. .:. rLY SI< •1 -'•• 'i •''� • .i 'L. •I •• ••-'Y • y :. ,.•Y r.. .. e • r. • :• .:I•:'t.,�r. _ ,r_ - 5• 1 1 •ty y• .. :.. S
•. Rf
• .• •.•n t..•i- r. 1• r - a• • • •.. • :'• i• 1 • .• • • �IJ I C•. j 4..: '••r • MI.,•�I • -• •'• .^• :• - • 1•i •.'lii \�[
•.• • •• :a. SY-t•.• e•l _ -.; • 1 .:� 1 .• a •/ -Ir; •�.� .r• 4. C• I' •. •f • -•n.. •• : M .
J •• •. .r r•- • I. .
•, -'••t.. .. • ._••� •y +n ` rya•• -•ti 1 • -• . • 1.'r •.•
•
• f< •i .J.•/-� :�• i • f•J�S••.. S•.. -f ..: •••i• !' ?.;'.t • • • S.
.• ..:• i i1.* i• jn•__••l•r •�• �.i�1r\.. �, '.r/.••
1•-fr:- �r.� ••.I•
`+!^{M1 {••,.'• \p____
�[.. 1'• _ ••; - R. •.•J II: r- _ _1 - •,r.. ,•r •_. a + • • • _
' y 'Room•• -L•~ !j J✓•' 1•:....�•. •Y.• -if ••tY .. 1- Yi-J• •. 1 .'v '.•. .'•:j }1 .1• .L•.. •••Y•
•
x' J tj•n •• i-1••• n •Q••r • 111 M1•.RJ 4 'ti} •i•,M J• .fti `_. r.y •• r•.4 V�
-• ••• ( I1 J•f/.r •:{ i.• l.i ! - • •\ ••••• \j •f[• .. SII 1 �•.. • .n.r -} •. 1. •• Y:iY
• .I•
•• -ti r1J,•t \1 T •• Lori•. • , •- r!t M4 : •-• I. • •..: _-ay•.. ••• �• I - • •.• j.. ._ • •L 1 • /yam•
:Y •' •.. W �l.1\• • i•I y 1/.._ r.�\• .}1 •• -J .rfa .•J•J•-I -
.•1;.1'.,-L' 1. • - • •'.` •i' r. -Y
•• l•-''• •.� ~Y^.�L.. • -a•-
•- Y 1. ••1••r ly �•�.' 1. ��•'{ ii:• ••; ✓'.: a\.\'\• ,-•'•.\'V - • • .a • •.: •I•
•
••• I I. r• •YY!- ••• _• •L • •j1•- •.. • •
I••S•,••;• t' ,••-Yl .�f •1'^Ih n',.f .I. ;, •. ••' __ .• • }•-: 'SL.•ry` •'-. {: I. , .., I•r{-•a I•'1 •, •.._ ; .i . I.L•In. •.i). C.FI. . e 1:1_ . . ti .rr
j• •I n .• 1� 1S L•.i 4•}, • 'r• • Y. f •: •.•:'•' • •Y/ •r /,•,r Sn • • •
'Y •Y . • I•r
.......
S 'r1'f� 4 1• rfl •• • •-. •-•I Yom.• ••a J •. •'..,a~�•i'=-f. fti. R . -. V .•.I • .I. %.:
,`
Ia
•
'•
-•I
I•••
`•. LL.
•
ni
•
Y
L•
•
..
.
r f•
'
_ -.& 11� ••c...•-•,. 1• .r ,•v
4r. ; •• I J•
-1• J.� ( V . I.- • •••r -n•
• -.
:Yom: . •.,t .'J._-
-I 1.\1•\. .`L•.Jn' • ..1 ..i .••:
• U 44 r. J: • S • • • •R .1.. . .• .r
y�0 1 �, .S• • •y;:- yf�l f ..• . •n ..l•...• II..•n,. •_ .. • \•r - •
fTti• L'• • •r•r.. •• •. w••LrF •' f• J •. aryl• •4-• .•j n• '.• •� '•i
•1•• �M1I f•. \. I : ,1 } • r. l • •.ly' LL• r a`.• t\ iIL• /•t _.t.i '.1 , • M1f• y.. •�•. 'fL • •. ; ... :- +. Y�liJti•i �I
f� J •. ht •r•.• •. .: lI 1 /l .A i••J •r T,• jM1 • y,C•� , •r •,•� Y 1• [.�' :Y f. J1 \/ r '•Y F
tom•. +9�.'J�3- -_. t�� y•'�.1`.'r.>f..F1L_141�-L'!a 'r d •....' CS .,'L_J •r_7}'-_ wF:r.••_.W
I
I
L
L
I
I
L
u
I
L
L
I
I
I
I
IL
I
SECTION 01000
PART 1 GENERAL
A. Whenever
in these
Contract Documents the following
abbreviations
are used, the intent and meaning shall be
interpreted
as follows:
AA
Aluminum
Association
AAMA
Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers'
Association
AASHTO
American
Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials
ACI
American
Concrete Institute
AFBMA
Anti -Friction
Bearing Manufacturers'
Association
AGA
American
Gas Association
AGMA
American
Gear Manufacturers' Association
AISC
American
Institute of Steel Construction
AISI
American
Institute of Steel Institute
AITC
American
Institute of Timber Construction
MICA
Air Moving and Conditioning Association
ANSI
American
National Standards Institute
APA
American
Plywood Association
API
American
Petroleum Institute
AREA
American
Railway Engineering Association
ASAE
American
Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE
American
Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE
American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
ASME
American
Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM
American
Society for Testing and Materials
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWS
American
Welding Society
AWPA
American
Wood Preservers' Association
AWPB
American
Wood Preservers Bureau
AWWA
American
Water Works Association
BHMA
Builders
Hardware Manufacturers' Association
CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers' Association
CDA Copper Development Association
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CMAA Crane Manufacturers' Association of America
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
Section 01000 - 1
0=1;,,'
o Genalbrp
Lag 1a11ot
Inoera1.a11d
F.J1111.:1:1, Arkaysos
II
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
Fed. Spec. Federal Specifications
HI Hydraulic Institute
HMI Hoist Manufacturers' Institute
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
IEEE institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers, Inc.
ICEA insulated Cable Engineers' Association
ISA Instrument Society of America
JIC Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic
Manufacturers
MMA Monorail Manufacturers' Association
NBHA National Builders' Hardware Association
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
I
I
7
L
I
C
H
I
I
NESC National Electric Safety Code
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers' Association
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
OECI Overhead Electrical Crane Institute
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act (both
Federal and State)
PS Product Standards Section - U.S. Department of
Commerce
RIM RIM Standards Institute, Inc.
RMA Rubber Manufacturers' Association
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SDI Steel Door Institute
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association
TCA Tile Council of America
UBC Uniform Building Code
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
Section 01000 - 2
MCC.u.m
Con sit's
Enr. p�.....
InoarPOT
ava
FOp.4 W Ii., A.Y. MOf
I
B. Unless a particular issue is designated, all references
Ito the above specifications, standards, or methods shall,
in each instance, be understood to refer to the issue in
effect (including all amendments) on the first published
date of the Advertisement for Bids.
1
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
1
1
Section 01000 - 3
YCCbllend
' ti CCnwll :
Elgtneln
incerp OrOfsd
FOysrf.v' ii. AFROI'ws
I
IT
SECTION 01009
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. This Section describes the project in general, and
' provides overview of the extent of the work to be
performed. Detailed requirements and extent of work is
stated in the applicable Specification Sections and is
' shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall, except as
otherwise specifically stated herein or in any applicable
parts of the Contract Documents, provide and pay for all
labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction
' equipment, and other facilities and services necessary
for proper execution, and completion of his work.
' 1.02 REASONABLY IMPLIED PARTS OF THE WORK SHALL BE DONE THOUGH
ABSENT FROM SPECIFICATIONS
A. Any part of the work which is not mentioned in the
• Specifications but is shown on the Drawings, or any part
not shown on
the Drawings
but
described in
the
Specifications,
or any part not
shown
on the Drawings
nor
' described in the Specifications, but which is necessary
or normally required as a part of such work, or is
necessary or required to make each installation
' satisfactorily and legally operable, shall be performed
by the Contractor as incidental work without extra cost
to the Owner, as if fully described in the Specifications
and shown on the Drawings, and the expense thereof shall
I
I be included in the applicable unit prices or lump sum bid
for the work.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
A. Work covered by these Contract Documents in general
covers the construction of the following facilities:
1. Construction of water system improvements.
0
0
I OO
0
I
New Mount Sequouah Pump Station
Renovation of Hyland Park Pump Station
Construction of Water Mains
Installation of Related Items
Electrical and Control Work
Site Work
I
NCCI.boS
ConwrHep
Eos'o..r.
Incorp.�pr.L
Foy.M.vau, Arkogw.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
3.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK
A. The Contractor shall execute all work, including site,
electrical, structural, painting, piping, equipment, and
finishes.
B. The Contractor shall also:
1. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities.
2. Pay for all electrical energy consumed for
construction purposes until final acceptance by the
Owner or until the Engineer certifies Substantial
Completion.
3. Provide telephone service for his own use and for
the Engineer's use.
4. Provide an adequate supply of potable drinking
water for use by his employees and by the Engineer.
5. Also, the Contractor shall comply with the
requirements of Section 01500, included
hereinafter.
3.02 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are bound separately and consist of 13 sheets.
MCCl.uland
La wit or
p r
Inaaraa"ofd
•ay.'f.vl'I., ArRan.a.
The Contractor acknowledges by submission of his Bid that
he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of
the work, the general and local conditions, particularly
those bearing upon availability of transportation,
disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability
of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties
of weather, river stages, or similar physical conditions
at the site, the conformation and conditions of the
ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed
preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and
all other matters which can in any way affect the work or
the cost thereof under this Contract.
The Contractor further acknowledges by submission of his
Bid that he has satisfied himself as to the character,
quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials
to be encountered from inspecting the site. Any failure
by the Contractor to acquaint himself with all the
available information will not relieve him from
responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or
cost of successfully performing the work.
Prospective Bidders are invited, at their own expense, to
make subsurface investigations, by boring or test hole
excavation, as may be desirable, provided, however, that
such work be scheduled by appointment with the Engineer.
Bidders are not authorized to enter private property
during these investigations.
In the event subsurface or latent physical conditions are
found materially different from those indicated in these
Documents, and differing materially from those ordinarily
encountered in the project area and generally recognized
as inhering in the character of work covered in these
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly, and
before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer
in writing of such changed conditions.
The Engineer will investigate such conditions promptly
and following this investigation, the Contractor shall
proceed with the work, unless otherwise instructed by the
Engineer. If the Engineer finds that such conditions do
so materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in
nMGCfilmna
Conanunp
Epp porn
Inca perolM
iap Aerr9om Arxanmas
G
I
L
H
H
U
I
I I
I
I
G
C
I
H
I
I
the cost of, or in the time required for performing the
work, the Engineer will recommend to the owner the amount
of adjustment in cost and time he considers reasonable.
The Owner will make the final decision on all Change
Orders to the Contract regarding any adjustment in cost
or time for completion.
1.02 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Utilities into the vicinity of the project include water
lines, television, gas, telephone and electric lines.
Information is shown on the Drawings relative to the
general location of these utilities. The general
vicinity of water mains is indicated on the Drawings.
Since specific utility locations are not shown on the
Drawings, the contractor shall carefully coordinate the
location of utilities. No compensation will be paid to
the Contractor, due to costs associated with damages to
utilities or to costs associated with locating/avoiding
same.
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND
SERVICE
A. Notify all utility offices that are affected by the
construction operation at least 48 hours in advance.
Under no circumstances expose any utility without first
obtaining permission from the appropriate agency. Once
permission has been granted, locate, expose, and provide
temporary support for all existing underground utilities.
B. The Contractor shall be solely and directly responsible
to the Owner and operators of such properties for any
damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay,
suits, actions, or claims of any character brought
because of any injuries or damage which may result from
the construction operations under this Contract.
C. Neither the Owner nor its officers or agents shall be
responsible to the Contractor for damages as a result of
the Contractor's failure to protect utilities encountered
in the work.
D. In the event of interruption to utility services as a
result of accidental breakage due to construction
operations, promptly notify the proper authority.
Cooperate with said authority in restoration of service
as promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In
no event shall interruption of any utility service be
allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner
of the utility.
n $
' font: llinp
Eglrur
Incaorpot'O..aYa
A•Fan.n.
1
C
I
I
I
I
J
iI
I
I
I
I
I1
I
I
I
I
E. Drainage culverts that are removed or damaged by the
Contractor shall be replaced in kind at the expense of
the Contractor.
F. The Contractor shall replace, at his own expense, any and
all existing utilities or structures damaged during
construction.
1.04 NAMES OF KNOWN UTILITIES SERVING THE AREA
A. The following
is a list of the major
public utilities
serving the
work area indicating the name
and telephone
number of
the responsible authority
of the various
utilities which should be notified
if conflicts or
emergencies
arise during the progress
of the work:
Name
Authority
Telephone
Water
Fayetteville Water Dept.
501-521-8050
and Sewer
Telephone
Southwestern Bell
Enterprise 9800
1-800-482-8998
Gas
Arkansas Western Gas
501-521-5400
Electricity
Southwestern Electric
501-521-2400
Power Company
Electricity
Ozarks Electric Coop.
501-521-2900
Television
Warner Cable
501-521-1368
1-800-482-8998
1.05 FIELD RELOCATION
A. During the progress of construction, minor relocations of
the work may become necessary. Such relocations shall be
made only by direction of the Engineer. If existing
structures are encountered that will prevent construction
as shown, notify the Engineer before continuing with the
work in order that the Engineer may make such field
revisions as necessary to avoid conflict with the
existing structures. If the contractor shall fail to
notify the Engineer when an existing structure is
encountered, and shall proceed with the work despite this
interference, he shall do so at his own risk and
expense.
a Caawu,aa
Eaay..n
boora.rava
Fa).1•.wil,., Arka9.a.
I
II
H
I
H
I
I
I
I
LI
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
1.06 CONSTRUCTION ON PRIVATE PROPERTIES
A. The Owner has obtained easements for the pipeline routes.
The vast majority of this work is being completed on
private property. The Contractor shall protect and/or
restore improvements on these properties, including
structures, rock walls, fences, drives, culverts, fruit
and ornamental trees and shrubs, and grass in yards and
pasture lands. Failure to do so will result in retainage
of funds otherwise due the Contractor, as necessary to
compensate property owners for damages and/or to pay
restoration costs.
1.07 PAYMENT
A. No separate payment will be made for work under this
Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
MpCunaw
Carn,'Hno
a o
Inorvo•oNQ
Fay.'bvr'b, Arkan.as
SECTION 01014
I
1
1
1
1
• yt • • �t KE • 0a
1.01 WORK AREAS
A. The Contractor shall maintain all work areas within and
outside the project boundaries free from environmental
pollution which would be in violation to any federal,
state, or local regulations.
1.02 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY
A. Trash burning will not be permitted on the construction
site.
B. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection
of the work, such devices shall be of an approved type
that will not cause pollution of the air.
1.03 CONSTRUCTION NOISE CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall conduct all
appropriate construction methods and
furnish and install acoustical barriers,
so that no noise emanating from the
related tool or equipment will exci
levels.
1.04
WORK
his work, use
equipment, and
all as necessary
process or any
aed legal noise
A. If the Contractor desires to perform any work between the
hours of 6 P.M. and 7 A.M., he shall obtain approval of
the Engineer and all necessary permits from the
appropriate agencies and make all necessary arrangements
prior to commencing.
1.05 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the applicable bid amount stated in the Proposal.
Section 01014 -
nwll'n•
a
Elgwnq,ge fl
(bnrl
Into paroled
taytll.m lq A rkanbs
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Sectio -
I�t J MC C's"
C
a M wlfInp
Ergrnon
inNporaftpfpMC
FaptN.•P., A.mn.pa
Li
u
SECTION 01016
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY
IA. The Contractor shall do whatever work is necessary for
safety and be solely and completely responsible for
conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all
' persons (including employees) and property during the
Contract period. This requirement shall apply
continuously and not be limited to normal working hours.
' 1.02 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Safety provisions shall conform to the Federal and State
' Department of Labor Occupational Safety Health Act
(OSHA), and all other applicable federal, state, county,
and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set
' forth herein, and any regulations that may be specified
in other parts of these Contract Documents. Where any of
these are in conflict, the more stringent requirements
shall be followed. The Contractor's failure to
I
I thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned
safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance
with the obligations and penalties set forth therein.
' 1.03 SAFE ACCESS BY FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
OFFICIALS
' A. The Contractor shall at all times provide proper
facilities for safe access to the work by authorized
officials.
' 1.04 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
IA. The Contractor, as part of his safety program, shall
maintain at his office or other well-known place at the
jobsite, safety equipment applicable to the work as
prescribed by the governing safety authorities, all
' articles necessary for giving first -aid to the injured,
and shall establish the procedure for the immediate
removal to a hospital or a doctor's care of any person
who may be injured on the jobsite.
H
l section U1a16 -
MCCI.11ona
con.uINno
Epinura
,naaraarvw
Fapll.va'a, Arkayo.
I
I
H
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
i
L
I
I
F I
I
I
B. The performance of all work and all completed
construction, particularly with respect to ladders,
platforms, structure openings, scaffolding, shoring,
lagging, machinery guards and the like, shall be in
accordance with the applicable governing safety
authorities.
1.05 ACCIDENT REPORTS
A. If death or serious injuries or serious damages are
caused, the accident shall be reported immediately by
telephone or messenger to the Engineer. In addition, the
Contractor must promptly report in writing to the
Engineer all accidents whatsoever arising out of, or in
connection with, the performance of the work whether on,
or adjacent to, the site, giving full details and
statements of witnesses.
B. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or
any subcontractor on account of any accident, the
Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to
the Engineer, giving full details of the claim.
1.06 TRAFFIC SAFETY AND ACCESS TO PROPERTY
A. Comply with all rules and regulations of the city, state,
and county authorities regarding closing or restricting
the use of public streets or highways. No public or
private road shall be closed, except by express
permission of the Owner. Conduct the work so as to
assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and
normal commercial pursuits. The convenience of the
general public and residents adjacent to the project, and
the protection of persons and property are of prime
importance and shall be provided for in an adequate and
satisfactory manner.
B. When flagmen and guards are required by regulation or
when deemed necessary for safety, they shall be furnished
with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation
traffic control devices.
1.07 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Traffic control procedures and devices used on all local,
county, and state rights -of -way shall meet the
requirements of the applicable current laws and
regulations for traffic control.
' fmwl••np
Eapv.ns
iiaraaraY!
Fo,tAtv'i'I. A•taroa.
L
L
I
L
H
I
I
Li
I
I
H
L
L
I
I
I
I
1.08 ACCESS FOR POLICE
A. The Contractor shall leave his night emergency telephone
number or numbers with the Police Department and
sheriff's offices, so that contact may be made easily at
all times.
1.09 FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall perform all work in a fire -safe
manner and shall supply and maintain on the site adequate
fire -fighting equipment capable of extinguishing
incipient fires. The Contractor shall comply with
applicable federal, local, and state fire -prevention
regulations. Where these regulations do not apply,
applicable parts of the National Fire Prevention
Standards for Safeguarding Building Construction
Operations, (NFPA No. 241) shall be followed.
1.10 CONTRACTOR TO SAFEGUARD EXISTING UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform all work, including
excavation, dewatering, and demolition operations, in
such a manner as to avoid damage to existing fire
hydrants, power poles, lighting standards, and all other
existing utilities, public or private. See Section
01011, SITE CONDITIONS.
1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY
A. The Contractor shall employ such means and methods as
necessary to adequately protect public property and
property of the Owner against damage. In the event of
damage to such property, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, immediately restore the property to a condition
equal to its original condition and to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and the owner of said property.
B. The Contractor shall exercise due care to avoid damage to
existing pipe and coatings, wrappings, conduit, or other
existing utilities. Should the Contractor damage or
displace any of the above, the Contractor shall repair
same to the satisfaction of the Engineer and all expenses
in connection therewith shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
nMCCU,iord
consuailn,
E.p,nss•s
In aaraa•aNa
/oy.Msw'II, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
J
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
L
1.12 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
A. The requirements of Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL shall be strictly observed
relative to safety practices and construction procedures
to be used while blasting. The Contractor shall be
solely responsible for blasting operations and
consequences.
1.13 JOINT SURVEY TO ESTABLISH AUTHENTICITY OF POSSIBLE DAMAGE
CLAIMS
A. The Contractor shall establish vertical and horizontal
survey control points on all structures, and
improvements, located in the vicinity of the blasting
work prior to beginning work, and shall periodically
check the points for movements when directed by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with
copies of the survey notes for each survey and a copy of
the layout of the survey control points.
1.14 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM BLOWING PAINT
A. The Contractor shall provide whatever means necessary,
including ceasing work, to prevent paint from blowing on
to adjacent properties.
1.15 PAYMENT
A. No separate payment will be made for work under this
Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
NCU.dand
Enprnaaa
In aoraoraNE
tap1•gvr:4, ananwa
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
SECTION 01027
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications
for Payment.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Document 00500 - Owner -Contractor Agreement: Contract
Sum , Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and
times for submittals.
B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal procedures;
Schedule of Values.
C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Final Payment.
1.03 FORMAT
A. The Contractor shall furnish, at the preconstruction
conference, a breakdown of the lump sum bid amount into
individual work subgroups to facilitate payment. Dollar
amounts shall be provided for each subgroup and these
amounts shall accurately reflect the actual value of each
subgroup. The total dollar amount shall equal the lump
sum amount bid for Contract Section I. For the work,
provide the following listing: Subgroup Number;
Description of Work; Value, Previous Applications; Work
in Place; Stored Materials; Authorized Change Orders;
Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application;
Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; Retainage,
and Amount Due This Estimate.
1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION
A. Type required information or use media -driven printout.
B. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
C. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item
for portion of Work performed and for stored products.
D. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on
continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and
dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
Mach Ia1d
' wrwirw•
Inaoraeroha
FapN.vil .1 prlaaiat
E. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in
Section 01700.
1.05 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Submit five copies of each Application for Payment at
times stipulated in Agreement.
B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Section
01300.
1.06 SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. Provide an invoice from the Equipment Supplier for every
item of stored material for which payment is requested.
B. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit
data justifying line item amounts in question.
C. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy
of submittal. Show Application number and date, and line
item by number and description.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
MCCb4aoa
Canwlbny
Englrma
Jnaa'aara .d
rayollIu44, drtanma
C
Hi
I
I
H
I
H
[l
I
I
11
I
H
H
SECTION 01028
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Procedures for processing Change Orders.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record
documents.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept
changes, and to be responsible for informing others in
Contractor's employ of changes in the Work.
B. Change Order Form: As approved by the Engineer.
1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME
A. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with
sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation.
B. Provide data to support computations:
1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.
2. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
3. overhead and profit.
4. Justification for any change in Contract Time.
5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly
documented.
C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work
done, with additional information:
1. Origin and date of claim.
2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.
3. Time records and wage rates paid.
4. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and
subcontracts, similarly documented.
flMK4uan0
Elglnkan
Ine.YpM01ad
Fa1714tlCa, A.kcnsaa
C
1.05 PRELIMINARY
Li
L
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
A. Engineer may submit a Proposal Request which includes:
Detailed description of change with supplementary or
revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time
for executing the change and the period of time during
which the requested price will be considered valid.
B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a
request to Engineer describing the proposed change with
a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect
on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full
documentation.
1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION - WORK DIRECTIVE CHANGE
A. Engineer may issue a directive, signed by Owner,
instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the
Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will
designate method of determining any change in Contract
Sum or Contract Time.
C.
Promptly
execute the
change in Work.
1.07
TIME AND
MATERIAL -
FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER
A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after
completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of
the Contract.
B. Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract
Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the
Contract.
1.08 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. Engineer
will issue
Change Orders
for
signatures of
parties
as provided in Conditions of
the
Contract.
1.09 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for
Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as
a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown
on Change Order.
B. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
YCCNIIn
c m (bnwi
ot
I
E gln aa
_ Inx10 orated
FapNwWq Arvanaae
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
MCCle'ia'M
Co.
aeu�xnaa
Enameers
IrcoraoraY!
Farertenl.e, Arkansas
SECTION 01070
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
SCOPE
A.
This Section includes the work required to provide
complete, in place, cutting, fitting, and patching of new
and existing work.
1.02
GENERAL
A.
See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03
DESCRIPTION
A.
Execute cutting (including excavating), fitting, or
patching of work, required to:
1. Make the several parts fit properly.
2. Uncover work to provide for installation of
ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace work not conforming to
requirements of Contract Documents.
4. Remove and replace defective work.
5. Install specified work in existing construction.
B.
In addition to Contract requirements, upon written
instructions of Engineer:
1. Uncover work to provide for Engineer's observation
of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing.
3. Remove work to provide for alteration of existing
work.
4. Do not endanger any work by cutting or altering
work or any part of it.
NCCI.ofand
Con.ui lnp
Enprnura
fncwPwo1W
ron.l.v.. l.. Atkon.o.
Do not cut or alter work of another contractor
without written consent of Engineer
Do not cut structural or reinforcing steel without
written consent of the Engineer.
SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
SUBMITTALS
Prior to cutting which affects structural safety of
project, submit written notice to the Engineer and other
Prime Contractors, requesting consent to proceed with
cutting.
Prior to "extra" cutting and patching done on instruction
of Engineer, submit cost estimate.
Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate change
of materials or methods, submit written recommendation to
Engineer, including:
Conditions indicating change.
Recommendations for alternative materials or
methods.
Submittals as required for substitutions.
Submit written notice to Engineer, designating time
work will be uncovered, to provide for observation.
MATERIALS
EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
NccM.Ilane
a Can.IIJ4y
Enaw.a.
ncaporatM
Fay.fbv'JIi, A/Yan.a.
I
F
F
I
Ii
I
I
I
SECTION 01210
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Contractor participation in preconstruction conferences.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01009 - Summary of Work: Administrative
provisions.
1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Engineer will schedule conference within 15 days after
notice of award.
B. Attendance: Owner, Engineer and Contractor.
II C. Agenda:
I
I
C
C
t]
I
I
I
1. Submittal of executed bonds and insurance
certificates.
2. Execution of Owner -Contractor Agreement.
3. Distribution of Contract Documents.
4. Submittal of list of subcontractors, list of
products, schedule of values, and progress
schedule.
5. Designation of responsible personnel.
6. Procedures and processing of field decisions,
submittals, substitutions, applications for
payments, proposal requests, change orders, and
Contract closeout procedures.
7. Scheduling.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
I
gcCI.IIaS
con WItin
p
(.•rnor.
I.MO.•af.a
Fay..l.wrl.1 Arkanwt
I
I
I
I
I
I
I7
I
I
I
I
I
IH
J
L
SECTION 01300
1: O _ 43ilyIy0) I
f7�:Z1 Rj;i:iD1oylil
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. This Section outlines in general the items that the
Contractor must prepare or assemble for submittal during
the progress of the work. Costs for the work under this
Section shall be included in the Contractor's bid price.
There is no attempt herein to state in detail all of the
procedures and requirements for each submittal. The
Contractor's attention is directed to the individual
Specification sections in these Contract Documents which
may contain additional and special submittal
requirements. The Owner reserves the right to direct and
modify the procedures and requirements for submittals as
necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each
submittal. Should the Contractor be in doubt as to the
procedure, purpose, or extent of any submittal, he should
direct his inquiry to the Engineer.
1.02 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide all of the submittals
required by the General Conditions, Supplementary
Conditions, and as may be specifically required in other
parts of these Documents.
PART 2 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Requirements in this Section are in addition to any
specific requirements for submittals specified in other
Divisions and Sections of these Contract Documents.
B. Submittals to the Engineer shall be addressed to:
McClelland Consulting Engineers, Inc.; Attn: Mr. Robert
White, P.O. Box 1229, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702.
C. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for
determination of compliance with the Contract Documents.
[pn, MCCVnord
aflc;r oV.
arpero W
Fopf.n4.. Arkansas
Ti
I
I
J
H
Li
i
L
I
I
[I
I
I
Ii
I
D. Review, acceptance, or approval of substitutions,
schedules, shop drawings, lists of materials, and
procedures submitted or requested by the Contractor shall
not add to the Contract amount, and all additional costs
which may result therefrom shall be solely the
obligation of the Contractor.
E. The Owner is not precluded, by virtue of review,
acceptance, or approval, from obtaining a credit for
construction savings resulting from allowed concessions
in the work or materials therefore.
F. It shall not be the responsibility of the owner to
provide engineering or other services to protect the
Contractor from additional costs accruing from such
approvals.
G. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or
descriptive material is required shall be fabricated,
purchased, or installed until the Engineer has on hand
copies of such approved lists and the appropriately
stamped final shop drawings.
H. Submittals will be acted upon by the Engineer as promptly
as possible, and returned to the Contractor not later
than the time allowed for review in SHOP DRAWING
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE. Delays caused by the need for
resubmittals shall not constitute reason for an extension
of Contract time.
2.02 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL
A. See General and Supplemental Conditions.
2.03 TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL FORM
A. Each shop drawing submittal shall be accomplished by a
Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form. The form
shall be completely filled in with all applicable
information; failure to do so shall result in immediate
rejection of the submitted items.
2.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop
drawings and other submittals for both shop and
field -fabricated items. The Contractor shall submit, as
applicable, the following for all prefabricated or
manufactured structural, mechanical, electrical,
plumbing, process systems, and equipment:
a 9Q 1t1n
C
liI..r.
ngi er p.rc
Inaa'0eralk0
Pa/kfM vil;k, Arkonsag
C
I
I
I
F
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. GENERAL
a. Shop drawings or equipment drawings, including
dimensions, size and location of connections
to other work, and weight of equipment.
b. Catalog information and cuts.
c. Installation or placing drawings for
equipment, drives, and bases.
d. Supporting
associated
specified
manufactur
e. Complete
including
system.
calculations for equipment and
supports, or hangers required or
to be designed by equipment
ers.
manufacturer's specifications,
materials description and paint
f. Performance data.
g. Suggested spare parts list with current price
information.
h. List of special tools required for checking,
testing, parts replacement, and maintenance.
(Special tools are those which have been
specially designed or adapted for use on parts
of the equipment, and which are not
customarily and routinely carried by
maintenance mechanics.)
i. List of special tools furnished with the
equipment.
j. List of materials and supplies required for
the equipment prior to, and during start-up.
1. List of materials and supplied furnished with
the equipment.
in. Samples of finish colors for selection.
n. Special handling instructions.
o. Requirements for storage and protection prior
to installation.
p. Requirements for routine maintenance required
prior to start-up.
wcCNlland
jllny
Engin*lgmsrra
nmoeraHd
FC)VINVIU,1 dnpman
H
I
I
J
H
r,
Li
H
L
I
I
I
C
C
I
q. List of all requested exceptions to the
Contract Documents.
2.05 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR FOREIGN -MANUFACTURED ITEMS
A. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above,
suppliers of foreign -manufactured items shall submit the
names and addresses of companies within the United States
that maintain technical service representatives and
complete inventory of spare parts and accessories for
each foreign -made item proposed for incorporation into
the work. Failure to prove the foregoing capabilities
shall be just cause for rejection of the
foreign -manufactured items.
2.06 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall maintain a current set of record
drawings on the job site, indicating all changes in the
work. These drawings shall be the contract plans with
changes shown in red and shall be turned over to the
Engineer at the end of the job. The Engineer will
prepare a set of Record Drawings for the project which
will include the changes made in materials, equipment,
locations, and dimensions of the work. Two weeks prior
to Final Inspection, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer a current listing and description including
marked -up prints of each change incorporated into the
work since the preceding submittal.
2.07 SUBMITTAL OF INTERFACE INFORMATION (CONNECTION AND
CORRELATION WITH OTHER WORK)
A. Where called for on the Specifications, and as determined
necessary by the Engineer to provide proper correlation
with other equipment, complete interface information
shall be submitted. This interface information shall be
accurate, and contain all information necessary to allow
the completion of detail design and construction of the
interfacing or connecting work. The Contractor shall
include in his negotiation for subcontract work, such
agreements as may be necessary to ensure the accuracy of
subcontractor's interface submittal information. In the
event additional costs are incurred due to subsequent
changes to information given in said interface
information, such additional costs shall be borne by the
Contractor.
flra'
Inmcnr raoraN!
FanfN..PI. A•kon.a.
I
Li
LJ
I
L1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
P1
2.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish four copies of a complete
instruction manual for installation, operation,
maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each
component of mechanical and electrical equipment or
system. All equipment manufacturers shall be made aware
of these requirements and all associated costs shall be
included in the costs for furnishing the equipment or
system. Each instruction manual furnished shall be fixed
in hard -back cover or file folder which is clearly
labeled to designate the system or equipment for which it
is intended with reference to the building and equipment
number, and the Specification section where the item is
specified. The Engineer will assemble the instruction
manuals for all mechanical and electrical equipment into
one main Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual for the
entire project.
B. The manuals shall be furnished at least 30 calendar days
prior to the scheduled completion of the work but in no
case shall submission of the manuals be delayed beyond 95
percent completion point of the work. Submission of the
manuals shall precede any payment to the Contractor for
work completed in excess of the 95 percent completion
level. Any deficiencies found by the Engineer to exist
in the manuals submitted shall be corrected by the
Contractor within 30 calendar days following notification
by the Engineer of the deficiencies.
C. Each instruction manual shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
i. Diagrams and illustrations
2. Detailed description of the function of each
principal component of the system.
3. Performance and nameplate data
4. Installation instructions
5. Procedure for starting
6. Proper adjustment
7. Test procedures
8. Procedure for operating
9. Shutdown instructions
' Larwlllnp
Inon .r a'.a
Foy.lr.v,l:., Ar.a,.a.
I
H
H
H
7
U
I
I
H
r
I
[]
I
I
H
C
10. Emergency operating instructions and
troubleshooting guide
11. Safety precautions
12. Maintenance and overhaul instructions which shall
include detailed assembly drawings with part
numbers, parts list, instructions for ordering
spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance
instructions required to ensure satisfactory
performance and longevity of the equipment.
13. Lubrication instructions which shall list points to
be greased or oiled, shall recommend type, grade,
and temperature range of lubricants, and shall
recommend frequency of lubrication.
D. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all
equipment, controls, accessories, and associated
appurtenances.
E. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more
binders, each with title page, typed table of contents,
and heavy section dividers with numbered index tabs.
Each manual shall be divided into sections paralleling
the equipment Specifications. Binders shall be
three-ring, hard -back type. All data shall be punched
for binding and composition and printing shall be
arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data.
The project title, Division designation, and manual title
printed thereon shall be as furnished by the Engineer.
F.
Where more than one binder is required, they shall be
labeled "Vol. 1", Vol. 2", and so on. The table of
contents for the entire set, identified by volume number,
shall appear in each binder.
G.
Manuals shall be transmitted to the Engineer prior to
installation of the equipment and all equipment shall be
serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations prior to operation. A service record
shall be maintained on each item of equipment and shall
be delivered to the Engineer prior to final acceptance of
the project.
2.09
SAMPLES AND TEST SPECIMENS
A.
Where required in the Specifications, test specimens or
samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used
or offered for use in connection with the Work shall be
cwin
fld
ftSting
Engln.•pmon
InWrOoraNE
Foy.rMvi( . Arkdnlol
r
C
Li
L
I
C
C
C
I
L
I
H
I
I
r
C
I
submitted to the Engineer at the Contractor's expense,
with information as to their sources, with all cartage
charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as
maybe required for proper examination and tests to
establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable.
B. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in
ample time to enable the Engineer to make any tests or
examinations necessary without delay to the work. The
Contractor will be held responsible for any loss of time
due to his neglect or failure to deliver the required
samples to the Engineer, as specified.
C. The Contractor shall submit additional samples as
required by the Engineer to ensure equality with the
original approved sample and/or for determination of
Specification compliance.
D. Laboratory tests and examinations that the Owner elects
to make at its own laboratory will be made at no cost to
the Contractor, except that, if a sample of any material
or equipment proposed for use by the Contractor fails to
meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent
samples shall be borne by the Contractor.
E. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed
by an independent laboratory shall be made by an approved
laboratory. Certified test results of all specified
tests shall be submitted in duplicate to the Engineer.
The samples furnished and the cost for the laboratory
services shall be at the expense of the Contractor and
included in the prices bid for the associated work.
2.10 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
A. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for
materials specified to a recognized standard or code
prior to the use of any such materials in the work. The
Engineer may permit the use of certain materials or
assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied
by a Certificate of Compliance. The certificate shall be
signed by the manufacturer of the material or the
manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that
the materials involved comply in all respects with the
requirements of the Specifications. A Certificate of
Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material
delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be
clearly identified in the certificate.
M:CN'lard lnQ
MCCI.
rprat
I/. ao+0.•af.a
Fay.Msvdu, Arkan.a.
H
I
u
r
n
U
I
I
I
I
H
H
C
C
I
1
B. All materials used on the basis of a Certificate of
Compliance may be sampled and tested at any time. The
fact that material is used on the basis of a Certificate
of Compliance shall not relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for incorporating material in the work
which conforms to the requirements of the Contract
Documents and any such material not conforming to such
requirements will be subject to rejection whether in
place or not.
C. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for
use as material on the basis of a Certificate of
Compliance.
D. The form of the Certificate of Compliance and its
disposition shall be as directed by the Engineer.
E. Where Certification of Compliance is required in the
Technical Specifications, the Contractor shall obtain
from the supplier/manufacturer a certification stating
that the particular piece of equipment or system will
satisfy all requirements stated in the related
Specification Section(s).
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
MGCln llano
Cenaiitnq
Eplvon
tn[vporoM
FoMf.mb, drkonwk
I
I
I
C
C
I
I
L'
II
Li
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01311
EiAcL1m�H�2i�i;ill01
1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. No work shall be done between 6:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M. nor
on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays without the
written permission of the Engineer. However, emergency
work during these hours may be done without prior
permission.
B. Due to potential health hazards the existing water
distribution facilities must remain in service. Written
authorization is required from the Owner if any water
service is to be discontinued.
1.02 SEQUENCE OF
A. The Contractor shall submit a diagram or chart indicating
the construction sequencing and duration of each
construction activity.
PART 2 PROGRESS OF THE WORK
2.01 GENERAL
A. The work shall be started within 10 days of the Notice to
Proceed from the Owner, and the work shall be executed
with such progress as may be required to prevent any
delay to other contractors or to the general completion
of the project.
B. The work shall be executed at such times and in or on
such parts of the project, and with such forces,
materials, and equipment to assure completion of the work
in the time established by the Contract.
2.02 OVERTIME NOTICE
A. See GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS.
2.03 PRECONSTRUCTION AND PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS
A. A Preconstruction Conference and Project Coordination
Meetings shall be held per the requirements of Section
01210 of these Specifications.
nkrCW.ffend
Consult' e
EfgIn. .n
nt.oreonclN
Fer fl.Yhfl., Arken, e.
L
C
2.04 OVERALL SCHEDULE
L
I
I
L
I
Li
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
H
A. The Contractor will be required to prepare and submit to
the Engineer within 30 days after the award of Contract,
an Overall Schedule. The Overall Schedule shall be
comprised of construction operations covering all work to
be done in connection with the Contract.
B. The Overall Schedule covering work to be executed under
the Contract shall be of sufficient detail and shall have
a minimum of work activities. The final total number of
activities shall be subject to the approval of the
Engineer. A work activity is defined as an activity for
which manpower is required and must be performed before
the project is considered complete.
C. The Overall Schedule shall indicate the sequence of work
and the time of starting and completion of each part. It
shall include, but not be limited to, the following
items, as they pertain to the respective contractors:
1. Shop drawing receipt from Contractor, submitted to
the Engineer, review, and return to Contractor.
2. Material and equipment order, manufacture,
delivery, installation, and check-out.
3. Performance tests and supervisory service
activities.
4. Piping and wiring installation.
5. Construction sequence.
6. Final cleaning.
7. Allowance for inclement weather.
2.05 PAYMENT
A. No separate payment shall be made for work under this
Section.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
MCU,.la,1
I rvI Cnr.ujtlnp
Fna'nu•a
Mporpa'a4a
fapl4vdu, Ar.ansos
I
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. General Quality Control.
B. Workmanship.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions.
D. Manufacturer's Certificates.
E. Mockups.
F. Manufacturers' Field Services.
G. Testing Laboratory Services.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submittal of Manufacturer's
Instructions.
B. Section 02200: Tests required for earthwork.
Co Section 03300: Tests required for concrete.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL
A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers,
products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to
produce work of specified quality.
1.04
A. Comply with industry standards except when more
restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate
more rigid standards or more precise workmanship.
B. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship
of specified quality.
C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices
designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and
racking.
Lonwl•Ina
e a
Enalreers
I�avperared
fayelNv P.. A-kansae
L
1.05 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each
step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with
Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer
before proceeding.
1.06 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES
A. When required by individual Specifications Section,
submit manufacturer's certificate, in duplicate, that
products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.07 MOCKUPS
Not Used.
1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in respective Specification Sections,
require supplier or manufacturer to provide qualified
personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship,
start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of
equipment as applicable, and to make appropriate
recommendations.
B. Representative shall submit written report to Engineer
listing observations and recommendations.
1.09 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
A. Owner will employ a Testing Laboratory to perform
inspections, tests, and other services required by
individual Specification Sections.
B. Owner shall pay for initial laboratory testing of
earthwork, base, asphalt, and concrete. If, however,
initial test fails, retesting must be paid for by the
Contractor.
C. Services will be performed in accordance with
requirements of governing authorities and with specified
standards.
D. Reports will be submitted to Engineer, Owner and
Contractor giving observations and results of tests,
indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified
standards and with Contract Documents.
fiend
F grpun
rncvnwaNa
FalibvP,, Arkcn.ck
E
14
G.
Contractor shall cooperate with Testing Laboratory
personnel; furnish tools, samples of materials, design
mix, equipment, storage and assistance as requested.
Notify Engineer/Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to
expected time for operations requiring testing services.
Make arrangements with Testing Laboratory and pay for
additional samples and tests for Contractor's
convenience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
flMKIaI IOM
Canaaiuny
Fnpinara
lncWaargIIE
Fayarrywfla, draanaaa
I
I
I
Li
II
I
I
I
I
H
I
C
I
I
I
SECTION 01500
1.01 LAYOUT OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for
storage of materials and equipment in locations on and
off the construction site. Security of the construction
work, materials, and equipment is the sole responsibility
of the Contractor.
1.02 STORAGE BUILDINGS
A. The Contractor shall erect or provide as approved,
temporary storage buildings of the various sizes as
required for the protection of mechanical and electrical
equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers
of such equipment and materials. The buildings shall be
provided with such environmental control systems that
meet recommendations of manufacturers of all equipment
and materials stored in the buildings. The buildings
shall be of sufficient size and so arranged or
partitioned to provide security for their contents and
provide ready access for inspection and inventory. At or
near the completion of the work, and as directed by the
Engineer, the temporary storage buildings shall be
dismantled, removed from the site, and remain the
property of the Contractor.
B. Combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels, etc.)
shall be stored in a well -ventilated building removed
from other buildings.
1.03 STORAGE YARDS
A. The Contractor shall construct temporary storage yards
for the storage of materials that are not subject to
damage by weather conditions. Materials such as pipe,
reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on
pallets or racks, off the ground, and stored in a manner
to allow ready access for inspection and inventory.
Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall
meet with the approval of the Engineer and Owner.
Storage areas shall be restored to their initial
condition once they are no longer needed.
yapl. Mane
' a GaW If is
,c poo.
N w.rof.a
Fayn.v/'., A•kan.as
I
I
1.04 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AREA
C
I
I
H
H
C
I
n
I
I
L1
I
A. The Contractor shall limit his operations and storage of
equipment materials to the areas authorized by individual
property owners and approved by the Engineer and Owner.
B. The Contractor shall proceed with his work in an orderly
manner, maintaining the construction site free of debris
and unnecessary equipment or materials.
1.05 TEMPORARY ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING
A. The Contractor shall construct temporary construction
access roads, parking areas, and detours as are required
to execute the work. The roads shall meet with the
approval of the Engineer, and be maintained in good
condition until no longer needed; at which time the
temporary roads shall be removed and the area left in a
condition satisfactory to the property owner and
Engineer.
1.06 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. Rough grade site to prevent standing water and to direct
surface drainage away from excavations, trenches,
adjoining properties, and public rights -of -way.
B. Maintain excavations and trenches free of water. Provide
and operate pumping equipment of a capacity to control
water flow.
C. Provide piping to handle pumping outflow to discharge in
a manner to avoid erosion or deposit of silt.
D. Remove equipment and installation when no longer needed.
PART 2 UTILITIES
2.01 CODES AND SAFETY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining
inspections and paying for permits required for the
installation of all temporary utilities. Also, the
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safe
use/operation of all temporary utilities.
M:CNilord
fl ca wine
kcgmo•k
In corporal
oapn.w'u, drkonkok
I
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'J
Li
I
2.02 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. The Contractor
facilities for
employees that
local and State
Engineer.
2.03 TEMPORARY WATER
shall provide and maintain sanitary
his employees and his subcontractors'
will comply with the regulations of the
health departments and as directed by the
A. The Owner will provide a place of temporary connection
for water near the site if the Contractor desires and if
it can be determined that the Contractor's usage will not
interfere with Fayetteville's normal requirements.
B. The Contractor will provide required pumps, pressure
tanks, etc. if necessary to boost pressure at his points
of usage.
2.04 WATER FOR TESTING
A. The Owner shall provide the necessary water required for
testing the tank, equipment and water lines prior to
acceptance of the work, unless otherwise specifically
stated in the specifications for the equipment, system,
or facility.
2.05 PROTECTION OF THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION
A. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility for the
protection of all finished construction and shall repair
and restore any and all damage to finished work to its
original or better state.
2.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
A. At such time or times any temporary construction
facilities and utilities are no longer required for the
work, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of his
intent and schedule for removal of the temporary
facilities and utilities, and obtain the Engineer's
approval before removing the same. As approved, the
Contractor shall remove the temporary facilities and
utilities from the site as his property and leave the
site in such condition as specified, as directed by the
Engineer, and/or as shown on the Drawings.
B. In unfinished areas, the condition of the site shall be
left in a condition that will restore original drainage,
evenly graded, seeded as necessary, and left with an
appearance equal to, or better than, original.
I
MCCI,r1ond
Fcr.oaa
Inca porWM
Fa7"/I.wrl.. Arkan,a,
IC
I
2.07 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work under this Section will be included
as part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated
in the Proposal.
' PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
'
1
1
1
' Sect' -
MCCMm dd
'
a ConwVrnp
Enprna�•s
IraaraaaMd
Fanrra v.I. ., Arkansas
1.01
REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A.
Products.
B.
Transportation and Handling.
C.
Storage and Protection.
D.
Product Options.
E.
Products List.
F.
Substitutions.
G.
Systems Demonstration.
1.02
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 01009 - Administrative Provisions: Summary of
Work
B.
Section 01400 - Quality Control: Submittal of
manufacturers' certificates.
C.
Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and
maintenance data.
1.03
PRODUCTS
A.
Products include material, equipment, and systems.
B.
Comply with Specifications and referenced standards as
minimum requirements.
C.
Components required to be supplied in quantity within a
Specification Section shall be the same, and shall be
interchangeable.
D.
Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing
structure.
nMcCslsod
Corm:loin/
En11r....
InNYOMt.d
FOHII..•11., A'ton.a.
I
n
r
I
I
I
LJ
F-]
I I
I
I
I
L
I
B.
C.
1.05
TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
Transport products by methods to avoid product damage;
deliver in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened
containers or packaging, dry.
Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling or damage.
Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply
with requirements, quantities are correct, and products
are undamaged.
STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures;
maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required
by manufacturer's instructions.
B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on
sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to
deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide
ventilation to avoid condensation.
C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a
well -drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter.
D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection.
Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged,
and are maintained under required conditions.
1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Submit a request with PROPOSAL for substitution for any
manufacturer not specifically named, providing all
specification data and deduct in price offered.
B. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by
Description Only: Any product meeting those standards.
1.07 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Not Used.
I
,(aCI. laid
Com aI"Ing
E9pin..r$
1p poror.e
Fay.r•.vdi.1 Ar.an.a.
I
u
I
I
LJ
C
[1
I
I
I
11
I
P
P
I
I
C
1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Only with submittal of equipment substitution request
with the PROPOSAL will the Engineer consider requests
from Contractor for major equipment substitutions.
Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when
a product becomes unavailable due to no fault of
Contractor.
B. Document each request with complete data substantiating
compliance of proposed substitution with Contract
Documents.
C. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined
that it meets or exceeds, in all respects,
specified product.
2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as
for specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes
which may be required for Work to be complete in
all respects.
4. Waives claims for additional costs which may
subsequently become apparent.
D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are
indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data
submittals without separate written request, or when
acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract
Documents, or when said substitution will not result in
significant cost savings to the owner, or result in some
material advantage being gained by the Owner.
E. Engineer will determine acceptability of proposed
substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or
rejection in writing within a reasonable time following
the opening of Bids.
F. Only one request for substitution will be considered for
each product. When substitution is not accepted, provide
specified product.
1.09 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION
A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each
system to Engineer and Owner.
o A CanwpPny
Inca arala0
Fa,IrhviH., Arkansas
LP
PART 2
PART 3
Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation
and maintenance data as the basis of instruction.
PRODUCTS
Not Used.
EXECUTION
Not Used.
Y'Cb11ond
Con. 11,np
Fnpwur.
'ncarporar.d
/ap•r.wa., Ar.an.a.
I
I
C
C
I
I
I
C
L_1
I
I
I
H
I
L
C
I
I
SECTION 01710
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning
during construction and final cleaning on completion of
the work.
B. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and
private and public properties free from accumulations of
waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction
operations.
C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
local ordinances and anti -pollution laws. Do not burn or
bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. Do not
dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil,
or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. Do not
dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Brush and
trees resulting from clearing shall be disposed of
off -site. No on -site burning will be allowed.
D. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer
of surface to be cleaned.
E. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturers.
1.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. During execution of work, clean site and public
properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and
rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, private and
public properties are maintained free from accumulations
of waste materials and rubbish.
B.
Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay
dust and
prevent
blowing dust.
C.
Provide
approved containers for collection and disposal
of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
D.
Remove
grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels,
and other
foreign
materials from exposed and semi -exposed
surfaces.
E.
Repair,
patch, and touchup marred surfaces to
specified
finish to match adjacent surfaces.
MCCMJlon
n0o a1W
Sofl'Nntl.. I rtor..o*
1.03 FINAL CLEANING
A. At the completion of work on all contracts and
immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of the
entire project will be accomplished.
B. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for
final cleaning.
C. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified
finish, to match adjacent surfaces.
D. Remove from the Owner's property all temporary structures
and all materials, equipment, and appurtenances not
required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed
work. See Section 01500, TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
FACILITIES AND UTILITIES.
1.04 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable bid amounts stated in the
Proposal.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3
Not Used
END OF SECTION
I
IH
Mcfil4a'M
G
a gMJgnO
Ingdli.Cs
jncr aaraoraleJ
f)vIHv 11s, A•kanaas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
[1
I
I
J
I
SECTION 01720
I.A:1im=CiDo2iN001
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples.
B. Submittal of Record Documents and Samples.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Document 00700 - General Conditions: Documents at the
site.
B. Section 01300 - Submittals: Shop drawings, product data,
and samples.
C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout procedures.
D. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Operation and
maintenance data.
E. Individual Specifications Sections: Manufacturer's
certificates and certificates of inspection.
1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. In addition
to
requirements
in General
Conditions,
maintain at
the
site one record
copy of:
i. contract Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the
Contract.
5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.
6. Field test records.
7. Inspection certificates.
8. Manufacturer's certificates.
B. Store Record Documents in Field Office apart from
documents used for construction. Provide files, racks,
and secure storage for Record Documents.
C. Label and file Record Documents in accordance with
Section number listing in Table of contents of this
Project Manual. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in
neat, large, printed letters.
MCC„IIand
IncoErar orn
srobd
FaJYrr.vr.b, Arkansas
I
D. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry and legible
condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction
purposes.
E. Keep Record Documents and samples available for
' inspection by Engineer.
1.04 RECORDING
IA. Record information on a set of blue line opaque drawings,
and in a copy of a Project Manual.
B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate
colors for each major system, for recording information.
C. Record information concurrently with construction
' progress. Do not conceal any work until required
information is recorded.
ID. Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each
item to record actual construction, including:
1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of
underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced
to permanent surface improvements.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail.
• 3. Changes made by Modifications.
• 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
• E. Specifications: Legibly mark each item to record actual
construction, including:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalog number of
'
each product actually installed, particularly
optional items and substitute items.
2. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications.
' F. Other Documents: Maintain manufacturer's certifications,
inspection certifications, field test records, etc.,
required by individual Specifications sections.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
IA. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents and
samples under provisions of Section 01700.
Hi
l Section 01720 -
ccesjlt#lg
EnpinNry
Incor..roIH
F.It...l.. A.kom..
B. Transmit with cover letter in duplicate, listing:
1. Date.
2. Project title and number.
3. Contractor's name, address, and telephone number.
4. Number and title of each Record Document.
5. Signature of Contractor or authorized
representative.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
M.CI.rland
canwrlr,nc
Enprn..r.
lnaaraorat.d
Paptbvn4, A•Mnaa.
I
d
1
I
J
[l
I
1
I
I
I
I
L1
I
I
SECTION 01700
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section outlines the procedure to be followed in
closing out all contracts.
1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. The substantial completion date for the Contract shall be
established as stated in the General Conditions.
1.03 FINAL INSPECTION
A. After final cleaning and upon written notice from the
Contractor that the work is completed, the Engineer will
make a preliminary inspection with the Owner and
Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary
inspection, the Engineer will notify the Contractor, in
writing, of any particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the work is defective or incomplete.
B. Upon receiving written notice from the Engineer, the
Contractor shall immediately undertake the work required
to remedy defects and complete the work to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
C. When the contractor has corrected or completed the items
as listed in the Engineer's written notice, he shall
inform the Engineer, in writing, that the required work
has been completed. Upon receipt of this notice, the
Engineer, in the presence of the Owner and Contractor,
shall make his final inspection of the project.
D. Should the Engineer find all work satisfactory at the
time of his inspection, the Contractor will be allowed to
make application for final payment in accordance with the
provisions of the General Conditions. Should the
Engineer still find deficiencies in the work, the
Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies
and will deny the Contractor's request for final payment
until such time as the contractor has satisfactorily
completed the required work.
E. All water courses, gutters, and ditches shall be opened
and left in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer.
Section 01700 -
ycl N
a .a•wlrwv
Fag rassrs
Inorpo•aMd
foy.ft.vM.. Arksas
1.04 FINAL SUBMITTALS
A. No contract will be finalized until all of the following
have been submitted as required in Section 01300,
SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
1. Final shop drawings
2. Record drawings
3. Interface information
4. Manufacturers' Certificates of Proper Installation
5. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
B. No contract will be finalized until all submittals
required in Section 01720, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, have
been submitted.
1.05 GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND AFFIDAVITS
A. No contract will be finalized until all guarantees,
performance tests, bonds, certificates, licenses, and
affidavits required for work or equipment as specified
are satisfactorily filed with the Owner.
1.06 ACCESSORY ITEMS
A. All Contractors furnishing and/or installing equipment on
this project shall provide to the Owner, upon acceptance
of the equipment, all special accessories required to
place each item of equipment in full operation. These
special accessory items include, but are not limited to,
adequate oil and grease as required for the first
lubrication of the equipment, light bulbs, fuses, valve
keys, handwheels, and other expendable items as required
for initial startup and operation of all equipment.
1.07 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS
A. No contract will be finalized until satisfactory evidence
of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as
required by the General Conditions.
1.08 FINAL PAYMENT
A. Final payment will be made to the Contractor in
accordance with the General Conditions.
MCCb lord
Co., .t,9 ii'
a w E,pnFF•s
Jr LVPerOIFd
Far.. vans, Arkansas
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OP SECTION
Section 01700 - 3
Mccls • ia'd
a M COW'tug
Enp'n•ars
IPWOs'alW
Fapl.evJJ, Arkanw.
I
I
I
I
J
[I
I
I
J
I
I
H
I
lI
I
I
I I
SECTION 02102
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to remove all
interfering or objectionable material from the designated
areas of work.
B. This work shall also include the preservation from injury
or defacement of all vegetation and existing objects
designated to remain.
C. Review with the Engineer's Representative the location,
limits, and methods to be used prior to commencing the
work under this Section.
PART 2 MATERIALS AND
2.01 GENERAL
A. Provide all materials, suitable and in adequate quantity,
required to accomplish the work as specified herein.
2.02 CLEARING - DEFINITION
A. Clearing shall consist of cutting, removing, and
disposing of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs,
and other vegetative growth, and shall be performed in
such a manner as to remove all evidence of their presence
from the surface and shall be inclusive of sticks and
branches greater than 2 inches in diameter or thickness.
Clearing shall also include the removal and disposal of
trash piles, rubbish, and fencing; and the preservation
of trees, shrubs, and vegetative growth which are not
designated for removal.
2.03 CUTTING TIMBER
A. in the cutting of timber growth (if any is required),
cuts shall be made such that all trees are felled into
the area to be cleared. Exercise care when clearing near
the clearing limits so as not to damage existing trees,
vegetation structures, or utilities which are outside of
the clearing limits. Flush cut all stumps not designated
for grubbing by cutting to within 2 inches of the ground
surface.
petS
ny;tar re
[c,laee'S
NMFeroM
Fa}egevtfe, Ar Maness
I
U
I
it
I
I
I]
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
2.04 PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS AND OTHER VEGETATION
A. Protect trees, shrubbery and other vegetation not
designated for removal from damage resulting from the
Work. Cut and remove tree branches only where, in the
opinion of the Engineer, such cutting is necessary to
effect construction operation. Remove branches other
than those required to effect the work to provide a
balanced appearance of any tree, as approved prior to
removal. Scars resulting from the removal of branches
shall be treated with an approved tree sealant.
B. Trees and shrubbery within and adjacent to the work shall
be protected and preserved to the maximum extent
possible. Damage to vegetation outside the limits of the
designated construction area may result in damage claims
against the Contractor.
C. Ornamental trees, shrubs, fruit trees, etc., shall be
protected from damage even if they are located within the
limits of the pipeline easement. Obtain Engineer's
approval to modifty the pipe route, if alternative routes
will minimize impact on these plantings. If such
plantings must be removed, protect and replant the
plantings. If plantings are damaged during the process
or if they die during the one year warranty period,
replace the planting in kind.
2.05 GRUBBING - DEFINITION
A. Grubbing shall consist of the
wood or root matter below the
after clearing and shall inclu
or root systems greater than
thickness to a depth of 18
surface.
2.06 CLEARING LIMITS
removal and disposal of
ground surface remaining
de stumps, trunks, roots,
2 inches in diameter or
inches below the ground
A. Clear only areas within the construction site that are
absolutely necessary to accomplish the construction.
2.07 DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS
A. Haul the material from the work site and dispose of in
accordance with state, federal, and local laws. Such
off -site disposal shall be at the Contractor's sole
expense.
MCC'."Ofld
W
o nw c.dampg Erglnoa
ncwOkrallo
Fo„ll•wP,, A.kcn,ok
I
I
I
I
F
;1
I
LJ
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.08 STRIPPING - DEFINITION
A. Stripping shall include the removal and disposal of all
organic sod, topsoil, grass and grass roots, and other
objectionable material remaining after clearing and
grubbing from the areas designated to be stripped. The
exact depth of stripping will be determined by the
Engineer. Topsoil requirements are specified in Section
02200, EARTHWORK.
2.09 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPINGS
A. Topsoil from the strippings shall be stockpiled and used
for the finished site grading. Excess topsoil shall be
hauled off site with the clearing and grubbing debris
2.10 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated in
the Proposal for the installation of pipe or the lump sum
bid amount for the pump stations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
MKLIIond
CEngineers
Inw�ro porot orelM
Fo tt.vi1I.. Ar.on$"
I
I
I
I
I
I
U
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02200
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary for the earthwork,
trenching and backfilling complete.
1.02 DEFINITIONS - RELATIVE COMPACTION
A. "Relative compaction" is defined as the ratio, in
percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the
laboratory maximum dry density as determined by the
Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D698. Corrections for
oversize material may be applied to either the
as -compacted field dry density or the maximum dry
density, as determined by the Engineer.
1.03 DEFINITIONS - OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT
A. "Optimum moisture content" is defined as the moisture
content of the material for which the maximum dry density
is obtained as determined by ASTM D698. Field moisture
contents shall be determined on the basis of the fraction
passing the 3/4 -inch sieve.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL
CONDITIONS, SECTION 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, and the requirements of this section.
B. Provide the following submittals:
i. Samples for all imported material.
(PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to
accomplish the work specified in this Section.
NCCI•Iand
a Can.artrll
Enyr..ktl
n(,prppralM
f Opffln Jq Arkon W.
J
Li
I
7
I
I
r,
[1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 COMMON EXCAVATION
A. Complete all common excavation regardless of the type,
nature, or condition of the materials encountered. The
Contractor shall make his own estimate of the kind and
extent of the various materials to be excavated in order
to accomplish the work. All excavation not specifically
defined as rock excavation shall be common excavation.
2.03 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation is defined as the removal of all material
which by actual demonstration cannot be reasonably
excavated with a backhoe as listed in Table 1 below and
equipped with two rippers, or similar approved equipment
and which is, in fact, systematically drilled and blasted
or broken by power -operated hand tools. The Engineer may
waive the demonstration if the material encountered is
well-defined rock. The term "rock excavation" shall be
understood to indicate a method of removal and not a
geological formation.
Bucyrus Erie 20-H
Hopto 550
Koehring 466
B. No payment will be made for any method of rock removal
other than systematic drilling and blasting or by
power -operated hand tools. If material which would be
classified as rock by the above definition is
mechanically removed with excavating equipment of a
larger size than specified hereinbefore, it shall be
understood that any added costs for the removal of
material by this method shall be included in the unit
prices for the various classifications of common
excavation.
C. Before systematic drilling and blasting will be
permitted, expose the material by removing the common
material above it. Notify the Engineer, who, with the
Contractor or his representative, will measure the amount
of material to be removed and will record the
information. Then drill, blast, or break with
power -operated hand tools, and excavate the material.
The method or methods of calculating and determining the
quantity of rock shall be agreed upon for each occurrence
where rock excavations, as herein defined, are
encountered along the centerline of the proposed
McUnfar>
�, a Wasafbrs
Fapm.r.
IrmO.rafW
ro"Ofe r'iq Arians
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I•]
I
Li
Cl
I
L
C.
pipeline. All such agreements between the
above -mentioned parties shall be a matter of record by
both parties on the day each occurrence of rock is
measured.
D. The Contractor may predrill and blast prior to excavation
if, in the Engineer's opinion, a rock line from which
measurements can be taken can be clearly defined. To
obtain tentative approval of this method, the Contractor
shall predrill, blast, and excavate an initial 100 -foot
test trench section, and, in addition, shall excavate a
minimum of two 20 -foot long trench sections to apparent
rock line immediately adjacent to the predrilled section
for comparison. If satisfactory correlation can be
obtained, the Engineer may approve predrilling and
blasting. The Contractor in electing to use this method
hereby agrees to accept the reasonable judgment of the
Engineer to resolve the dispute. Where the entire
trench footage has not been predrilled, the Engineer
reserves the right to stop predrilling and blasting if
experience indicates that an accurate determination of
rock quantities is not possible by this method.
2.04 EARTH FILL
A. Excavated material free from roots, organic matter,
trash, debris, rocks larger than 3 inches, and other
deleterious materials. Suitable material may be obtained
by the Contractor from the excavation for the proposed
pipelines. Provide imported material of equivalent
quality, if required to accomplish the work. Imported
material shall be provided at the Contractor's sole
expense.
2.05 GRANULAR FILL
A. Imported GRANULAR FILL shall be 1 -1/2 -inch minus crushed
gravel or crushed rock, free from dirt, clay balls, and
organic material, well graded from coarse to fine,
containing sufficient finer material for proper
compaction, and less than 8 percent by weight passing the
No. 200 sieve. Arkansas Highway and Transportation
Department Class 7 Base shall qualify as GRANULAR FILL
material.
2.06 SAND
A. Imported natural sand or sand produced from crushed
gravel or crushed rock, maximum size 5/16 inch, 80
percent shall pass a No. 4 sieve, free from clay and
organic material, with a maximum of 8 percent passing the
No. 200 sieve.
Section 02200 -
ngsr.* np
In
IpP,wd
Inca.pwpM1Q
FCJ,l/,v14, A•kpn,ps
I
I
I
L
P
Fi
P
I
[1
C]
I
I
I
I
2.07 GRIT
A. Imported crushed limestone screenings from concrete
coarse aggregate, maximum size 1/2 inch.
2.08 TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL
A. Three-inch minus river -run or pit -run gravel, free from
clay balls, roots, and organic matter; well crushed
gravel or crushed rock graded with less than 8 percent by
weight passing the 1/4 -inch sieve. Submit samples for
approval prior to delivery of the material to the site.
2.09 GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
A. Granular pipe base and pipe zone material, as required by
the typical trench details on the Drawings, shall be
GRANULAR FILL, SAND, GRIT, or materials meeting the
requirements of ASTM D2487, Class I and Class II
embedment materials.
2.10 NATIVE PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
A. Trench excavated or imported selected material free of
stones larger than one and one -half -inch, roots, debris
and organic material. To include silt and clay subsoils,
sand and gravel less than one and one -half -inch in size.
Use native pipe base and pipe zone material with ductile
iron pipe only.
2.11 BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE
A. Materials from the excavation containing no particles
larger than 6 -inch diameter, free from roots, debris, and
organic material.
2.12 TOPSOIL
A. Selected topsoil at the site, properly stored and
protected, free from roots, sticks, hard clay, and stones
which will not pass through a 3 -inch square opening.
Remove existing grass and overburden before topsoil is
excavated. Provide imported topsoil of equal quality if
required to accomplish the work.
2.13 WATER FOR COMPACTION
A. Furnish as required.
Na ,. rr
c n Ofld
Can.u11'na
Enaroura
'nv OoiuNd
taf't*Vtiro, A rkoNas
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
COMPACTION EQUIPMENT
A. Compaction equipment shall be of suitable type and
adequate to obtain the densities specified.
B. Compaction equipment shall be operated in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Equipment shall be maintained in such
condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated
compactive effort. Hand -operated equipment shall be
capable of achieving the specified densities.
2.15 MOISTURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment for applying water shall
quality adequate for the work, shall
be equipped with a distributor bar
device to assure uniform applicatii
mixing and drying out material shall
discs, or other approved equipment.
2.16 RIPRAP
be of a type and
not leak, and shall
or other approved
%n. Equipment for
consist of blades,
A. Hard and durable quarry -run limestone with less than 35
percent wear when tested for resistance to abrasion in
conformance to ASTM C 535. Bulk density shall not be
less than 160 pounds per dry cubic foot. The least
dimension of any one piece shall not be less than 1/3 the
greatest dimension. A minimum of 50 percent of the
volume shall be in pieces ranging in size from 1/2 cubic
foot to 2 cubic feet. Smaller pieces will be allowed
only to fill in the voids in the larger stone.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
A. Complete clearing and grubbing work as specified in
Section 02102, CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING, prior
to beginning work in this Section.
3.02 STRIPPING TOPSOIL
A. Prior to beginning any excavation or fill, strip the
topsoil to a depth of at least 6 inches or to a depth
sufficient to remove all organic material and stockpile
for future use. In general, topsoil shall be removed
where structures are to be built, embankments or levees
constructed, trenches dug, and roads, parking lots,
walks, and similar improvements constructed within the
areas presently covered with topsoil. Topsoil shall be
stored clear of the construction area. Take reasonable
I
fl0CCI1i'aod
consWti.,
Enyrrurs
Inao'Oora S
FYHtMr.l:s, A konsas
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
care to prevent the topsoil from becoming mixed with
subsoil or eroding.
3.03 COMMON EXCAVATION
A. Perform all common excavation of every description,
regardless of the type, nature, or condition of material
encountered, as specified, shown, or required to
accomplish the construction.
3.04 EXCAVATION SAFETY
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making the
excavation in a safe manner. Provide appropriate
measures to retain excavation sideslopes to ensure that
men working in or near the excavation are protected.
3.05 LIMITS OF
A. Excavate to the depths and widths required. Allow for
forms, working space, granular base, and finish topsoil
where shown or required. Excavation carried below the
grade lines shown or established by the Engineer shall be
replaced with the same fill material as specified for the
overlying fill or backfill, compacted as required for
such overlying fill or backfill. Where the overlying
area is not to receive fill or backfill, replace the
overexcavated material and compact to a density not less
than that of the underlying ground. The Contractor shall
correct all overexcavated areas at the Contractor's sole
expense.
3.06 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep all
excavations and trenches free of water. Remove all water
during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe
is being laid, during the placing of backfill unless
water settling is required, and at such other times as
required for efficient and safe execution of the work.
Removal of groundwater shall be accomplished in a manner
that will preserve the strength of the foundation soils,
will not cause instability of the excavation slopes, and
will not result in damage to existing structures.
3.07 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Where material is encountered which requires systematic
drilling and blasting for removal, excavate to subgrade
for granular pipe base. Correct overexcavation with
compacted granular material as specified hereinbef ore for
grade.
consulting 108 and
c r
nw vv mda
•a"'Nwflk, Arkansas
I
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PT
I
I
[I
I
LJ
[]
B. The requirements of Section 01016, Paragraph 1.13 will be
prerequisite to blasting near structures. Use the utmost
care so as not to endanger life or property, cause
slides, or disturb materials outside the limits of the
trenches or excavations.
C. Store all explosives in a safe, secure manner in
compliance with federal, state, and local laws and
ordinances, and mark all such storage places clearly
DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES. Do not leave explosives in an
unprotected manner along or adjacent to any highway,
street, alley, or other area where such explosives could
endanger persons or property.
D. Comply with the requirements of the Workmen's
Compensation Board or similar appropriate public body
having jurisdiction over use of explosives. Allow only
persons experienced in the handling of explosives to use
them on the work. Explosives shall be handled only by
licensed personnel.
E. Provide all necessary approved types of tools and devices
required for loading and using explosives, blasting caps,
and accessories. Conform to, and obey, all federal,
state, and local laws that may be imposed by any public
authority. Do not blast adjacent to any portion of
exposed work or structures, unless proper precautions are
taken to ensure that the structures and materials
surrounding and supporting the same will not be damaged
by the blasting.
F. When blasting rock in trenches, cover the area to be shot
with blasting mats or other type of protective material
that will prevent the scattering of rock fragments
outside of the excavation. Give ample warning to all
persons within the vicinity prior to blasting, and
station men and provide signals of danger in suitable
places to warn people and vehicles before firing any
blasts. Fire all blasts with an electric blasting
machine which shall not be connected in the circuit until
just prior to the time for firing, and then shall be
connected by the man who will operate the blasting
machine.
G. After a blast has been fired, the blaster shall make a
careful inspection to determine that all charges have
exploded before employees are allowed to return to the
operation. Correct misfires in accordance with the
requirements of the applicable portions of the state or
local safety code for blasting. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any and all damages to property or injury
MCCieond
Car wrrrfl
Ergrn,v,
IrarOa•arW
Fa„/NVrr... Arkogbt
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
H
I
C
C
11
I
I
I
I
to persons resulting from blasting, or accidental or
premature explosions that may occur in connection with
his use of explosives.
H. In case injury from blasting occurs to any portion of the
work or to the material surrounding or supporting the
same that is intended to remain, remove such damaged
work, repair the work, and replace the material
surrounding or supporting the same, or furnish such
material and perform such work for repair or replacement
as the Engineer shall order. Repair promptly,
completely, and satisfactorily all damage to existing
structures intended to remain, that is caused by
blasting, at no expense to the Owner.
3.08 PREPARATIONS FOR PLACING BACEFILLS
A. Backfill around concrete structures only after the
concrete has attained the specified compressive strength
indicated in Section 03300, CONCRETE. Remove all form
materials and trash from the excavation before placing
any backfill. Obtain the Engineer's acceptance of
concrete work and attained strength prior to
backfilling.
B. Do not operate earth -moving equipment within 5 feet of
walls of concrete structures for the purpose of
depositing or compacting backfill material. Compact
backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand -operated
tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the
structure.
3.09 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavate for the installation of piping, utilities, and
appurtenances. All obstructions, such as tree roots,
stumps, abandoned concrete structures, and other material
of any type shall be removed.
3.10 TRENCH WIDTH
A. Minimum width of unsheeted trenches or the minimum clear
width of sheeted trenches in soil trenches in which pipe
is to be laid shall be 6 inches greater than the inside
diameter of the pipe. Sheeting requirements shall be
independent of trench width. The maximum clear width at
the top of the pipe or above the pipe will not be
limited, except in cases where excess width of excavation
would cause damage to adjacent structures.
yabniond
' o , fm.Wrms
Eapmun
laCarpwared
'ap'roabo, Arlon.
C
1
1
I1
1
L
I
1
1
P
I
I
I
L
P
I
I
B. Minimum trench width in rock excavation areas shall be
12 -inches greater than the inside diameter of the pipe.
Maximum width for rock excavation pay purposes shall be
two feet.
3.11 GRADE
A. Carry the bottom of the trench to the depths shown, or as
established by the Engineer. Allow for pipe thickness
and for pipe base or special bedding when specified.
Backfill any part of the trench excavated below grade
with granular pipe base material or native pipe base
material, as required by the details on the Drawings, and
compact to a density equal to the undisturbed trench
bottom.
3.12 SHORING, SHEETING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES
A. Erect, maintain, and remove shoring, sheeting, and
bracing as required by all federal, state and local laws,
codes and ordinances.
3.13 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Removal of water shall be accomplished as specified
hereinbefore.
3.14 TRENCH STABILIZATION
A. If the material in the bottom of the trench is unsuitable
for supporting the pipe, excavate below the flow line to
remove the unsuitable material, and backfill to the
required grade with TRENCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL as
specified hereinbefore. Unsuitable material is material
which is not capable of supporting the pipe base
material, pipe and/or backfill (i.e., organics, mud,
trash, etc.).
3.15 BASE FOR PIPE IN ROCK TRENCH
A. Place a minimum 6 -inch thickness of
the type hereinbefore specified.
width of the trench with the top of
flow line grade. Bed the pipe in
that the flow line is at the
elevation. Place and finish the
ahead of the pipe laying operation.
ZONE MATERIAL to a level 6 -inches
pipe.
GRANULAR PIPE BASE of
Place for the full
the granular base at
the granular base so
required grade and
gravel base to grade
Place GRANULAR PIPE
above the top of the
Section 02200 -
YCCblland
a MC14
fag,
araano
ir
'nr0 oralrot -!
FayoM VPS, Aroan.ao
I
n
n
I
I
Hi
H
I
H
I
I
I
Li
n
I
I
I
3.16 BASE FOR PIPE IN SOIL TRENCH
A. Grade soil trench bottoms to the specified depths, for
continuous and uniform pipe support. Place GRANULAR PIPE
BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL in over excavated areas and
from a level 4 -inches below the pipe to a level 4 -inches
above the top of the pipe, for PVC pipe. Utilize NATIVE
PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL for ductile iron pipe.
3.17 TRENCH BACKFILL ABOVE THE PIPE ZONE
A. In trenches under all structures, sidewalks, city
streets, county roads, piping, and similar facilities,
except where specifically shown, deposit GRANULAR FILL,
as specified hereinbefore, in horizontal lifts not
exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Compact to
not less than 95 percent relative compaction. Repair any
subsequent damage caused by settlement of trenches at the
Contractor's sole expense.
B. In trenches under driveways, non -county roads, parking
areas, and similar areas designated by the Engineer,
backfill with compacted native materials to within
6 -inches of the surface. Places 6 -inches of GRANULAR
FILL (Class 7 Base) and compact to not less than 95%
relative compaction. Place additional GRANULAR FILL if
settlement occurs, at the Contractor's sole expense.
C. In other areas the excavated trench material may be used
for backfill. Push by mechanical means, first onto the
slope of the backfill previously placed and allow to roll
down into the trench. Do not allow free fall of the
material into the open trench. Under no circumstances
allow sharp, heavy pieces of material to drop directly
onto the pipe or the material in the pipe zone. Backfill
material shall not exceed 1/2 cubic foot in size and
shall be intermixed with finer material to produce
completed fill that is free from detrimental voids and
segregation. Neatly windrow the material over the trench
to provide for future settlement. Any excess or
deficiency of backfill material after settlement within
the guarantee period shall be corrected by regrading and
adding or removing material.
3.18 SITE GRADING
A. Perform all earthwork to the lines and grades as shown
and/or established by the Engineer, with proper allowance
for topsoil where specified or shown. Shape, trim, and
finish slopes of channels to conform with the lines,
grades, and cross sections shown. Make slopes free of
all exposed roots and stones exceeding 3 -inch diameter
MCQIh090
Cc in I?J
Ec;von
wcnoarovC
Fdfl fl •J4, A.4anma
I
u
I
L
L
L
I
I
C
I
I
Li
I
17
I
[I
which are loose and liable to fall. Round tops of banks
to circular curbs, in general, not less than a 6 -foot
radius. Rounded surfaces shall be neatly and smoothly
trimmed. Overexcavating and backfilling to the proper
grade will not be acceptable. Finished site grading will
be reviewed by the Engineer.
3.19 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION
A. Dispose of all excess excavated materials, not required
or suitable for use as backfill or fill, outside of the
area of work. Contractor shall make his own arrangements
for the disposal of the excavated material and bear all
costs or retain any profit incidental to such disposal.
3.20 SETTLEMENT
A. Any settlement in backfill, fill, or in structures built
over the backfill or fill, which may occur within the
1 -year guarantee period in the General Conditions will be
considered to be caused by improper compaction methods
and shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole expense.
Any structures damaged by settlement shall be restored to
their original condition by the Contractor at the
Contractor's sole expense.
3.21 PLACING RIPRAP
A. Place riprap carefully to avoid disturbing the prepared
grade. Depth of riprap shall be as shown. Intermix the
sizes of riprap material to provide uniform gradation
between small and large material. Prevent damage to pipe
or other facilities. Repair damage to the pipe or
coating at the Contractor's sole expense.
3.22 DRAINAGE CULVERTS
A. Replace in kind drainage culverts which are destroyed.
If the culvert cannot be reused, dispose of it and
furnish and install new pipe. All culverts shall be
protected from damage or restored to equivalent
condition, if damaged, at no cost to the Owner.
B. Replace culverts to the existing lines and grades. Do
not replace culverts until the proposed pipeline is
installed and the backfill of the trench has been
completed to the subgrade of the culvert.
' q.n#e s
Con es:ing
UcorOoral..
fay.: nne:b, Arkansas
I
H
I
I
n
L
El:
L
I
I
I
I
PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the unit price and lump sum bid amounts stated in
the Proposal.
B. Payment for trench excavation, native pipe base and pipe
zone material and for trench backfill for the water lines
shall be included in the unit price for the water lines.
C. Rock excavation shall be measured for payment as the
actual quantity of rock removed within the following
limits:
1. Maximum depth for payment purposes shall be 4
inches below the bottom outside surface of the
barrel of the proposed pipeline.
2. Maximum width for payment purposes shall be 24
inches. If the actual width of excavation is less
than 24 inches, payment will be based on the actual
measured width.
3. Payment for rock excavation will be based on the
unit price per cubic yard stated in the Proposal
and will be paid in addition to the linear foot
payment for trench excavation and backfill.
Payment for rock excavation shall include full
compensation for all labor, equipment, materials,
and incidentals necessary to drill, blast, and
excavate the material. No payment will be made for
rock excavated below the required grade or outside
the widths mentioned above. No payment will be
made for rock removal by any method other than
drilling and blasting or with power -operated hand
tools.
4. Payment for imported GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE
ZONE MATERIAL shall be made separately.
D. Payment for trench stabilization material will be based
on the unit price per ton stated in the Proposal.
Measurement will be based upon individual trip tickets of
actual truck measure furnished the Engineer for tons used
under this item. Trip tickets shall be presented to the
Engineer for his signature on the day the material is
delivered. No payment will be allowed on trip tickets
not so validated by the Engineer. Payment for this item
shall constitute full compensation for all materials,
labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to furnish
materials at trench side and for placing and compacting
it in the trench and for the extra depth of trench
Y or,
1
"Jf r
a arrw :M -n hr
Fap•nss•
inaUrpa•a1a
Fap.4vd .. A•.a1f09
I
FT
LJ
I
I
L
I
I
I
ri
j
I
I1
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
excavation required below the pipe base grade to provide
for a stable base for the pipe. This item is to provide
for unstable base encountered in the progress of the work
and shall be used only under the direction of the
Engineer.
E. Payment for riprap will be based on the unit price per
ton stated in the Proposal, and the number of tons placed
within the authorized limits. This payment shall
constitute full compensation for the work as specified
herein. Quantities for payment purposes shall be the
actual number of tons used, based on truck weights and
trip tickets signed by the Engineer. Trip tickets shall
be presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day
that the material is delivered.
F. Payment for GRANULAR FILL (Class 7 Base only) used for
road crossings, driveways and other authorized areas will
be based on the unit price per ton stated in the
Proposal, and the number of tons placed within the
authorized limits. This payment shall constitute full
compensation for the work as specified herein.
Quantities for payment purposes shall be the actual
number of tons used, based on truck weights and trip
tickets signed by the Engineer. Trip tickets shall be
presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day
that the material is delivered.
G. No separate payment will be made for protecting,
repairing and/or replacing existing culverts.
H. Payment for GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
(Class 7 Base, Grit or Sand) used for bedding all PVC
pipe and for bedding ductile iron pipe in rock trenches
will be based on the unit price per ton stated in the
Proposal, and the number of tons placed within the
authorized limits. This payment shall constitute full
compensation for the work as specified herein.
Quantities for payment purposes shall be the actual
number of tons used, based on truck weights and trip
tickets signed by the Engineer. Trip tickets shall be
presented to the Engineer for his signature on the day
that the material is delivered.
41It•)
flS'and
Epwwr.
ncaOa uNd
Faf?Lrelq Arkansas
SECTION 02218
LANDSCAPING GRADING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Finish grade subsoil.
B.
Place, level, and compact topsoil.
1.02
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 01400 -
Quality Control: Compaction requirements
of backfill.
B.
Section 02200 -
Rough Grading - Subsoil contouring.
C.
Section 02200 -
Backfilling: Backfilling and compacting
fill.
D.
Section 02200
- Trenching: Excavation, backfill, and
compacting fill
in trenches.
E.
Section 02485 -
Finish ground cover.
1.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final
work.
B. Protect existing structures, fences, roads, sidewalks,
paving, and curbs.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Topsoil: Reused or imported, friable loam; free of
subsoil, roots, grass, excessive amount of weeds, stone,
and foreign matter; acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5;
containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25
percent organic matter.
MCCI.'to ad
Ca,a:lf,aq
' Enpin .ra
IeN'aera IS
Fd)elke V'I'e Arkcn.a.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting
work of this Section.
B. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of
existing conditions.
3.02
SUBSOIL PREPARATION
A.
Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris,
roots, branches, stones in excess of 3 inches in size.
Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products.
B.
Scarify subgrade to depth of 3 inches where topsoil is
scheduled. Scarify in areas where equipment used for
hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil.
3.03
PLACING TOPSOIL
A.
Place topsoil in areas where seeding is scheduled.
B.
Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry
weather.
C.
Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas.
Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade.
D.
Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign
material while spreading.
E.
Manually spread topsoil around plants and structures to
prevent damage.
F.
Lightly compact placed topsoil.
G.
Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site.
H.
Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to
receive grass seeding.
3.04
TOLERANCES
A.
Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1 inch.
Mccb uene
Y canwu.ny
Erpwm
!nca pgTid
FC,lHwnI*, Arkonsnk
3.05 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONS
A. The following paragraphs identify compacted topsoil
thicknesses for various locations.
B. Seeded Grass: 6 inches.
3.06 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable unit price bids stated in the
Proposal. No separate payment will be made. Include the
cost of this work in the price for pipe installation.
END OF SECTION
nNCCI&Iond
Consult no
Fnylvot
:nwpor0NO
s optovLN, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I]
I
I
I
I
I
11
I
SECTION 02223
HIGHWAY UNDERCROSSING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary for the
construction of the Highway 265 undercrossing, complete,
within the limits shown.
B. The operation across the City street and highway
right-of-ways must conform to the requirements of the
City street and State Highway Department (Permitters).
Execute all necessary agreements and/or permits before
entering upon or commencing any work on the City or State
right-of-ways. Comply, also, with the applicable
requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and the
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.
C. Designated paved street crossings shall be made by boring
and insertion of a casing pipe, unless specifically
otherwise noted hereinafter. However, if the Contractor
encounters solid rock and is unable to complete the bore,
he shall obtain permission from the Permitter to make an
open cut. The Contractor shall comply with all
requirements of the Permitter.
D. For open cuts, utilize equipment capable of completing at
least 1/2 of the width of the street designated to be
bored, crossing during daylight hours in 1 day. At least
one-way traffic shall be maintained at all times, unless
approved on detours is obtained from the Permitter.
E. Prior to starting construction, all required labor,
materials, and equipment shall be on the site. Notify
all permitters at least 48 hours in advance of working
within their right-of-way. The term "Permitter" as used
herein shall be understood to mean the party, agency, or
governmental authority issuing the permit or permits for
the construction within the said right-of-way.
F. The Owner will prepare and submit the necessary Highway
Department permit applications, and will post the permit
bond, as required. The Contractor will not have to
obtain State Highway Department permits.
Cm.ut 'ny
Fnprnsra
nmasrabA
Fa,s•Isvnlq Arkansas
1.02 LOCATION
A. Undercrossings to be made by the boring and jacking
method include all undercrossings designated on the
Drawings for water mains.
B. Water mains shall be installed by the open cut method on
other city streets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WATER PIPE
A. Strength classification and type as shown in the
Undercrossing Schedule, all conforming to Section 15001-2
and 15001-14.
2.02 EXCAVATION
A. Excavation shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK,
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
2.03 IMPORTED GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE MATERIAL
A. Conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION
AND BACKFILL.
2.04 TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Rock or foundation stabilization and granular backfill
shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
2.05 STEEL CASING PIPE
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Provide casing of size to permit proper construction to
the required lines and grades. Casing shall be type
shown below, fabricated in sections for welded field
joints.
B. The minimum wall thickness shall correspond to the
dimensions of standard weight steel pipe.
C. Casing length shall be as necessary to conform to the
criteria shown on the details on the Drawings. The Field
Engineer will determine the specific casing length for
each undercrossing.
6MCC lb ny
Endm fln
_ Inarcao. alld
ra,IHlvlll ., Arfravat
I,
H
L
L
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 CONCRETE
A. ASTM C 94, Alternate 2. Proportion and mix to produce a
minimum compressive strength of at least 3,000 psi at 28
days. Maximum size of aggregate 1 -1/2 -inch, slump
between 2 and 4 inches.
2.07 SAND
A. Sand for sealing the annular space between the carrier
pipe and the casing pipe shall conform to ASTM C 33.
2.08 STAINLESS STEEL BANDS
A. One -half -inch wide by 0.020 -inch thick, 304 stainless
steel bands, or equal.
2.09 SEALS AND SUPPORTS
A. Lumber shall be No. 2 West Coast Douglas fir graded in
conformance with WWPA Current Grading Rules, No. 2 Yellow
Southern Pine, or equal. Material shall be pressure
treated with creosote or pentachlorophenol in mineral
spirits in accordance with AWPA C14, C8, C9, and C2 as
applicable. Minimum retention shall be as designated
for contact with ground. Method of treatment in
accordance with the applicable portion of the AWPA manual
standards. Insofar as practicable, all timbers shall be
cut to size before the material is given the preservative
treatment.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Prior to the start of the work, submit satisfactory
evidence to the Engineer that all insurance coverage
requirements called for by the Permitter have been
complied with. All proposed construction methods and
materials for the undercrossing shall be approved by the
Engineer and Permitter prior to the crossing operation,
and no construction shall be started until written
approval to proceed from the Permitter has been submitted
to the Engineer.
NeC
Conw,trg
Rona
@wm,r
la[d aoratafla
aa/a�fovl'b, iraaraas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7
I
I I
3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Conform to the applicable portions of Section 02200,
EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. At designated
locations, compact granular base backfill for full depth
of trench with approved mechanical tampers to 95 percent
maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 99.
3.03 CASING
A. Size of casing shall be large enough to provide
sufficient working space to properly install the water
pipe to lines and grades shown. Minimum acceptable sizes
are shown on the Undercrossing Schedule and on the
Drawings. Jacked or bored casings shall be continuously
welded at joints for a rigid, watertight encasement.
3.04 UNCASED PIPE
A. Provide granular base under all pipe within limits of
crossing. Base and pipe installation to conform to
Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
3.05 CASED PIPE
A. Provide strapped timber cradle both over and under barrel
of pipe, join pipe, and slide into casing. Cradles shall
be strapped to pipe barrel as shown on the Drawings.
B. Pipe installation to conform to applicable portions of
Section 02200 and Section 15001.
3.06 PLACING FILL IN CASING
A. Fill the annular space between the casing and the pipe
completely with sand to prevent pipe flotation during
high water. Accomplish filling by pouring or pumping the
sand from the two ends and such intermediate points as
may be necessary. Filling, once commenced at any one
point, shall be completed without stopping. Suitable low
pressure equipment, having capacity to delivery sand
under pressure of up to 5 pounds per square inch, will be
approved by the Engineer.
B. Dispose of excess excavated material as approved by the
Engineer.
flGnnan. .
n g
gfn.
aa'par aHA
Fa/.fl.v'.4, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
Ii
I
3.07 PLACING CONCRETE SEALS AT ENDS OF CASING
A. After the water pipe has been tested and approved,
construct a wood form at the ends of the casing and pour
minimum 18 -inch -thick concrete plugs as shown. Work the
concrete around the pipe so that the plug will provide a
tight seal.
3.08 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for settlement
or deterioration of the finished undercrossing pavement
during the warranty period.
B. The Owner will withhold final payment for this project
until the Contractor furnishes a satisfactory release
from the Permitters stating that all claims for labor and
materials have been satisfied and that the Contractor's
work across the right-of-way has been completed to the
satisfaction of the Permitters.
3.09 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the highway and street crossings designated
to be bored and jacked will be based upon applicable unit
prices stated in the Proposal. Separate payment will be
made for the water pipe installed through the casing and
for granular fill material.
END OP SECTION
McU.Hnr!
m c ,wro
Enpmwv
incdOorabE
I
I
1
1
in
1.01 SCOPE
SECTION 02485
A. This Section covers the work necessary for the finish
grading and grass establishment, complete, including
furnishing and delivery of material and seeding and
maintenance of grass. The intention of this
Specification is that the Contractor returns areas of
damaged turf to the condition in which he found them at
the start of the job and that a grass stand be
established on all cleared areas. The only areas not to
be seeded are areas receiving gravel or paved surfaces.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A. Existing topsoil shall be reused where practical. See
Section 02218, LANDSCAPE GRADING.
2.02 SEED
A. Certified, blue tag, clean, delivered in original,
unopened packages and bearing an analysis of the
contents, guaranteed 95 percent pure and to have a
minimum germination rate of 85 percent, within 1 year of
test.
2.03 SEED MIX
A. Mix for all areas shall follow the recommendations of the
local Agricultural Extension Agent, depending on the
season.
B. Separate lawn and field grass mixes shall be utilized, as
appropriate for the application area.
pa[l.11aid
Erylnkkrs
lna jroraME
farfl..als1 Arkansas
J
' I PART 3 EXECUTION
I
F
F
I
I
L
I
I
I
1
3.01 PROJECT SCHEDULE
A. The overall Project Schedule shall show an anticipated
time for grading and seeding to take place, so that
seasonal consideration can be given attention.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION METHODS - GRADING OF TOPSOIL
A. Shape the topsoil over the area to the desired shape and
contour.
B. Apply commercial fertilizer at the manufacturer's
recommended rate, distributing it uniformly with a
mechanical spreader. The minimum application rate shall
be 500 lbs per acre. Fertilizer blend shall be as
recommended by the local Agricultural Extension Agent.
3.03 FINISH GRADING
A. Thoroughly mix the topsoil and fertilizer.
B. Rake the area to a uniform grade so that all areas drain
in the same manner as at the start of the project.
C. Lightly compact before planting grass.
D. Remove all trash and stones exceeding 1 -inch in diameter
from area to a depth of 3 -inches prior to preparation and
planting grass.
3.04 TIME OF SEEDING
A. Conduct seeding under favorable weather conditions during
seasons which are normal for such work as determined by
accepted practice in locality of project.
3.05 MECHANICAL SEEDING
A. Sow grassed areas evenly with a mechanical spreader at
rate of 100 pounds per acre, roll with cultipacker to
cover seed, and water with fine spray. Method of seeding
may be varied at discretion of Contractor on his own
responsibility to establish a smooth, uniformly grassed
area.
I
4CCfs'iand
^ommfind
EnJalsrs
Inaorpo'o .d
Fopl.. •J:a. A kanoa.
I
' I 3.06 HYDROSEEDING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
[1
A. At the Contractor's option, seed may be applied by
hydroseeding method. Seeding shall be done within 10
days following soil preparation. Hydroseed all areas at
rate of 100 pounds seed and 500 pounds ammonium phosphate
per acre.
B. Proceed with seeding operation on moist soil, but only
after free surface water has drained away.
C. Exercise due care to prevent drift and displacement of
mixture into other areas.
3.07 WINTER PROTECTIVE SEEDING
A. Winter barley or annual rye grass applied at a rate of
120 pounds/acre shall be used after September 15.
3.08 MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each portion of grass
is planted and continue until a reasonable stand of grass
has been obtained. Water to keep surface soil moist.
Repair washed out areas by filling with topsoil,
fertilizing, and seeding.
3.09 GUARANTEE
A. If, at the end of a 180 -day period, a satisfactory stand
of grass has not been produced, the Contractor shall
renovate and reseed the grass or unsatisfactory portions
thereof immediately, or, if after the usual planting
season, during the next planting season. If a
satisfactory stand of grass develops by July 1 of the
following year, it will be accepted. If it is not
accepted, a complete replanting will be required during
the planting season meeting all of the requirements
specified under CONSTRUCTION METHODS.
B. A satisfactory stand is defined as grass or section of
grass that has:
No bare spots larger than 0.5 square feet.
3.10 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the unit price bid per foot of pipe for pipeline
work, and part of the lump sum bid for pump station work.
END OF SECTION
pals, land
CansUit?,c
Enp'naoa
Ircarparotsd
Foy*tS vJ, a, Arkagsas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
F
I
I
ET
I
SECTION 02601
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary for the
restoration of asphalt and concrete pavement, replacement
of sidewalks, curb and gutter, drainage facilities, and
incidental work, complete.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Where the term "Standard Specifications for Highway
Construction" is used, such reference shall mean the
current edition of Arkansas Highway and Transportation
Department Standard Specifications. Where reference is
made to a specific part of the Standard Specifications,
such applicable part shall be considered as part of this
section of the Specifications. In case of a conflict in
the requirements of the Standard Specifications and the
requirements stated herein, the requirements herein shall
prevail.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section 02200 - Earthwork, Trench Excavation and Backfill
1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING
A. Prior to the delivery of specified aggregate to the site,
the Contractor shall submit samples of the material for
the Engineer's approval. Samples shall be typical of
materials to be furnished from the proposed source and in
conformance with the specified requirements.
B. Prior to the delivery of asphalt materials and paving
mixes to the site, the Contractor shall submit
certificates of compliance of such materials with these
Specifications.
C. Where laboratory testing is specified herein, the
Contractor shall employ an independent testing laboratory
k ' Conwitnq
rar
Incorparporal•e
Fapn.ru lq At kansl
I
I
I
I
L
L
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
L
to conduct such tests and submit certificates of the test
results to ensure Specification conformance.
D. The costs for submittals shall be included in the
price(s) quoted for the work under this section.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 CONCRETE
A. Concrete for sidewalks, pavement, and miscellaneous
construction shall conform to ASTM C 94, Alternate 3; and
shall have a design mix proportioned for 3,000 pounds per
square inch compressive strength at 28 days. Concrete
mix shall contain no less than 5-1/2 sacks of cement per
cubic yard.
2.02 CONCRETE FORMS
A. All forms for pavement and sidewalks shall be either
2 -inch dimensioned lumber, plywood, or metal forms.
2.03 CURING COMPOUND
A. Commercial grade conforming to ASTM C 309, Type I.
2.04 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 40.
2.05 BASE COURSE
A. Gravel for the base course shall be clean, hard, durable,
pit -run crushed stone which is reasonably graded from
coarse to fine. Base course shall conform to Section 303
for Class 7 Base of the Standard Specifications for
Highway Construction and compacted as specified herein.
2.06 GRAVEL SURFACE COURSE
A. Gravel for the surface course shall be clean, hard, and
durable, and shall be reasonably graded from coarse to
fine. The surface course shall conform to Section 303
for Class 7 Base of the Standard Specifications for
Highway Construction.
2.07 ASPHALT CEMENT
A. Asphalt cement for binder shall be AC 85-100 paving
asphalt conforming to the Standard Specifications unless
otherwise specified.
flMlaariand
Cm.ulh n0
Inca korcaa
Fa/.Ibva4. Akan a
I
I
I
I
I
C
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
Il
II'
I
H
I
2.08 PRIME COAT
A. Asphalt to be used for a prime coat shall be asphalt
emulsion Type RS -2, CRS -2, or liquid asphalt MC -70,
MC -250, or RC -250 conforming to ASTM D 977, D 2397, D
2027, or D 2028.
2.09 TACK COAT
A. Asphalt emulsion conforming to ASTM D 977 or D 2397,
unless otherwise specified.
2.10 ASPHALT CONCRETE
A. Asphalt concrete for paving the designated area shall be
Type II hot -plant mix and all materials shall conform to
the requirements of Section 408 of the Standard
Specifications for Highway Construction. Portions of the
referenced specification that are obviously not
applicable for the type of work to be done shall be
disregarded.
2.11 CULVERT
A. Culvert pipe shall be galvanized corrugated metal pipe
not less than 14 -gauge and shall conform to AASHTO M 36
with the added requirement that the pipe and coupling
bands shall be completely coated with bituminous material
conforming to ASTM D 449. Provide manufacturer's
standard coupling bands, complete. Bolts shall be
galvanized.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION
A. Trench backfill shall be as specified in Section 02200,
EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
B. Replace all bituminous pavement damaged under this
Contract with like materials.
C. Replace concrete pavement damaged under this Contract
with minimum of 6 -inch thickness or to conform with
existing, whichever is greater.
D. In addition to the requirements set forth herein, the
work shall
conform
to the
applicable workmanship
requirements
of the
AHTD
Standard Specifications
*4K,/4,
Calwlfl•Iq
boor paat/d
Fcyrt/vPb, Ar/anw/
U
I
1
L
Li
U
L
LJ
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
referenced heretofore.
3.02 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT, SIDEWALK, CURBS, AND GUTTERS
A. Removal of all pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters
shall conform to Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, and payment for removal shall be
included in that section.
3.03 STREET MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain all trenches as specified under Section 02200,
EARTHWORK. TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
3.04 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation and backfill are specified in Section 02200,
EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL. Special
backfill around culvert pipe is specified with the
culvert installation.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CULVERT
A. Install culvert where shown on the Drawings or where
existing culverts are destroyed. Pipe shall be carefully
bedded to provide uniform bearing. Coupling bands shall
be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Use gravel base course to a point 6
inches above pipe. Backfill remainder with base course
material. Place backfill in 6 -inch lifts uniformly on
both sides of the pipe simultaneously, and thoroughly
compact each lift with mechanical tampers before placing
the next lift.
3.06 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE
A. Bring subgrade to proper grade and cross section shown by
means of a blade grader or other suitable equipment.
Compact subgrade with bulldozer, roller, loaded trucks,
or other suitable equipment moving uniformly over the
surface. As the compaction of the subgrade proceeds, dig
out all soft or spongy areas and fill the resulting
holes with locally available red chert, clay gravel, or
other material satisfactory to the Engineer. Dispose of
excess materials resulting from grading. Do not permit
heavy machinery to operate adjacent to structures where
such operations may cause damage. The finished subgrade
shall provide a satisfactory base for the road and be
acceptable to the Engineer.
' CogWa @
L
t
e r. HJRY�n
wDmv ee
InmDerafee
'D).MmW, Ar.en.a.
I
3.07 BASE COURSE
H
C
H
IA
IH
H
L
H
�J
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Spread gravel base course on prepared subgrade in a
uniform layer, without segregation of size, to such loose
depth that, when compacted, the course shall have a
thickness of 6 -inches. Compact the base course to a
minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as
determined by ASTM D 1557. Sprinkle base material as
necessary to aid compaction. Blade ruts and
irregularities smooth during the compaction process until
a smooth surface, conforming to the grade shown, is
obtained.
3.08 SURFACE COURSE TOP COURSE
A. The cross
subject to
the varyi
1 -1/2 -inch
compacted,
section of the finished surface shall be
reasonable variation by the Engineer to meet
ng conditions encountered. Spread the
minus rock to such a loose depth that, when
it will be a minimum depth of 2 -inches.
Compact the surface material to the same as that
specified for the base course and blade until the top
surface is smooth and conforms to the grade and crown
requirements shown.
3.09 TACK COAT
A. Apply a tack coat on existing asphalt concrete pavement
and to each lift of new pavement that is to receive a
succeeding lift in conformance with Section 403 of the
Standard Specifications for Highway Construction.
3.10 PRIME COAT
A. The prime coat shall be applied to the leveling course in
accordance with Section 403 of the referenced
specification at the rate of 0.20- to 0.30 -gallon per
square yard of surface area. The exact amount is to be
determined by the Engineer.
3.11 CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. Lay asphalt concrete over the base course in a single
lift and the compacted depth shall be 3 -inches. The
method of proportioning, mixing, transporting, laying,
processing, rolling the material, and the standards of
workmanship shall conform to the applicable requirements
of Section 408 of the Standard Specifications.
B. The Engineer will examine the base before the paving is
begun and bring any deficiencies to the Contractor's
MKpdnM
np
6ig'n..prnun
Ir. a,.pp•afrl
Fa)yf .Ydi,, Arkon.oz
I
I
I
I
I
I
n
n
L
I
I
I
1.
I
I
11
I
I
attention to be corrected before the paving is started.
Roll each lift of the asphalt concrete and compact to the
density specified in the referenced Standard
Specification for Highway Construction. The grade, line,
and cross section of the finished surface shall conform
to the Drawings. Asphalt or asphalt stains which are
noticeable upon surfaces of concrete or materials which
will be exposed to view shall be promptly and completely
removed.
3.12 SURFACE RESTORATION
A. Maintain all trenches as specified under Section 02200,
EARTHWORK, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL, until surface
restoration is completed.
3.13 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT FOR PIPE TRENCHES
A. Bring the trench to a smooth, even grade at the correct
distance below the top of the existing pavement surface
so as to provide adequate space for the base course and
pavement. Trim existing pavement to a straight line to
remove any pavement which has been damaged or which is
broken and unsound to provide a smooth, sound edge for
joining the new pavement.
B. Compact the subgrade with mechanical vibratory or impact
tampers to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum as
determined by ASTM D 1557. Any subsequent settlement of
the finished surfacing during the warranty period shall
be promptly repaired by the Contractor, at the
Contractor's sole expense.
C. Place sufficient base course on the subgrade to obtain a
thickness of 6 inches after compaction. Place for the
full width of the trench and process as required to
provide a smooth surface without segregation.
D. Compact the base course with mechanical vibratory or
impact tampers to a minimum of 95 percent of maximum
density as determined by ASTM D 1557. Any subsequent
settlement of the finished surfacing during the warranty
period shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor, at
the Contractor's sole expense.
E. Place base course under all pavement to be replaced and,
in addition, under gravel surfaced shoulders and other
gravelled areas.
F. After the leveling course has been compacted, apply an
asphalt prime coat, specified above, at 0.20 to 0.30
gallon per square yard to the surface of the leveling
ycCls'(and
Coos.,Iisq
' tapinnn
Fonnn'I4. Lkamas
I
n
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
n
J
I
I
course and to the edges of the existing pavement.
G. Place the asphalt concrete on the prepared subgrade over
the trench to a compacted depth of not less than 3 inches
or the depth of the adjacent pavement, whichever is
greater. Spread and level the asphalt concrete with hand
tools or by use of a mechanical spreader, depending upon
the area to be paved. Bring the asphalt concrete to the
proper grade and compact by rolling or the use of hand
tampers where rolling is impossible or impractical.
H. Roll with power rollers capable of providing compression
of 200 to 300 pounds per linear inch. Begin the rolling
from the outside edge of the replacement progressing
toward the existing surfacing, lapping the existing
surface at least 1/2 the width of the roller. If
existing surfacing bounds both edges of the replacement,
begin rolling at the edges of the replacement, lapping
the existing surface at least 1/2 the width of the
roller, and progress toward the center of the replacement
area. Overlap each preceding track by at least 1/2 the
width of the roller and make sufficient passes over the
entire area to remove all roller marks.
I. The finished surface of the new compacted paving shall be
flush with the existing surface and shall conform to the
grade and crown of the adjacent pavement.
J. Immediately after the new paving is compacted, all joints
between new and original asphalt pavement shall be
painted with hot asphalt or asphalt emulsion and be
covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt
solidifies.
K. The surface smoothness of the replaced pavement shall be
such that when a straightedge is laid across the patch
area between the edges of the old surfacing and the
surface of the new pavement, the new pavement shall not
deviate from the straightedge more than 1/4 inch.
3.14 WEATHER CONDITIONS
A. Asphalt shall not be applied to wet material. Asphalt
shall not be applied during rainfall, sand or dust
storms, or any imminent storms that might adversely
affect the construction. The Engineer will determine
when surfaces and material are dry enough to proceed with
construction. Asphalt concrete shall not be placed (1)
when the atmospheric temperature is lower than 40 degrees
F, (2) during heavy rainfall, or (3) when the surface
upon which it is to be placed is frozen or wet. Asphalt
G.nnitnq
•.r.
fnprn..n
FO)at nl:., A•k.ma.
for prime coat shall not be applied when the surface
temperature is less than 50 degrees F. Exceptions will
be permitted only in special cases and only with prior
written approval of the Engineer.
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
1
3.15 PROTECTION OF STRUCTURES
A. Provide whatever protective covering may be necessary to
protect the exposed portions of bridges, culverts, curbs,
gutters, posts, guard fences, road signs, and any other
structures from splashing oil and asphalt from the paving
operations. Remove any oil, asphalt, dirt, or any other
undesirable matter that may come upon these structures
by reason of the paving operations.
B. Where water valve boxes, manholes, catch basins, or other
underground utility appurtenances are within the area to
be surfaced, the resurfacing shall be level with the top
of the existing finished elevation of these facilities.
If it is evident that these facilities are not in
accordance with the proposed finished surface, notify the
Engineer to have the proper authority contacted in order
to have the facility altered before proceeding with the
resurfacing around the obstruction. Consider any delays
experienced from such obstructions as incidental to the
paving operation. No additional payment will be made.
Protect all covers during asphalt application.
3.16 EXCESS MATERIALS
A. Dispose of all excess materials. Make arrangements for
the disposal and bear all costs or retain any profit
incidental to such disposal.
3.17
'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Settlement of replaced pavement over trenches within the
warranty period shall be considered the result of
improper or inadequate compaction of the subbase or base
materials. The Contractor shall promptly repair all
pavement deficiencies noted during the warranty period at
the Contractor's sole expense.
3.18 CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A. Pavement replaced shall be the same thickness as that
removed, except that in no instance shall it be less than
a minimum of 6 inches. Protect the newly placed concrete
from traffic for a period of 7 days and cure by covering
with burlap, sand, earth, or sawdust, which is kept
continuously wet.
M'CJF !land
onWHQ
Enp1n..r,
Inarparabo
Faya'tan'4, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
C
7
H
I
I
f1
I
I
I
I
I
HI
IU
B. Handle and place concrete pavement in accordance with the
Standard Specifications for Highway Construction of the
Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department.
3.19 GRAVEL SURFACING
A. Where required by the Drawings, and where necessary to
match existing surfaces, place crushed rock, gravel
surfacing material, as specified herein, on streets,
driveways, parking areas, street shoulders, and other
gravelled areas disturbed by the construction. Spread
the rock by tailgating and supplement by hand labor where
necessary. Level and grade the rock to conform to
existing grades and surfaces.
3.20 SIDEWALKS AND CURBS
A. Replace concrete sidewalks and curbs to the same section
width, depth, line and grade as that removed or damaged.
Cut ends of existing curb to a vertical plane. Prior to
replacing the sections, properly backfill and compact the
trench to prevent subsequent settlement.
B. Cut ends of existing curbs to a vertical plane.
Construct forms to match existing. Place concrete and
finish exposed surfaces similar to adjacent curb.
C. Replace concrete sidewalks between scored joints and make
replacement in a manner that will avoid a patched
appearance. Provide a minimum 2 -inch thick compacted
gravel base course of quality hereinbefore specified.
Finish concrete surface similar to the adjacent
sidewalks. Score joints and finish edges with a steel
edging tool.
D. Tunneling under curbs and sidewalks is optional.
However, should any subsequent cracking, subsidence, or
any other indication of failure occur within the warranty
period, the damaged section shall promptly be replaced at
the Contractor's sole expense.
3.21 ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS AND WALKS
A. Replace asphalt driveways and walks in accordance with
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT.
3.22 CLEANUP
A. Clean up all debris and unused materials from the paving
operation. Clean all surfaces that have been spattered
or defaced as a result of the paving operation.
Mccr&iaa
Ca.allna
Elplaa InoorawarW
Fay t4vil. Artamaa
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
I
I
I
I
I
I
S
Li
L
C
H
3.23 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for settlement
or deterioration of the finished street crossing pavement
during the warranty period.
3.24 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work under this section shall be based on
the appropriate unit prices stated in the Contractor's
Proposal. Payment shall be considered full compensation
for furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment to
complete the work as specified under this section.
B. Payment for replacement of gravel surface and base course
shall be made as specified in Section 02200, EARTHWORK,
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
3.25 ASPHALT CONCRETE AND PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
REPLACEMENT
A. Payment for asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete
pavement will be based on the unit price per square yard
stated in the Contractor's Proposal for the actual area
replaced. Payment will be limited to a maximum width of
8 feet. All pavement damaged outside this 8 -foot limit
shall be replaced at the Contractor's sole expense. The
number of square yards will be measured by the Engineer.
B. The unit prices shall include payment for excavation
required to provide space for the surfacing, preparation
of the trench, tack coat, prime coat, surfacing, disposal
of all excess excavated materials, and all other work
required to complete the resurfacing.
3.26 SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT
A. Payment for replacing the damaged sidewalks shall be
based on the unit price per square yard as stated in the
Contractor's Proposal. Payment will, however, be limited
to sidewalks replaced within 4 feet of the pipe
centerline. All sidewalks damaged outside this limit
shall be replaced at the Contractor's sole expense.
3.27 CURB AND GUTTER REPLACEMENT
A. Payment for replacing damaged curb (and gutter where
applicable) shall be based on the unit price per linear
foot as stated in the Contractor's Proposal. Payment
will, however, be limited to curbs and gutters replaced
MGC;.',a"
Cvaauwy
laooraora'a!
FaMNv'Ua, A•ka"08
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
r,
within 4 feet of the pipe centerline. All curbs and
gutters damaged outside of this limit shall be replaced
at the Contractor's sole expense.
END OF SECTION
=;;aaa
Craw l.rs
,cotErieras
I�oorporaNa
Cayonovdio. ArtaMaa
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r-1
I
r -
L
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03210
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the reinforcing steel and welded wire
fabric.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
1. Bending Lists
2. Placing Drawings
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.01 DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS
A. Deformed billet -steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade
60.
2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Conform to ASTM A 185 or A 497.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Tie wire shall be 16 -gauge, black, soft -annealed wire.
Bar supports shall be of proper type for intended use.
Bar supports in beams, columns, walls, and slabs exposed
to view after stripping shall be small rectangular
concrete blocks made up of the same color and same
strength concrete being placed around them. Use concrete
supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade.
Conform to requirements of "Placing Reinforcing Bars"
published by CRSI.
I
flMCCl.nfond
onwf:n.y
En,mu-s
inaofyarattd
Fo f?.viIi., Arkonw,
I
I
I
I
El
fl
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Conform to "Placing Reinforcing Bars", Recommended
Practices, Joint Effort of CRSI-WCRSI, prepared under the
direction of the CRSI Committee on Engineering Practice.
B. Notify the Engineer when reinforcing is ready for
inspection and allow sufficient time for this inspection
prior to casting concrete.
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver steel with
suitable
hauling and
handling
equipment. Tag steel
for easy identification.
Store to
prevent contact with the ground.
The unloading,
storing,
and handling bars on the job
shall conform
to CRSI
publication "Placing
Reinforcing
Bars".
3.03 PLACING
STEEL - CLEANING
A. Clean metal reinforcement of any loose mill scale, oil,
earth and other contaminants.
3.04 STRAIGHTENING AND REBENDING REINFORCING STEEL
A. Do not straighten or rebend metal reinforcement. Where
construction access through reinforcing is a problem,
bundling or spacing of bars instead of bending shall be
used. Submit details and obtain Engineer's review prior
to placing.
3.05 PROTECTION, SPACING, AND POSITIONING OF REINFORCING STEEL
A. Conform to the current edition of the ACI Standard
Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI
318), reviewed placing drawings and design drawings.
3.06 REINFORCING STEEL - LOCATION TOLERANCE
A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing
Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings.
3.07 SPLICING
A. Conform to Drawings and current edition of ACI Code 318.
Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered.
MCCI.tiOfld
CawJf a
a
Cassrs$rft$
•prn
Ir.caraa•afsa
Fay.•f,vl'b, Arkansas
I
I
3.08 TYING DEFORMED REINFORCING BARS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
A. Conform to the current edition of "Placing Reinforcing
Bars" published by Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
and to the Details and Notes on the Drawings.
3.09 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS
A. Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or
opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develpp
bond in each bar. Where welded wire fabrics is used,
provide extra reinforcing using fabric of deformed bars.
3.10 WELDING REINFORCEMENT
A. Welding shall not be permitted unless the Contractor
submits detailed shop drawings, qualifications, and
radiographic nondestructive testing procedures for review
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the results
of this review prior to proceeding. The basis for the
Contractor submittals shall be The Structural Welding
Code, Reinforcing Steel, AWS D1.4-79, published by the
American Welding Society and the applicable portions of
ACI 318, current edition. The Contractor shall test 10
percent of all welds using radiographic, nondestructive
testing procedures referenced in this code.
3.11 PLACING WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Extend fabric to within 2 inches of the edges of the
slab, and lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the
fabric and a minimum of 6 inches. Tie laps and splices
securely at ends and at least every 24 inches with
16 -gauge black annealed steel wire. Ensure that the
welded wire fabric is placed at the proper distance above
the bottom of the slab. Conform also to ACI 318-77 and
to the current Manual of Standard Practice, Welded Wire
Fabric, by the Wire Reinforcement Institute regarding
placement, bends, laps, and other requirements.
3.12 FIELD BENDING
A. Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted
when rebending will later be required to straighten bars.
Rebending of bars at the same place where strain
hardening has taken place due to the original bend will
damage the bar. Consult with the Engineer prior to any
pour if the contractor foresees a need to work out a
solution to prevent field bending.
MCCitJOnd
HlOQ
a Q
Eaaraura
incorporated
rayra,vi'u, Arkamat
3.13 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable unit price or lump sum bid amounts
stated in the Proposal.
END OF SECTION
nMCLI. end
C.nsllny
Inxrporard
Fapf.v'O.. Arkansas
I
I
I
I
U
L
SECTION 03215
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the expansion, construction and
contraction joints.
B. See Part 3, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and Division 1,
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and
requirements that apply to the work specified herein and
are mandatory for this project.
1.02 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section No.
03300
04230
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Concrete
Reinforced Concrete
Mansonry Units
2.01 BOND BREAKER TAPE FOR EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Where indicated, bond breaker tape shall be an
adhesive -backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which
will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint
material or concrete surface as required. The tape shall
be the same width as the joint.
2.02 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER - BITUMINOUS TYPE
A. Bituminous type conforming to ASTM D 994 or D 1751,
unless otherwise shown or specified.
.ac,.:lew
:orwlHng
Enaln..r.
Thwporaf.E
onn.vil... At.ama.
J
I
I
I
I
I
FT
I
I
I
I
El
2.03 BOND BREAKER
A. Bond breaker, except where a tape is specifically called
for, shall be either bond breaker tape as hereinbefore
specified or a bond prevention material, nonstaining
type, as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE.
2.04 POURABLE JOINT FILLERS - RUBBER ASPHALT FILLER
A. Hot -pour type, conforming to ASTM D 1190. Primer shall
be as recommended by the manufacturer.
2.05 COAL -TAR TAPE
A. Coal -tar tape shall be Protecto Wrap 200, manufactured by
Protecto Wrap Co., Denver, CO; Tapecoat CT, manufactured
by Tapecoat Company, Inc., Evanston, IL; or equal.
2.06 STEEL EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS
A. Dowel bars shall be smooth steel conforming to ASTM A 36.
Coating on bars shall be System No. 29, FUSION BONDED
COATING, per Section 09900, PAINTING.
2.07 ROOFING FELT
A. Thirty -pound asphalt -saturated roofing felt conforming to
ASTM D 226, Type II; or a tar -saturated roofing felt of
equal quality at the option of the Contractor.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 JOINT PREPARATION - GENERAL
A. The joints shall be accurately located and constructed to
produce straight joints; and shall be vertical or
horizontal, except where walls intersect sloping floors.
B. The concrete pour shall not commence until after the
joint preparation has been inspected and approved by the
Engineer.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Prior to placing the abutting concrete, the contact
surface shall be cleaned by sandblasting or other
approved means to remove all laitance and expose the
aggregate. The exposed portion of the reinforcing steel
shall be cleaned of all concrete. The cleaning method
shall be conducted so as not to damage the water stop, if
one is present. Grout for horizontal construction joints
shall be as specified in Section 03300, CONCRETE.
flkxCra/rnM
Gpnssn
rnow0oraM0
Fs"ftowd's, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
1
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete by one of
the following methods:
1. Sandblasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels
after the concrete has fully cured to remove all
laitance and spillage, and to expose sound
aggregate.
2. Water blasting the foundation and reinforcing
dowels after the concrete has partially cured to
remove all laitance and spillage, and to expose
sound aggregate.
3. Green cutting fresh concrete with high pressure
water and hand tools to remove all laitance and
spillage from the foundation and reinforcing
dowels, and to expose sound aggregate.
3.03 LOCATION
A. Joints as shown on the Drawings, or as approved.
3.04 TIME BETWEEN POURS
A. At least 2 hours must elapse after depositing concrete in
long or high columns and/or heavy walls before depositing
in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. For short
columns and low height walls, 10 feet or less, wait at
least 45 minutes prior to depositing concrete in beams,
girders, brackets, column capitals, or slabs supported
thereon. Beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and
haunches shall be considered as part of the floor or roof
system and shall be placed monolithically therewith.
Where cold joints will result and this joint will be
below the finished water surface, provide and install a
water stop in the joint.
3.05 EXPANSION JOINTS - GENERAL
A. The premolded joint filler shall be of sufficient width
to completely fill the joint space. If a water stop is
in the joint, the premolded joint filler shall be
accurately cut to butt tightly against the water stop and
the side forms.
B. At locations where joint sealant is to be applied, the
premolded joint filler shall be precut the required
depth.
nMapUlanC
tonwllnp
flgmwn
Ingllparoled
FaNtlovn lo, ArRanno
Cavities for joint sealant shall be fc
precut, premolded joint filler;
accurately -shaped material that can be
Concrete shall be thoroughly vibrated along the joint
form to produce a dense, smooth surface. Surface
irregularities along the joint sealant cavity, due to
improper concrete consolidation or faulty form removal,
shall be repaired with an approved compound compatible
with the joint sealant in a manner that is satisfactory
to the sealant manufacturer.
Drive nails at about 1 foot on centers through the filler
to provide anchors into the concrete when it is placed.
Place premolded joint filler in the forms in the proper
position before concrete is poured. Install premolded
joint filler in all walks (to provide expansion and
contraction joints at not more than 20 -foot intervals),
at all changes in direction at intersections, and at
each side of driveway entrances.
Install pourable joint fillers in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Thoroughly clean joints by
sandblasting the concrete surfaces of each side of the
joint from the plastic water stop to the top of the
joint, dry the joint, and remove all dust and foreign
material; prime before pouring the filler. Avoid
damaging the water stop by sandblasting operations.
Primer shall be compatible with the filler material.
Heat rubber asphalt filler material in a double -walled
boiler and place in the joint by means of a nozzle.
Prevent spillage outside of the joint. Begin pouring
joint filler at the bottom of the horizontal joint and
proceed upwards in a manner that will preclude the
possibility of trapping air in the joint. Use masking
tape at each side of joint to assist in cleaning all
spillage.
Install parallel ti
horizontal position
rigid ties. Dowels
movement.
wall or slab face
by securing tightly
shall be oriented to
flwcti.'i and
Crwunp
Fnpmors
Inpsrpr0tH
F)H4pLq Arkansas
3.10 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the applicable lump sum bid amounts stated in the
Proposal.
1
END OF SECTION
1
flD /bna•In.y
EnCM.oa
I.DYD.IDNE
..),II.v'1 ., A'k.m..
I
I
I
H
I
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03300
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the cast -in -place concrete, including
formwork.
B. See Part 3, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, and Division 1,
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and
requirements that apply to the work specified herein and
are mandatory for this project.
1.02 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. Concrete Mix Design
2. Certification for Aggregate Quality
1.03 PLANT INSPECTION
A. The Engineer shall have access to and have the right to
inspect all batch plants, cement mills, and supply
facilities of suppliers, manufacturers, subcontractors,
and contractors providing products included in these
Specifications. Batch plants shall have current
certification that all weighing scales have been tested
and are within the tolerances as set forth in the
National Bureau of Standards Handbook No. 44.
B. Batch plant equipment shall be either semiautomatic or
fully automatic.
1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section No. Item
03210 Reinforcing Steel
03215 Expansion, Construction
and Contraction Joints
Section 03300 - 1
flMCUN.ee
q:nuo
lr oorn.-m.e
FQ„p.vil., /111. ...
r-,
I
I
I
I
I
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CEMENT
A. Cement type will be submitted by the Contractor for the
Engineer's approval.
2.02 WATER
A. Clean and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or
other deleterious substances.
2.03 CONCRETE AGGREGATES - GENERAL
A. Natural aggregates, free from deleterious coatings,
conforming to ASTM C33, together with all referenced AST?!
Standard Specifications, except as modified herein.
Aggregates shall not be potentially reactive as defined
in Appendix XI of ASTM C33. The Contractor's attention
is directed also to Paragraph S1.1 of Appendix XI of
ASTM C 33 since evidence of reactive problems on existing
structures shall be used also to prove that sources of
aggregates are reactive and cannot be used. The
Contractor shall be responsible for meeting these
Specifications and shall import nonreactive aggregates if
local aggregates are reactive. Aggregates shall be
thoroughly and uniformly washed before use.
2.04 FINE AGGREGATES
A. Conform to ASTM C33.
shall not exceed 4
natural sand.
2.05 COARSE AGGREGATE
Materials finer than the 200 sieve
percent. Use only clean, sharp,
A. Use only natural gravels, a combination of gravels and
crushed gravels, crushed stone, or a combination of these
materials containing no more than 15 percent float or
elongated particles (long dimension more than five times
the short dimension). Materials finer than the 200 sieve
shall not exceed 0.5 percent.
2.06 GROUTS - NONSHRINK
A. Nonshrink grout for general use where required, shall
conform to the Corps of Engineers' Specification for
Nonshrink Grout, CRD-C621-81, and to these
Specifications. The grout shall be subject to
prequalification tests performed by the grout
manufacturer. The results of the tests shall be
Section 03300 - 2
Mcq,don1
Engn..'.
Inaoncoraa'alad
Fa,ausv, F., Arta+sos
E
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
1l
I
I]
I
submitted to and evaluated by the Engineer ad included in
this Specification prior to bidding to be acceptable.
The tests shall be performed in an independent test
laboratory or other prearranged location approved by the
Engineer to verify fluidity, placement, shrinkage, and
strength. Actual placement tests using steel baseplates
will be used. The manufacturer shall furnish all
baseplates and material, and shall perform the testing at
his expense.
Be Grout shall be a fluid grout capable of satisfactorily
meeting the Engineer's baseplate test and shall be
nonmetallic, unless specified for special use
hereinafter. The grout shall be a nongas-liberating
type, cement base product; premixed product requiring
only the addition of water for the required consistency.
All components shall be inorganic. No material, except
water, shall be added at the project site.
C. The grout product shall satisfy all of the above
requirements even though the project use calls for a dry
pack consistency and use.
D. The following listed grouts are the only materials that
have been tested, reviewed, and prequalif ied by the
Engineer, that meet these requirements, and are
acceptable for general use such as grouting of equipment
supports.
1. SET nonshrinking grout, Master Builders Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio
2. Crystex, L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha,
Nebraska
E. For grouting baseplates for machinery, see Category I and
Category II grouts hereinafter specified.
F. The grout used shall be cured as recommended by the grout
manufacturer.
2.07 FORM MATERIAL - GENERAL
A. Form surfaces shall be in "new and undamaged" condition
and may be plywood, hard plastic finished plywood,
overlaid waterproof particle board, and steel of
sufficient strength and surface smoothness to produce the
specified finish.
B. All joints in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged,
and/or caulked with an approved material so that the
joint will remain watertight and withstand placing
Section 03300 - 3
MCCI.!land
a — r j, umy
Eryaun
:naara.raf d
Fayan..nq, Arkon.o.
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F
EU
I
I
I
I
I
pressures
without bulging outward or creating surface
patterns. Formwork with gaps and apertures in the form
surfaces shall not be used. Form surfaces that have been
damaged and are no longer in a smooth "new and undamaged"
condition shall not be reused except in areas where
finish is of no real concern and then only after written
approval is obtained from the Engineer.
C. The Contractor shall
requirements included in
Specification, and shall
for review by Engineer
purchase of forms.
2.08 FORM TIES
comply with all form tie
the various sections of this
submit shop drawing information
and obtain approval prior to
A. Form ties on exposed surfaces shall be located in a
uniform pattern or as indicated on the Drawings. Form
ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains
embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at
each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type
inserts, inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in
contact with forming material, and shall be constructed
so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface
when the forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. Wire
ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all
pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable
limits.
B. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or
rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and
sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the
tie hole.
2.09 BOND BREAKER
A. Bond breaker shall be a nonstaining type, which will
provide a positive bond prevention such as Williams
Tilt -Up Compound, as manufactured by Williams
Distributors, Inc., Seattle, WA; Silcoseal 77, as
manufactured by SCA Construction Supply Division,
Superior Concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, IL; or
equal. Submit review copies of manufacturer's data,
recommendations, and instructions for specific use on
this project.
2.10 CURING COMPOUND
A. Curing compound to conform to the requirements of ASTM
C309, with the additional requirement that permeability
not exceed 0.039 gm/square cm/72 hours. Masterseal,
Section 03300 - 4
YLCi1'rab
' :a1a1Y.0
Ea,W6„ry
Ina,raOra:Id
FaY*?t.VIH Arkansas
I.
PART 3
I
F
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
manufactured by Master Builders, Cleveland, Ohio; Euco
Floor Coat, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Co.,
Cleveland, Ohio; or equal. Curing compounds shall be
compatible with required finishes and/or coatings. Tests
for compliance shall be made by manufacturer with
certification furnished by the Contractor.
Manufacturer's certification shall state quantity or
coverage required to meet or exceed tests and method of
application. The manufacturer shall submit certification
that the product meets ASTM C309 and the additional
permeability requirement, and shall specifically state
the coverage required to meet these requirements. The
Contractor shall not use the curing compound where
additional finishes such as hardeners, paintings,
staining, and other special coatings are required. Use
water curing as hereinafter specified instead.
3.01 DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIX - PROPORTIONS (GENERAL)
A. Before beginning any concrete work, the Contractor shall
have the concrete mix designed and the ingredients
selected and proportioned by an approved independent
testing laboratory meeting the requirements of ASTM E
329. Certified copies of all laboratory trial mix
reports shall be sent to the Engineer from the testing
laboratory. Do not place concrete prior to the
Engineer's review and acceptance in writing of the
concrete mixes and the cylinder test results from these
laboratory mixes.
B. The concrete mix shall be designed so that the
proportions will produce results that will meet the
requirements of the project.
C. The concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with ACI
211 subject to the following specifications.
D. Design the mix and perform tests to meet the following
requirements:
1. Design strength of structural concrete shall be a
minimum of 4,000 psi at 28 days. The combined
aggregate grading shall be for the 1 inch grading
combination hereinafter specified, unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified
herein.
Section 03300 - 5
I
nYacf.'lala
lanwl'anp
Log: on
incroora.e
Fari"e. !'s, A'Aan.as
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
I
2. The water -cement ratio or water -cement plus
pozzolan ratio, if applicable, shall not exceed
0.49 by weight, unless otherwise approved in
writing by the Engineer.
3. Minimum cement content or combined cement plus fly
ash content when fly ash is used for performance
and longevity, regardless of design strength, shall
be 517 pounds per cubic yard for concrete with
1 -1/2 -inch maximum size aggregate, 540 pounds per
cubic yard for 1 -inch maximum size aggregate, and
564 pounds per cubic yard for 3/4 -inch maximum size
aggregate. The Contractor shall increase cement
content or the combined cement plus fly ash
content, when fly ash is used, as required to meet
strength requirements.
The amount of fly ash used shall not exceed 25
percent or be less than 15 percent of the total
weight of fly ash plus cement.
Verify that design mix test results reflect the
slump to be used.
4. Concrete used for thrust blocks and encasement of
pipelines shall have a design strength of 2,000 psi
at 28 days.
3.02 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS AND MIXING
A. Conform to ACI 304 current edition and to other
requirements hereinbefore specified for mix design,
testing, and quality control and to these Specifications.
3.03 RETE4PERING
A. The retempering of concrete or mortar in which the cement
has partially hydrated will not be permitted.
3.04 REUSE OF FORMS
A. Reuse of forms will be permitted only if a "like new"
condition, unless otherwise approved in writing, is
maintained. The Engineer shall be notified one full
working day prior to concrete placement so that the forms
can be inspected. The Contractor shall correct any
defective work, found in the Engineer's inspection, prior
to delivery of concrete to the project. Formwork
surfaces that were in good condition and accepted for
"KYn lord
o"O"O n,
Ewog n pn
_ Inwpprat.d
Fepn. nli., ar.daws
Section 03300 - 6
I
I
U
H
C
P
P
J
I
P
P
I
I
use, but were damaged during removal and handling shall
not be reused on additional pours. The Contractor is
expected to take care in the handling of forms and to
obtain approval of form surfaces prior to each reuse.
B. All forms, falsework, shoring, and other structural
formwork required shall be structurally designed by the
Contractor and the design shall comply with all
applicable safety regulations, current OSHA regulations,
and other codes. Comply with applicable portions of ACI
347, ACI 318 current edition, and these Specifications.
All design, supervision, and construction for safety of
property and personnel shall be the Contractor's full
responsibility.
3.05 FORM
A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed, and constructed to
meet ACI 318 and the following minimum requirements for
the specified finishes. Failure of the forms to produce
the specified requirements will be grounds for rejection
of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or
replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
Owner. All repair or replacement shall be subject to
these specifications and the approval of the Engineer.
Where the Contractor's work does not meet the tolerance
specifications he shall submit his proposed method to
upgrade the specified finish to compensate for the
inferior appearance or to repair or provide an
acceptable alternate solution, Obtain in writing the
approval of this repair or alternate solution before
proceeding. All repair work or work on an alternate
solution required shall be at no additional cost to the
Owner.
3.06 FORM SURFACE PREPARATION - GENERAL
A. All form surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all previous concrete, dirt, and
other surface contaminants prior to preparing by the
applicable method below. Do not reuse damaged form
surfaces.
' I3.07 EXPOSED WOOD FORMS
I
I
El
A. All wood surfaces in contact with the concrete shall be
coated with an effective release agent prior to form
installation. The release agent shall be nonstaining and
nontoxic after 30 days.
Mcd. fond
Cartorn..'.
Uoorpralp
F.F.A.vhe, Ar.o',sos
Section 03300 - 7
I
U
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
U
3.08 STEEL FORMS
A. Mill scale and other ferrous deposits shall be
sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface
of forms. All forms shall have the contact surfaces
coated with a release agent. The release agent shall be
effective in preventing discoloration of the concrete
from rust, and shall be nontoxic after 30 days.
3.09 BEVELED EDGES (CHAMFER)
A. Form 3/4 -inch bevels at all concrete edges. Round edges
at top of walls, slabs, and beams as hereinafter
specified under Paragraph CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES. Where
beveled edges on existing adjacent structures are other
than 3/4 inch, obtain Engineeer's approval of size prior
to placement of bevel form strip.
3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage
resulting from improper and premature removal of forms.
Satisfy all applicable OSHA requirements with regard to
safety of personnel and property.
3.11 BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS
A. Do not place earth backfil against walls until the
concrete has obtained a compressive strength equal to the
specified 28 -day compressive strength. Where backfill is
to be placed on both sides of the wall, the backfill
shall be placed simultaneously on both sides to prevent
differential pressures.
3.12 PLACING CONCRETE - GENERAL
A. Upon completion of forms and placing of reinforcing
steel, and before concrete is placed, notify other trades
whose work is in any way connected to, combined with, or
influenced by the concrete work. Allow them reasonable
time to complete their portion of work which must be
completed before concrete is placed.
B. Notify Owner or his authorized representative at least 1
full working day in advance before starting to place
concrete to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing,
sleeves, conduits, boxes, inserts, or other work required
to be installed in concrete.
C. Placement shall
conform
to the
requirements and
recommendations
of
ACI 304,
except as
modified
herein.
McC'.t:o,o
._ inrot aornhd
tan'rovr.tt. Ar.cmo.
Section 03300 - 8
I
I
C
C
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I]
H
D. Place concrete as soon as possible after leaving mixer,
without segregation or loss of ingredients, without
splashing forms or steel above, and in layers not over
1.5 feet deep. The vertical free fall drop to final
placement shall not exceed 5 feet for walls narrower
than 8 inches, and 8 feet for walls 8 inches and wider.
E. When placing concrete, use of aluminum pipe or other
aluminum conveying devices will not be permitted.
F. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from the space
to be occupied by the concrete. Prior to placement of
concrete, dampen gravel fill under slabs on ground,
dampen sand where vapor barrier is specified, and dampen
all wood forms. Reinforcement shall be secured in
position and acceptable to the Engineer before concrete
is placed. Conform to ACI 304 and to other requirements
needed to obtain the finishes specified.
3.13 CONVEYOR BELTS AND CHUTES
A. All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of
concrete discharge throughout the Contractor's conveying,
hoisting, and placing system shall be so designed and
arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall
separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives
it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type approved
by the Engineer. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be
permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that
concrete of the specified consistency will readily flow
in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped
clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of
the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All
conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. Sufficient
illumination shall be provided in the interior of all
forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is
visible from the deck or runway.
3.14 PUMPING OF CONCRETE - GENERAL
A. Pumping of concrete will be permitted only with the
Engineer's approval. If the pumped concrete does not
produce satisfactory end results, the Contractor shall
discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the
placing of concrete using conventional methods.
3.15 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Unless the tremie method of placing concrete is
specified, remove all water from the space to be occupied
by the concrete.
Section 03300 - 9
MCC:•I'aod
' Conalhng
saa
incorporated
Fan11IH14. Arkansas
I
C
C
I
I
J
I
II
I
I
C
C
E
C
Section 03300 - 10
3.16 CONSOLIDATION AND VISUAL OBSERVATION
A. Concrete shall be consolidated with internal vibrators
having a frequency of at least 8000 vpm, with amplitude
required to consolidate the concrete in the section being
placed. At least one standby vibrator in operable
condition shall be at the placement site prior to placing
the concrete. Consolidation equipment and methods shall
conform to ACI 309. The forms shall contain sufficient
windows or be limited in height to allow visual
observation of the concrete and the vibrator operator
shall be required to see the concrete being consolidated
to ensure good quality workmanship, or the Contractor
shall have a person who is actually observing the
vibration of the concrete at all times and advising the
vibrator operator of any changes needed to assure
complete consolidation.
3.17 PLACING CONCRETE IN HOT WEATHER
A. Prepare concrete aggregates, mixing water, and other
ingredients; place concrete; cure; and protect in
accordance with the requirements of ACI 305. Provide
special admixtures and special curing methods required by
other paragraphs in this Section even though not required
by ACI 305 and ACI 318. Water -reducing and/or
set -retarding admixtures shall be used in such quantities
as especially recommended by the manufacturer to assure
that the concrete is workable, and lift lines will not be
visible in architectural concrete finishes.
B. Every effort shall be made to maintain a concrete
temperature below 90 degrees F at time of placement.
Ingredients shall be cooled before mixing to prevent
excessive concrete temperature.
C. Provisions shall be made for windbreaks, shading, fog
spraying, sprinkling, or wet cover, when necessary.
3.18 PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER
A. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature is
below 40 degrees F, or approaching 40 degrees F and
falling, without special protection as hereinafter
specified. No concrete shall be placed against frozen
earth or ice, or against forms and reinforcement with
frost or ice present.
C
w�currnna
' n Wnrrrna
Earn.#rs
wmAorar.a
F onfi. I.r Ar kcn.a.
I
I
f1
C
I
I
H
Li
I
I
I
C
B. Temperatures of the concrete mix shall be as shown below
for various stages of mixing, placing of the concrete
mix.
CONCRETE
Section size, minimum dimension, inch
--
Minimum concrete temperature as mixed for indicated weather:
Above 30 F 60 F 55 F 50 F 45 F
0 to 30 F 65 F
Below 0 F 70 F
60 F
65 F
55 F
60 F
50 F
55 F
Maximum allowable gradual temperature drop in first 24 hours after
end of protection:
-- 50 F 40 F 30 F 20 F
C. Concrete placed shall be cured and protected as
hereinafter specified for a minimum of 7 days except that
the strength requirements may require additional
protection and curing during cold weather due to delayed
field strength gain.
D. During cold weather concreting the Contractor shall cast
six extra test cylinders, for field curing, from the last
100 cubic yards of concrete but not fewer than three
specimens shall be cast for each 2 hours of placing time
or for each 100 yards, whichever produces greater number
of specimens. These specimens shall be in addition to
those cast by the Engineer for lab testing as specified
hereinafter in Paragraph EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF
CONCRETE.
E. Test cylinders shall be protected from the weather until
they can be placed under same protection provided for the
parts of the structure which they represent. Test
cylinders shall be tested in accordance with applicable
sections of ASTM C 31 and C 39. Evaluation and
acceptance as per ACI 318-77, Paragraph 4.8.3.
F. The actual temperature of the concrete surface determines
the effectiveness of protection, regardless of air
temperatures or whether the objective is durability or
strength. Because corners and edges of concrete are most
Section 03300 - 11
nMCC/.,land
Con.urfna
Eprn tc
wrxpxagd
Fal.'t.rnl., Arkansas
I
C
I
I
C
L
S
I
S
[l
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
vulnerable to freezing and usually are more difficult to
maintain at the required temperature, their temperatures
should be monitored to evaluate and verify the
protection provided. The Contractor shall provide a
sufficient number of thermometers to be placed on the
concrete surfaces spaced throughout the work to allow
inspection and monitoring of concrete surface
temperatures representative of all the work.
G. Heating units should be vented and not be permitted to
heat or dry the concrete locally. Fresh concrete exposed
to carbon dioxide (CO2) gas from polluted atmospheres or
resulting from the use of salamanders or other heating
devices which exhaust flue gases directly into an
enclosed area may result in concrete carbonation,
causing soft surfaces of varying depths depending on the
concentration of carbon dioxide, the temperature at which
the concrete was cured, and the relative humidity.
Carbon monoxide, which can occur with partial combustion,
and high levels of carbon dioxide are potential hazards
to workmen. Moreover, strict fire prevention measures
should be enforced. Concrete at any age can be damaged
by fire, but at a very early age it may be additionally
damaged by freezing until new protection can be provided.
H. Maintain curing conditions which will foster normal
strength development without excessive heat, and without
critical saturation of the concrete at the close of the
protection period.
I. Limit rapid temperature changes, particularly before
strength has developed sufficiently to withstand
temperature stresses. Sudden chilling of concrete
surfaces or exterior members in relation to interior
structure can promote cracking to the detriment of
strength and durability. At the end of the required
period, protection should be discontinued in such a
manner that the drop in temperature of any portion of the
concrete will be gradual and will not exceed, in 24
hours, the amount shown in the table hereinbefore
specified.
J. Maintain the temperature of the concrete above 50 degrees
for a minimum of 7 days. The Contractor shall submit his
detailed plan for cold weather curing and protection of
all concrete that is to be placed and/or cured in weather
below 40 degrees F. Reference may be made to the
recommendations of ACI 306 and ACI 318 for additional
information. Conform to these Specifications and to any
additional information in ACI 306 which will provide the
temperature protection and curing for the 7 -day period.
Section 03300 - 12
�cle lard
a �—, d, aalll ll,
E+pmant
maroa•ataE
FoydHaw4a, Araanaa!
I
I
I
I
I
[I
I
IH
I
I
L
n
I
I
I
K. Additives for the sole purpose of providing "freeze
protection" shall not be used. Additives to shorten the
cure time may be used if approved; however, the concrete
shall be placed and cured at all times at temperatures
above freezing as hereinbefore specified.
3.19 BONDING TO NEW CONCRETE HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Roughen the surface of the hardened concrete. Thoroughly
clean and saturate with water, cover the horizontal
surfaces only with at least 2 inches of grout, as
hereinbefore specified, and immediately place concrete.
New concrete is defined as less than 60 days old. Limit
the concrete lift placed immediately on top of the grout
to 12 inches thick and thoroughly vibrate to mix and
consolidate the grout and concrete together. Provide
inspection windows to allow close visual inspection of
this work.
3.20 BONDING TO OLD CONCRETE
A. Coat the contact surfaces with bonding agent specified
hereinbefore. The method of preparation and application
of both the bonding agent and the grout shall conform to
the manufacturer's printed instructions and
recommendations for specific application for this
project. Obtain this recommendation in writing from the
manufacturer's representative.
3.21 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE
A. Conform to ACI Standard Building Code requirements for
reinforced concrete (ACI 318-83), Section 4.7,
"Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete", and to the
following specifications:
1. The Contractor will have tests made by an
independent testing laboratory, approved by the
Owner, to determine compliance with the
Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish
necessary labor to assist testing agencies in
obtaining, handling, and protecting and/or curing
samples at the jobsite. The Contractor shall
provide adequate facilities for safe storage and
proper curing of concrete test cylinders on the
project site for the first 24 hours, and for
additional time as may be required before
transporting to the test lab. Specimens will be
made, cured, and tested in accordance with ASTM C
31 and ASTM C 39.
Section 03300 - 13
MGCSJlond
Con WNbp
Etgwno
into, pet Otto
fayrt.VIiI,, dip01"Y!
I
I
I
I1
J
[1
I
I
[I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
2. One set of test cylinders for each class of
concrete placed each day shall be taken not less
than once a day, nor less than once for each 100
cubic yards of concrete, nor less than once for
each 3,000 square feet of wall or slab surface
area. Each set of test cylinders shall consist of
one cylinder to be tested at 7 days, one cylinder
to be tested at 28 days, and one spare cylinder for
28 day test if necessary. The contractor may take
any additional cylinders he feels necessary.
3. The frequency of testing may be increased if
necessary. Additional testing, if required, will
be paid by the Owner.
4. Where the term "building official" is used in
Section 4.7 of ACI 318-83, the term shall be
redefined to "the Owner's representative".
3.22 DEFECTIVE AREAS
A. Remove all defective concrete such as honey -combed areas
and rock pockets out to sound concrete. Small shallow
holes caused by air entrapment at the surface of the
forms shall not be considered defects unless the amount
is so great as to be considered not the standard of the
industry and due primarily to poor workmanship. if
chipping is required, the edges shall be perpendicular to
the surface. Feather edges shall not be permitted. The
defective area shall be filled with a nonshrink,
nonmetallic grout. Use an approved bonding agent on
horizontal patches prior to placing nonmetallic,
nonshrink grout. Since some bonding agents may not be
compatible for some vertical surface patching techniques,
submit all proposed methods for repair of vertical
surfaces prior to ordering materials. The Contractor
shall consult with representatives of the bonding agent
manufacturer and the nonshrink grout manufacturer, and
obtain a written recommendation for the patching of
defective areas. Submit this information for review
prior to performing the work.
3.23 CONCRETE SLAB FINISHES
A. The excessive use of "jitterbugs" or other special tools
designed for the purpose of forcing the coarse aggregate
away from the surface and allowing a layer of mortar to
accumulate will not be permitted on any slab finish. The
dusting of surfaces with dry materials will not be
permitted. Slabs and floors shall be thoroughly
Section 03300 - 14
YCLu.f.Ond
'nmraorwpa
af.!
Foy.•f.vr'% Ar.onsas
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
compacted by vibration. All edges of slabs and tops of
walls shall be rounded off with a steel edging tool,
except where a cove finish is indicated on the Drawings.
Steel edging tool radius shall be 1/4 inch for all slabs
subject to wheeled traffic.
3.24 CURING OF CONCRETE
A. Cure concrete by keeping the surface continuously wet for
7 days where normal Portland cement is used, or 3 days
where high -early strength Type III cement is used.
Subject to approval by the Engineer, one of the following
methods shall be followed:
1. Concrete forms shall be
sufficiently damp at all
of the joints and drying
2. A curing compound as here
allowed, shall be applied
of forms.
left in place and kept
times to prevent opening
of the concrete; or
Iinbefore specified, where
immediately after removal
3. Exposed surfaces shall be continuously sprinkled.
B. Slabs:
1. Protect surface by ponding; or
2. Cover with burlap or cotton mats kept continuously
wet; or
3. Cover with 1 -inch layer of wet sand, earth, or
sawdust, and keep continuously wet; or
4. Continuously sprinkle the exposed surface; or
5. Other agreed upon method that will provide that
moisture is present and uniform at all times on the
entire surface of the slab; the Contractor shall
determine the best method of his operation to
ensure a good water cure and submit this for
review.
3.25 CURING AND PROTECTION IN COLD WEATHER
A. Conform to cold weather concreting hereinbefore specified
and to ACI 306. Where water curing, as specified
hereinbefore for slabs, is not possible, use a double
coverage of an approved curing compound and protect the
slabs during the cold weather from traffic by the use of
Visqueen or other material inside the required heated
Section 03300 - 15
MCCutp+a
Caa.Yllgc
Engineers
Hcot porow
Faplf.. I'., A•kan.os
I
I
I
I
I
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
enclosure if foot traffic is permitted on the slabs.
Repair or replace concrete damaged by cold weather.
3.26 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable lump sum or unit price bid amounts
stated in the Proposal.
B. Payment for concrete encasement shall be made at the unit
price bid for concrete encasement, based on the
calculated volume for concrete placed in an acceptable
manner. The concrete volume shall be calculated based on
the authorized length of the encasement and on width and
depth dimensions of the pipe outside diameter plus 12 -
inches. No payment will be made for concrete placed
outside of the designated dimensions.
END OF SECTION
I cr&,a,e
conrnn •
enprnor,
•nyaarpyd
Forrrnr'I4, Arkanwa
Section 03300 - 16
I
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
i
SECTION 04230
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the hollow concrete masonry units.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. Manufacturers' Literature: Submit information
illustrating the horizontal joint reinforcement
proposed for use.
2. Manufacturers' Certificate: Provide manufacturer's
certificate(s) for the masonry units specified
herein.
1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
Section No.
03210
09900
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL
Reinforcing Steel
Painting
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
nrai.,iaw
Car w,rina
Eapla..r.
fnaarPo•aM.
FanfNva,., Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
1
B. Units shall be of size shown. Provide or cut special
shapes for corners, jambs, lintels, and other areas
shown or required. Special units shall match color and
texture of standard units.
C. Units shall be sound, dry, clean, free of cracks, and
shall have reached the specified moisture content and
compressive strength prior to placing in the structure.
D. The color of the units shall be gray and the surface
texture shall be smooth on all exposed surfaces.
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)
A. Hollow concrete masonry units shall be Grade N, Type I in
accordance with ASTM C 90.
B. The manufacturer shall certify that the masonry units
meet all requirements of ASTM C 90 including the moisture
content and linear shrinkage requirements for
intermediate conditions.
2.03 CEMENT
A. Type II, ASTM C 150, portland cement.
2.04 LIME
A. Lime
putty shall
be made from Type S hydrated
lime and
shall
conform to
ASTM C207. Lime shall be kept
dry.
2.05 AGGREGATES
A. Hollow Concrete Units: Aggregates shall be lightweight
and shall conform to ASTM C 90 and ASTM C 331. Masonry
units shall not exceed 105 pounds per cubic foot, dry
density of concrete.
B. Mortar: Aggregate for mortar shall conform to ASTM C
144.
C. Grout: Aggregate for grout shall conform to ASTM C 404.
2.06 WATER
A. Water for mixing mortar and grout shall be fresh, clean,
and free of deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies,
chlorides, and organic materials.
ecgn.P.
U arA.'aNU
F y.Yf.viL•, ArYan.a.
I
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
2.07 MORTAR
A. Mortar shall be freshly prepared and uniformly mixed in
the ratio of 1 part portland cement, 1/4 part minimum to
1/2 part maximum lime putty or hydrated lime, damp loose
sand not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3 times the
sum of the volumes of the cement and lime used, and shall
conform to ASTM C 270, Type S. Where colored masonry
units are used, the mortar shall be colored to match.
frail: „ r :1,'
A. Mortar admixture shall be Hydratite Plus, manufactured by
W. R. Grace and Company; Sika Red Label, manufactured by
Sika Chemical Corporation; Omicron Mortar Proofing,
Master Builders Corporation; or equal.
B. Quantity of admixture per mortar batch shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2.09 GROUT
A. Conform to ASTM C 476 except as hereinafter specified.
2.10 PROPORTIONS
A. Proportions: Grout for pouring shall be of fluid
consistency conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 476.
Coarse grout may be used in grout spaces measuring 4
inches or more in both horizontal dimensions.
B. Grout for pumping shall be of fluid consistency and shall
have not less than seven sacks of cement in each cubic
yard of grout. The mix design shall be approved by the
Engineer.
C. Fluid consistency shall mean a fluid suitable for pouring
without segregation.
2.11 GROUT
A. Grout admixture shall be Sika Grout Aid, Type II,
manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation; Grout Aid
GA -II, manufactured by Concrete Emulsions; Grout
Fluidifer LL -612, manufactured by Master Builders Co.;
or equal. Amount of admixture and method of introducing
admixture shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
flMCC,.•jWW
Enp'n,.r.
fronrp.'ofd
FO)NN.ntq Prkon.o.
I
Li
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
[_ I
I
I
I
I
2.12 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH
A. The average 28 -day compressive strength of the grout
samples for each grout pour tested shall not be less than
2,000 psi.
2.13 JOINT REINFORCEMENT AND TIES
A. Horizontal Joint Replacement for use with 8 -inch masonry:
Two parallel No. 9 wires, uncoated, welded to No. 9
diagonal crosswires forming a truss design. Special
manufactured corner and wall intersection pieces shall be
used at these locations. Use Blok-Trus AA600 as
manufactured by AA Wire Products Company, Chicago, IL; or
equal.
B. General: Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose
rust, scale, and any coatings that reduce bond.
2.14 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT
A. Joint material shall be No. 12 D/A 2007 Rapid Poly -Joint
as manufactured by Dur-O-Wall National Company, Cedar
Rapids, IA; or equal. Control joint material shall be
PVC conforming to ASTN D 2287 type PVC 654-4 with a
Durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5 when tested in
accordance with ASTN D 2240; cold crack brittleness of
-10 degrees C when tested according to ASTM D 746. Cut
material as required along pregrooved cut points for
proper sealant depth.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WEATHER CONDITIONS
A. Do not lay masonry when the ambient temperature is below
32 degrees F on a rising temperature or below 40 degrees
F on a falling temperature, or when there is a
probability of such conditions occurring within 48 hours,
unless express approval of the Engineer is obtained. In
such case, make special provisions for heating materials
and protecting the finished work. Protect masonry
against freezing for a minimum of 48 hours after being
laid. Protect the tops of walls at all times. Cover the
tops of walls with waterproof paper when rain or snow is
imminent and work is discontinued.
B. Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind
and sun when erected in an ambient air temperature of 99
degrees F (37 degrees C) in the shade with relative
humidity less than 50 percent.
Cpnwit' np
;ncorpappornN!
FaY'.fllvbla. pr*<Nal
I
L
I
I
I
L
I
I
E
L
L
I
[I
I
I
I
P.
I
3.02 BONDING WALL UNITS - FOUNDATION
A. The foundation shall be prepared for the initial mortar
placement by one of the following methods:
1. Sandblasting the foundation and reinforcing dowels
after the concrete has fully cured to remove all
laitance and spillage and to expose sound
aggregate.
2. Water blasting the foundation and reinforcing
dowels after the concrete has partially cured to
remove all laitance and spillage and to expose
sound aggregate.
3. Green cutting fresh concrete with high pressure
water and hand tools to remove all laitance and
spillage from the foundation and the reinforcing
dowels and to expose sound aggregate.
B. The foundation shall be cleaned of all loose material
prior to the initial mortar placement.
3.03 CORNERS
A. Corners shall have a standard masonry bond for
overlapping units and shall be grouted solid.
Reinforcement shall be as shown.
3.04 INTERSECTIONS
A. Intersecting walls shall be bonded with reinforcement as
shown. The abutting wall shall not have a masonry bond
with the straight wall.
3.05 LAYING REINFORCED MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL
A. Masonry construction shall conform to the Standard
Building Code and as supplemented by these
Specifications. Do not start laying masonry units if the
foundation horizontal or vertical alignment does not
satisfy the Tolerance Specification specified in Section
03300, CONCRETE.
B. The maximum permissible variation from plumb of the wall
or of a line of joints in the wall shall be 1/16 inch per
foot of height, and 1/4 inch in the total height of the
wall. The maximum permissible variation from a
horizontal line along the base of the wall or for lines
MCCI.I fond
fanwNla Enpin..n
la NYyoroled
FOfl4vdv, Arbn.a.
I
I
L
I
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
H
I
of horizontal joints shall be 1/16 inch per block, 1/4
inch per 50 feet of wall with proportionately greater
tolerance for longer walls up to 1/2 inch in the total
length of wall. Interior surfaces shall be maintained in
the plane described above and the dimension tolerances of
the units shall be taken up on exterior surfaces.
C. Units with chipped edges or corners within permissible
ASTM limits shall be placed in the wall such that the
chipped area is not exposed to view.
3.06 WALL UNITS - GENERAL
A. If it is necessary to move a unit after it has been once
set in place, the unit shall be removed from the wall,
cleaned, and set in fresh mortar.
B. Toothing of masonry units will not be permitted unless
approval is given by the Engineer.
C. All masonry work shall be protected from damage until
final acceptance of the work. Damaged units will not be
accepted.
3.07 RUNNING BOND
A. Unless otherwise shown, walls shall be laid up in
straight, uniform courses using an alternating bond
pattern.
3.08 SPECIAL SHAPES
A. Provide and place such special units as corner block,
door jamb block, lintel block fillers, and similar blocks
as may be required. Use the required shapes and sizes to
work to corners and openings maintaining a proper bond
throughout the wall.
3.09 BUILT-IN ITEMS
A. Door frames, windows, vents, and other items required to
be built in the wall shall be in position and the wall
constructed around them. Standard masonry anchors shall
be used to secure the items to the wall. All spaces
around the items shall be filled with mortar or grout.
3.10 EMBEDDED CONDUITS
A. Electrical, instrumentation, or water conduits shall not
be placed in a cell containing reinforcement unless
approved by the Engineer.
Section 04230-6
Mccaia
o n coerwn.s
Into, asarso
aojsgsvR., Arfaisos
I
I
I
I
I
I
P
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
P
C
3.11 MORTAR PREPARATION
A. Mortar shall be mixed by placing 1/2 the water and
aggregate in the operating mixer. Add cement. Add the
remaining aggregate and water and mix for at least 2
minutes. Add lime and continue mixing as long as needed
to secure a uniform mass, but no less than 3 minutes
after the addition of lime. The addition of the
admixture shall be timed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and the procedure used for
adding it to the mix shall provide good dispersion.
B. The mortar shall be machine mixed in approved mixers.
Mixer drums shall be kept clean and free of debris and
dried mortar. The mortar shall be in place before the
initial setting of the cement has taken place.
Retempering of mortar in which the cement has started to
set will not be permitted.
3.12 MORTAR JOINTS - GENERAL
A. Mortar joints shall be straight, clean, and shall have a
uniform thickness of 3/8 inch.
B. The horizontal and vertical mortar joints shall have full
mortar coverage on the face shells.
C. Vertical head joints shall be buttered well on each unit
for a width equal to the face shell of the unit, and
these joints shall be shoved tightly so that the mortar
bonds well to both units. Joints shall be solidly filled
from the face of the block to at least the depth of the
face shell.
D. All excess mortar shall be removed from the grout space
of the cells to be filled as the units are being laid.
I3.13 EXPOSED JOINTS
A. Joints that will be exposed to view after final
construction shall be tooled unless otherwise noted or
shown. Joints shall be cut flush and, as mortar takes
its initial set, shall be tooled to provide a concave
joint. Tooling shall be done when the mortar is
partially set but still sufficiently plastic to bond.
All tooling shall be done with a tool which compacts the
mortar, pressing the excess mortar out rather than
dragging it out. Joints which are not tight at the time
of tooling shall be raked out, pointed, and then tooled.
Section 04230 - 7
I
MCCre•rnnd
YM p N Cocw4mc
E.pnee•s
nnxpp•1raQ
'oy.flevr'4, A,i,nw.
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
1
I
[1
I
I
I
I
I
L
3.14 CONCEALED JOINTS
A. Joints that are not exposed shall be struck flush with no
further treatment required.
3.15 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINTS
A. The mortar shall be omitted from the vertical joints.
Place the control joint material as the wall is built.
After the wall is grouted, cured, and cleaned, install
backing rod (or backup material) and sealant.
3.16 REINFORCING - GENERAL
A. Reinforcing bars shall be lapped 30 bar -diameters minimum
where spliced and shall be wire -tied together. All bars
shall have a minimum clearance of 1 bar -diameter from the
masonry and from additional parallel bars in the same
grout space.
3.17 FOUNDATION DOWELS
A. The size, number, and location of the foundation dowels
shall match the vertical wall reinforcing unless
otherwise noted.
B. When a foundation dowel does not line up as intended,
with a vertical core, it shall not be sloped more than i
horizontal to 6 vertical to bring it into alignment.
3.18 VERTICAL REINFORCING
A. Vertical reinforcing steel shall be held in position near
the ends of the bars by wire ties to dowels and/or by
reinforcing positioners. The bars shall be held in
position at intervals not exceeding 160 bar -diameters by
reinforcing positioners.
3.19 HORIZONTAL REINFORCING
A. Horizontal reinforcing bars shall be held in position by
wire ties to the vertical reinforcing bars or by
reinforcing positioners. The steel shall be positioned
near the ends and at intervals not exceeding 160
bar -diameters.
B. Horizontal
bars
shall be laid
on
the webs
of bond bean
units, and
shall
be placed as
the
wall is
built.
' MaCUgng
Cunwlnny
Ecor/!
_, war0000raYO
FQ/aflainjI. A.kamaa
I
C
H
H
C
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
3.20 JOINT REINFORCEMENT
A. Horizontal joint reinforcement shall be located as shown
on the Drawings. Reinforcement shall be continuous
except for discontinuity at expansion or control joints.
Maximum vertical spacing shall be 24 inches.
B. Horizontal mortar joint reinforcement shall be provided
in addition to the typical wall reinforcing steel. Joint
reinforcement shall be spaced not more than 24 inches
apart, vertically, unless noted otherwise on the
Drawings. Provide additional reinforcement for special
coursing where indicated on the Drawings. Ends of joint
reinforcement shall lap 6 inches minimum, except at
control joints where the joint reinforcement shall be
discontinuous.
3.21 GROUTING
A. Grout shall be mixed as specified hereinbefore for mortar
preparation if on -site mixing is performed. Transit -mixed
grout shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 476. The
grout admixture shall be added at the site. In
accordance with the specified grout admixture
manufacturer's recommendations, the admixture shall be
premixed with water and the resulting solution shall be
added to the grout mix and thoroughly mixed. Do not
exceed quantity of admixture recommended by the
manufacturer.
3.22 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Grout shall not be mixed, conveyed, or placed with
equipment constructed of aluminum.
B.
All vertical and horizontal reinforcement, ties, bolts,
anchors, and other required embednents shall be secured
in place, inspected, and approved before grouting starts.
C.
Grouting of beams over openings shall be done in one
continuous operation.
D.
Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment
sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed, continuous
vertical cell measuring not less than 2 -inch by 3 -inch.
E.
Grout shall be poured as soon as possible after the
mortar has cured to reduce shrinkage cracking of the
vertical joints. Immediately after the grouting has been
completed, the scum and stains on the masonry shall be
' ftJleahnq
fl
Fog lrnn
Iacwoa.an0
a,.M.eII. A.kansos
I
I
L
HI
I
H
L
I
I
I
I
I7
L
I
I
L
C
washed off using clean water and fiber brushes. Grout
and mortar stains shall not be allowed to dry on the face
of the exposed masonry.
F. Vertical reinforcement may be placed initially and the
wall built up around it providing the reinforcing steel
is first wire tied to the foundation dowels. Reinforcing
positioners and/or approved cross bracing must be
provided to secure the top of the steel in place. The
vertical steel will not be permitted to be dropped in
after the block is laid unless reinforcing positioners
are provided in the course above the previously grouted
course.
3.23 PARTIAL GROUTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Walls which do not require solid grouting shall have all
cells containing reinforcing steel and others as shown
filled with grout.
B. Cells to be filled shall be constructed to confine the
grout within the cell. Tops of unfilled vertical cells
under a bond beam shall be covered with metal lath to
confine the grout fill to the bond beam section.
C. Grout pours shall be limited in height to mid -depth of
the course above the horizontal bond beam, except at the
top course.
3.24 LOW -LIFT GROUTING REQUIREMENTS
A.
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer prior to the
start of the masonry work, all grouting shall be low -lift
grouting.
B.
When grouting is stopped for 1 hour or longer, horizontal
construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour
of grout 1/2 inch below the top of the uppermost unit.
Horizontal steel shall be fully embedded by grout in an
uninterrupted pour.
C.
Grout pour shall be limited to a maximum height of 4
feet. The wall shall not be constructed more than one
course above the top of the grout pour prior to placing
the grout.
D.
The grout shall be thoroughly consolidated with an
internal "pencil" type vibrator. After waiting
sufficient time to permit the grout to become plastic,
but before it has taken any set, the grout shall be
reconsolidated. The waiting period will vary depending
upon weather conditions and block absorption rates, but
'flNcprtin�a
nDDora M
faplln9Y, drkomaa
I
[1
I
I
I
H
I
H
I
L
C
I
I
I
under "normal" weather conditions with average masonry
units, the waiting period should be between 30 to 60
minutes.
3.25 CLEANING
A. Clean all surfaces of
dirt, and other foreign
B. Walls not requiring paii
such that there are
requiring painting or
accordance with Section
3.26 PROTECTION
excess mortar, grout spillage,
substances.
iting or sealing shall be cleaned
no visible stains. Surfaces
sealing shall be prepared in
09900, PAINTING.
A. At the end of each day's work, tops of walls shall be
covered with building paper or by other means that will
protect the walls from becoming excessively wet.
3.27 TEMPORARY BRACING
A. The Contractor shall adequately brace all walls until the
walls and roof are completed. Bracing shall be
sufficient to protect and walls against damage from the
elements, including wind and snow.
3.28 TESTING
A. Masonry units will be sampled for testing after delivery
to the jobsite. They will be tested in accordance with
ASTM C 140. Masonry construction shall not proceed until
test results are known and the masonry units are
certified by an approved testing agency as complying with
these Specifications.
B. Grout and mortar samples for strength testing shall be
taken at the beginning of the masonry work and thereafter
at the discretion of the Engineer. The samples shall be
taken in accordance with ASTM C 476 and C 270, as
applicable.
3.29 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
MCCl. rifLonwdinc
Crpin.ar.
inCaraercMe
fa).Y.v.iI., Arlon.o.
L
I
I
I
I
L
I
[I
I
I
17
C
F I
H
SECTION 07510
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the built-up bituminous roofing
membrane and roof rigid insulation.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials, including insulation, used in a roofing
system shall be provided by, or approved by, the
manufacturer whose roofing system specification is
selected for use.
1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
07210 Building Insulation
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
1.05 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. A letter from the roofing materials
manufacturer stating that the roofer is
approved by him to apply the roof.
2. List of materials proposed for use including
roofing materials, insulation, and fasteners.
3. Roofing materials manufacturer's
specifications selected for use.
' MaEI.fi.gO
Engineer.
(Iplg..rf
rnasra or al..
ta,lf.vf.o Arkansas
I
[]
I
I
I
LI
I
[I
I
E
1.
I
I
4. Prior to starting work, submit sample copy of
guarantee to be provided. Upon completion and
acceptance of the work required by this
section, submit an executed copy of the
guarantee.
Manufacturer's certificate of compliance that
all roofing system materials, with inclusion
of asphalt, pitch, coatings, felts, and base
sheets, have been fabricated in strict
conformance with applicable ASTM or Federal
Specification requirements referenced herein.
6. Description of complete system, from deck up,
proposed for use.
Layout drawings for tapered insulation,
showing slopes and thicknesses.
A. Prior to final acceptance of roofing system, furnish the
Owner a written guarantee for a 2 -year period after date
of final acceptance of the roofing which covers all costs
for repairs required to maintain roofing system and
composition flashing in watertight condition. Limit to
ordinary wear and tear by elements or defects due to
faulty materials or workmanship.
1.07 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE
A. Prior to final acceptance of roofing system, furnish the
Owner the roofing materials manufacturer's standard
printed guarantee which covers all costs for repairs
required to maintain roofing system and composition
flashing in watertight condition. The guarantee shall
cover: (1) natural deterioration of the roofing system
due to ordinary wear and tear by the elements, and (2)
defects due to faulty materials or workmanship during
application. The guarantee shall be for a minimum period
of 5 years from the date of final acceptance of the
roofing system and shall contain a provision for the
Owner to renew the guarantee contract for an additional
5 -year, minimum, period.
Ep Nlrt
Hmrpwo .d
F cv1"!v,f... A-kaisd.
I
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
' A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
' with the General Conditions.
2.02 ROOFING SYSTEM
' A. Provide a fire -retardant gravel surfaced built-up
bituminous roofing system selected from the
II manufacturer's specifications indicated below. All
materials shall be UL listed and the finished assembly
shall be classified A or B by the Underwriters
Laboratory. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations
for system materials not listed in this Specification.
2.03 NON-NAILABLE DECK
A. Use Celotex, 80-G.A.-1-C; J -M, 3GIG; or equal, over rigid
roof insulation.
' 2.04 ASPHALT
A. Low slope asphalt conforming to ASTM D 312, Type I or
Federal Specification SS -A-666, Type I.
2.05 FELTS -BASE SHEET
' A. Asphalt -coated glass fiber mat conforming to ASTM D2178,
Type IV.
2.06 FELTS -FINISHING OR ROOFING FELT
A. Asphalt -coated glass fiber mat conforming to ASTM D2178,
Type IV.
2.07 COMPOSITION FLASHING
' A. Mineral surfaced asphalt -coated glass fiber mat
conforming to Federal Specification SS -R-630, class 3.
2.08 FASTENERS
A. Tube-Loc nail with 1 -inch diameter cap as manufactured by
' Simplex Nail and Manufacturing Co., Insuldeck Loc-Nail as
manufactured by E. G. Building Fasteners Corp., or equal.
' Section 07510 - 3
a rginecn
rh
I,
s
memaorc+ed
ray.tte..P., Arkanm.
II
I
l r
2.09 SURFACING
A. Dense, hard, durable, and surface -dry gravel, free of
dust, clay, loam, sand, or other foreign substances and
II conforming to ASTM D 1863, size No. 67. Gravel shall
have a minimum bulk density of 60 pounds per cubic foot
(960 kg per cubic meter), and 100 percent shall pass on
a 3/4 -inch (19 mm) sieve, with no more than 5 percent
II passing on a No. 8 (2.36 mm) sieve or 15 percent passing
on a No. 4 (4.75 mm) sieve.
' 2.10 PLASTIC ROOF CEMENT
A. Conform to Federal Specification SS -C-153, Type I, Class
A or B. Use J -M Industrial Roof Cement; Celotex,
'Elastigum Roofers Cement; or equal.
2.11 RIGID ROOF INSULATION BOARD
' A. Pittsburgh Corning "Foamglas"; or equal, conforming to
ASTM C 552 and Federal Specification HH-I-551.
B. Minimum size shall be 18 inches by 24 inches. Minimum
thickness shall be 1-1/2 inches.
' 2.12 CRICKETS AND CANT STRIPS
A. Use preformed asphalt -impregnated fiberboard,
II bitumen -coated on all sides, expanded perlite, or wood
treated in accordance with AWPB LP -2 for water -borne
salts and dried to 19 percent moisture content or less
after treatment; sized and shaped as indicated on the
'Drawings.
' PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify that work of other trades which penetrates roof
deck or requires men and equipment to traverse roof deck
' has been completed. Notify Engineer and manufacturer's
representative at least 48 hours before the installation
of roofing system is begun. Provide safe access to roof.
B. Ensure that deck is firm, dry, free of foreign materials,
and reasonably smooth. Differential height between
adjacent roof deck members of more than 1/8 inch is not
' acceptable. Report immediately to the Engineer all
cracks, breaks, holes, or other unusual irregularities in
the surface. Application of the roofing constitutes
Section 07510 - 4
JKUprane
na
— ` frgmeprn,u.
ncaraarc r,e
Faye'revni., Arkonrae
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
Li
I
C
Li
I
I
acceptance of the roof deck, and its condition cannot be
used as an excuse for any subsequent failures should
difficulties arise.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Apply roofing only in dry weather and when ambient
temperature is above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C). When
temperature is below 45 degrees F, the application must
be approved by, and under supervision of, the roofing
materials manufacturer.
B. Do not phase application of roofing system. Install all
components of an assembly, including surfacing, over that
area that is covered in 1 day. Seal off edges of system
at the end of the day with one layer of mopped -in felt.
C. Maintain kettle temperature so as not to exceed the flash
point of the bitumen. Bitumen shall be applied at the
equi-viscosity temperature, plus or minus 25 degrees F
(14 degrees C). Do not exceed the finish blowing
temperature. Moppings between layers shall be in the 15 -
to 20 -pound per square range.
D. When applying felts, thoroughly, uniformly, and firmly
broom felts into bitumen as they are rolled out. Broom
from center of felt to edge removing all air bubbles from
under felts. Bitumen should be visible at all laps on
completion.
3.03 INSULATION
A. Keep insulation dry before and during application. Apply
rigid insulation where indicated on Drawings in strict
accordance with the insulation and roofing materials
manufacturer's specifications.
B. On concrete decks apply insulation to deck with bitumen
specified in quantity as recommended by roofing materials
manufacturer.
C. Where more than one layer of insulation is used, secure
second layer to previous layer with bitumen specified in
quantity as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
Insulation shall be placed immediately into applied
bitumen and then walked into place to ensure embedment.
Tapered insulation, where applicable, shall be laid in
accordance with the insulation manufacturer's layout
drawings and instructions.
Section 07510 - 5
MCCb'.ane
con wPin,
Enpirnr.
rncarvorona
rny.r..yi., Ark0q,o/
I
I
3.04 ROOFING SYSTEM ON DECKING OR INSULATION
I
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
P1
I
1
A. Apply built-up roofing membrane with gravel surfacing and
flashing in accordance with the materials manufacturer's
specifications for the roofing system selected.
3.05 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of the roofing installation, clean up all
waste material and debris resulting from this operation
and dispose of such waste material off the site. Remove
all spots and smears of asphalt or other material
resulting from the work in this section from flashings,
gravel stops, and other surfaces not intended to be
coated with such material. During removal, ensure that
no damage will be done to the surfaces. Use solvents, if
necessary, to satisfactorily clean the materials.
Replace at the Contractor's sole expense any damaged
surfaces resulting from the above operation.
3.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened
containers and rolls with labels intact and legible.
Labels on bitumen must show composition, softening point
(SP) range, minimum flash point (FP), minimum finished
blowing temperature (BT), and equiviscous temperature
(EVT) range.
B. Handle roll goods so as to prevent damage to edge or
ends. Store roll goods on end.
C. Store all rigid roof insulation materials on clean,
raised platforms.
D. Protect materials against wetting, moisture absorption,
and construction traffic.
3.07 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
Section 07510 - 6
Car nMC(frela la
tuts sets
Ircaperaed
rc"'revr'ra, Areavps
I
C
I
F
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
7
SECTION 07600
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the flashing and sheet metalwork.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings of custom and field
fabricated work indicating joints, types and
location of fasteners, and special shapes.
2. Manufacturer's Literature: Catalog data for stock
manufactured items including primary components,
trim, and fasteners.
I 1.04
A. Manufacturer's recommendations and Specifications.
B. Aluminum Association: "Aluminum Sheet Metalwork in
Building Construction" and "Designation System for
Aluminum Finishes".
C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association (SMACNA): "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual".
D. ASTM standards.
I
flMc[l., lord
Grso'tin
Enp•n.u.
Ircorp.•p"d
Foft .vih.s Ar.onsos
II
I
I
I
Ti
1.05
A.
PART 2
2.01
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
Section No.
07510
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS'
Built -Up Bituminous Roofing
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
2.02 METAL - ALUMINUM SHEET
A. ASTM B 209, Alloy 5005-H34, minimum 0.032 -inch (0.81 mm)
thick, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
2.03 GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL
A. Copper bearing steel per ASTM A 526; commercial quality;
zinc coating designation G90, ASTM A 525; thickness
0.0217 -inch (26 U.S. Standard gauge), unless otherwise
indicated on the Drawings.
2.04 SOLDER
A. ASTM B 32, Class A, Grade 1, or conforming to Federal
Specification QQ-S-571, composition SN 50.
2.05 SOLDERING FLUX
A. Conforming to Federal Specification O -F-506, Type I, Form
A or B.
2.06 PREFABRICATED METAL SYSTEMS
A. All prefabricated metal systems, as specified herein,
shall be factory finished.
2.07 DOWNSPOUTS AND LEADERHEADS
A. Fabricate from aluminum sheet specified herein.
' Ma64uag
Epinaera
�ncwoeraf.e
Fapfbvu4, A rkanma
I
I
IT
C
I
I
I
C
I
I
2.08 SEALER TAPE
A. Polyisobutylene sealer tape specifically manufactured for
setting flanges on bituminous roofing.
2.09 ISOLATION PAINT
A. See System No. 27 of Section 09900, PAINTING.
2.10 ISOLATION TAPE
A. Butyl or Polyisobutylene, internally reinforced, or
20 -mil thick minimum polyester.
2.11
A. For aluminum work: Stainless steel or aluminum.
B. For galvanized steelwork: Steel, galvanized per ASTM A
153.
C. Nails: Roofing nail head, 10 -gauge spiral or ring shank,
lengths as required to penetrate wood at least 3/4 inch.
2.12 THROUGH -WALL FLASHING
A. Rib -Bond cold -rolled copper as manufactured by
Architectural Steel Corp., or equal. Copper shall be
16 -ounce, 0.0216 -inch thick conforming to ASTM B 370.
Flashing shall have uniform, matching, diagonal,
herringbone pattern deformations, embossed to provide a
mechanical bond in all directions within the mortar bed.
I1 PART 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.01 GENERAL
A. Examine all surfaces involving sheet metal. Report any
improper or defective surfaces; do not commence work
until defective surfaces are corrected.
B. All workmanship shall be equal to the best standards of
practice in modern sheet metal. Work shall be accurately
formed to sizes, shapes, and dimensions indicated, with
all angles and lines in true alignment. All work shall
be straight, sharp, and erected plumb and level in proper
plane without bulges or waves.
' c aoI
can st, Eapinfl'laou.
_, InasOo•afal
fa,atlavYb, A.Rannas
I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
I
[I
I
r
I
H
1
1
I
I
3.02 FABRICATION OF FLASHING
A. Take measurements at the job and be responsible for same.
B. Fabricate in accordance with reference standards.
C. Form arris and angles true to line and surfaces free of
waves and buckles.
D. Form bends to 1/16 -inch inside radius.
E. Hem exposed edges.
F. Reinforcements and supports shall be same material as
flashing unless other material is indicated; provide as
required.
G. Rigid joints and seams shall be made mechanically strong.
Seal aluminum joints with sealant.
H. Where soldering required, neutralize soldering flux.
I. Solvent clean all sheet metal. Surfaces to be in contact
with roofing or otherwise concealed shall be coated with
specified isolation paint.
3.03 INSTALLATION - FLASHING
A. Conform to reference standards. Coordinate flashing work
with roofing work; sheet metal and roofing shall make
weathertight and watertight assembly.
B. Isolate metal from wood and concrete and from dissimilar
metal with two coats of specified isolation paint or
isolation tape. Use only stainless steel fasteners to
connect isolated dissimilar metals.
C. Joints, fastenings, reinforcements, and supports shall be
sized and located as required to preclude distortion or
displacement due to thermal expansion and contraction.
D. Conceal fastenings wherever possible.
3.04 PREFABRICATED SYSTEMS
A. Installation of prefabricated metal systems shall be in
strict accordance with the system manufacturer's latest
printed instructions.
flIKCl. eland
Conss!IIPO
Enprn.r.
NaofO.•ala1.E
F.PM'NW'I., ArIranwa
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.05 THROUGH -WALL FLASHING
A. Lap cross joints of through -wall flashing at least 2
inches. Stop flashing 1/2 inch from the exterior faces
of the wall.
3.06 FINISH
A. Exposed surfaces of flashing and sheet metalwork shall be
free of dents, scratches, abrasions, or other visible
defects.
3.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall be adequately packaged and protected
during shipment and shall be inspected for damage,
dampness, and wet -storage stains upon delivery to the
jobsite. Damaged or permanently stained materials that
cannot be restored to like -new condition shall be removed
from the jobsite and shall be replaced at the
Contractor's sole expense. Sheet metal items shall be
carefully handled to avoid damage to surfaces, edges, and
ends. Crated materials shall not be uncrated until ready
for use. Materials shall be stored in dry,
weathertight, ventilated areas until immediately before
installation.
3.08 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
MKbilos
.rs
k YI Cknwl'llna
Irae.Oa•afM
Fayy1V1111, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
H
H
SECTION 08100
law- e x' l i._ h t i_Y
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the hollow metal frames and doors.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the
end products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance,
spare parts, and manufacturer's service.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, in Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS. In addition, the following specific
information shall be provided:
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings covering each type of door and
frame, frame conditions, and complete anchorage details,
supplemented by suitable schedules covering doors and
frames.
B. Submit manufacturer's painting specifications for factory
finished items specified herein.
C. Detail connections of door frames to structural steel
framing concealed in frames, if any.
D. For frames too large to ship in one piece, locate and
detail field splice joints and indicate complete
instructions for making field splices.
E. Identification of each door shall be noted.
MCCNuand
[nalPaa(.
19M'DafCMe
FayaRav Is, A•vamaa
' 1.06
' A.
PART 2
Li
H
I
I
Ii
H
C
El
n
2.01
REFERENCE STANDARDS
Manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
Standards, regulations, and specifications of the
following as referred to herein:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
2. Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association of NAAMM
3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
4. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL)
5. Steel Door Institute (SDI)
6. Aluminum Association (AA), "Designation System for
Aluminum Finishes"
7. American National Standard Institution (ANSI)
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
Section No.
08712
09900
PRODUCTS
GENERAL
Item
Door Hardware
Painting
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
2.02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES - MANUFACTURERS
A. Products of the following manufacturers, or equal, may be
used on this project:
1. The Ceco Corporation
2. Republic Steel Corporation
3. Steelcraft Manufacturing Company
2.03 BASIC MATERIAL
A. Sheet steel for frames shall be hot -rolled prime quality
carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 569.
B. Sheet steel for doors shall be cold -rolled stretcher
level sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 366.
I
MCC I. Bald
Con.albnq
Fnalaur.
,ncaraorc"d
Fay.11.r•II., Arbnw.
I
U
U
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
u
2.04 ANCILLARY ITEMS
A. Manufacturer's standard anchors, fasteners, etc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FABRICATION OF HOLLOW METAL - FRAMES
A. Frames for doors shall be 16 -gauge, knockdown or welded
type, and shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified
herein. Provide adequate reinforcement and cutouts for
hardware, prepared in accordance with SDI 107, also
adequate floor and wall anchors. Frames shall be
products of the hollow metal door manufacturer.
B. The Drawings indicate the size, shape, and profile of
frame members. Manufacturer's standard forming methods
may be used to achieve the desired finished appearance.
Concealed fasteners or welding are preferred to
through -the -face fasteners.
C. Provide stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers as
required.
3.02 DOORS AND TRANSOM PANELS
A. Hollow metal doors shall be 18 -gauge, Grade II, Model 3,
seamless, with polyurethane core of dimensions shown.
B. Doors shall conform to SDI 100, except as modified
herein. Doors shall be constructed and prepared in
accordance with SDI 107 and ANSI A115 to receive the
hardware specified.
3.03 FINISH
A. All metal doors and frames specified
phosphate treated for paint adhesion,
shop coat of baked -on prime coating
finish coating.
B. Finish coating shall be as indicated on
as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING
3.04 INSTALLATION OF FRAMES
herein shall be
and receive one
compatible with
the Drawings and
A. Install hollow metal frames in accordance with SDI 105.
B. Exercise care in setting of frames to maintain scheduled
dimensions, hold head level, and maintain jambs plumb and
square.
CrcMlf Ina
a ngin l r.
Eapra.n
NarPoraf.a
Fay.lrevl'.. A'kan.a.
L
I
I
I
11
I
1]
H
I
I
L
I
I
C. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent
construction.
D. Wherever possible, leave frame spreader bars intact until
frames are set perfectly square and plumb and anchors are
securely attached.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF DOORS
A. Install hollow metal doors in accordance with SDI 100.
B. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer's
templates and instructions. Adjust operable parts for
correct function. Remove hardware, with the exception of
prime coated items, tag, box, and reinstall after finish
paintwork is completed. Installation of labeled doors
shall conform to NFPA Pamphlet No. 80.
3.06 PRIME COAT TOUCHUP
A. Immediately after erection, areas where prime coat has
been damaged shall be sanded smooth and touched up with
same primer as applied at shop. Remove rust before above
specified touchup is applied. Touchup shall not be
obvious.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed doors and frames against damage from
other construction work.
3.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle doors and frames in a manner
to prevent damage and deterioration. Provide packaging
such as cardboard or other containers, separators,
banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings to protect metal
items.
B. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least 1
inch or more off the ground or floor and at least 1/4
inch between individual pieces. Follow special storage
and handling requirements of manufacturer. Protect
exposed finish surfaces of prefinished items with masking
tape.
' pfGallna
fnq n hno
ft avorf
I•InP`O0f0ME
Fayaff.vl4, Afkankak
3.09 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
Ifcc,.: and
Corwlnc9
o 9
Fapin..rS
Ino.rporaNJ
F,/.rl..11l., Ar*Onw.
I
I
H
I
I
[1
C
I
I
I
[1
El
I
LI
n
C
I
SECTION 08712
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the door hardware.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the
end products of one manufacturer to achieve
standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance,
spare parts, and manufacturer's service.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards
sponsored by Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
(BHMA).
1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1.05 SCHEDULE
A. Submit complete schedule of finish hardware required
herein, for the Engineer's review. Such schedule must be
completely detailed, showing all items, numbers, and
finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. Any
corrections or changes necessary in the schedule to
comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents
shall be made promptly. Review of the schedule shall not
relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for errors
or omissions therein.
NaC�s'la+d
Eaa .ssrs
Nca OosahE
FariN.r P.. A•kansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.06 MANUFACTURERS' LITERATURE
A. In addition
to the required Schedule,
submit
manufacturers'
literature for
each item of
finish
hardware required herein, for
the Engineer's
review.
Manufacturers'
literature to be
plainly marked
for each
proposed item;
indiscriminate
submittal of
unmarked
literature will
not be accepted.
1.07 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section No.
08100
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Metal Doors and Frames
A. Provide
all finish hardware with suitable
fastening for
complete
work. Items
not specifically
mentioned by
necessary to complete
the work shall
be furnished,
matching
in quality and
finish the items
specified for
similar
locations.
2.02 MANUFACTURERS
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Numbers in the 600 series are from BHMA 1301 Product
Standard Section M, Materials and Finishes.
2.04 FASTENERS
A. All fasteners for hardware specified herein shall be
stainless steel.
2.05 BUTT HINGES
A. The Stanley Works; McKinney Manufacturing Company;
Lawrence Brothers; or equal, conforming to ANSI A 156.1
(BHMA Standard 101).
UCCIIIdM
Conwll ny
Erglnon
rnoYoo.cNo
Fnpfllwr4, Arfynlol
r1
B. Minimum number of hinges per door leaf: 1-1/2 pairs.
C. Minimum height of hinges; based on width of doors:
Up to 3'-0" 4-1/2"
to 4'-0" 5"
D. Width of hinges shall be the minimum which will provide
clearance of trim and permit 180 -degree swing.
E. Exterior hinges shall have nonremovable pin.
F. Hinge leaves shall be parallel and joint tolerance shall
be 0.012 inch maximum, gauged in closed position.
2.06 FINISH
A. Finish shall be Satin stainless steel, No. 630.
2.07 HINGE TYPES
A. Use manufacturer's recommended standard.
2.08 LOCKS AND LATCHSETS
A. All doors shall be equipped with locks/latchsets.
Sargent and Company; Schlage Lock Company; Corbin
Division, Emhart Industries, Inc.; or equal, conforming
to ANSI A156.2.
B. Design shall be Sargent "GC"; Schlage "Planet"; or Corbin
"864 Global" knobs and roses. Construction shall be
wrought metal.
C. In all locks provide interchangeable, removable core
cylinders with a minimum of six pins.
D. Strikes shall have lip dimensions to fit configuration of
trim. Provide 3/4 -inch throw on all latch bolts used on
pair of doors.
2.09 BACKSET
A. Three -and -three -fourths inches, except as noted.
B. Finish shall be Satin stainless steel, No. 630.
2.10 LOCK AND LATCH TYPES
A. Lock by door manufacturer; provide cylinders for keying
to other locks as required.
' CMWIMCCSIIGr,d
c EflnConn ..rI
nrrOwanO
capnrrn n, Arkanw.
I
2.11
KEYING
A.
All lock cylinders shall be operated by
a master key
system that allows for future expansion.
Key locks as
indicated by Owner. Furnish two keys for each lock. Tag
all keys with identification information.
2.12
STOPS AND HOLDERS
A.
Builders Brass Works; Baldwin; or equal.
B.
Provide with machine screws in threaded anchors at
concrete or masonry and with self -tapping
screws at stud
partitions, wood, or metal mountings.
C.
For pairs of doors, provide item scheduled
for each leaf.
D.
Satin chromium -plated, No. 626 finish.
E.
Door -attached holder.
2.13
BOLTS
A. Stanley; Lawrence Brothers; or equal.
B. Bright nickel, No. 645 finish.
2.14 BOLT TYPES
A. Bottom: 8 -inch foot bolt - 1056, T145 or 4056 or surface
bolt 283
2.15 THRESHOLDS
A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or
equal.
B. Thresholds shall be one-piece full width of opening.
Extend beyond jamb where indicated.
C. Provide with stainless steel machine screws in threaded
expansion anchors at concrete.
D. Mill finish, unless indicated otherwise.
E. Threshold furnished by door manufacturer.
2.16
A. Pemko Manufacturing Co.; Reese Enterprises, Inc.; or
equal.
I
MKrsir fld
ow.. su'nnp
o
Eflaacpof
noo s
ar•apa
Foprt vil, s. A-ka.sas
I
H
B. Weatherstripping furnished by door manufacturer
' I 2.17
I
I
H
H.
I
C
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
A. Ives; Glynn -Johnson; or equal.
B. Provide at each hinged door which does not have seals.
C. Provide three at single leaves and two at pairs.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A. A representative of the Hardware Supplier shall be
available during the construction period, if necessary,
to instruct the Contractor on the proper method of
installation and adjustment of the Supplier's products.
The representative shall inspect and adjust the hardware
items at completion of the work and supply proper
maintenance manuals to the Owner. After installation,
adjust hardware for smooth, noise -free operation.
Replace any damaged items.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Follow manufacturer's instructions for installation of
finish hardware. Make all work neat and secure,
developing full strength of components and providing
proper function. Prevent marring, scratching, or
otherwise damaging adjacent finishes during the
installation of hardware.
B. Do all fitting, dismantling, and reinstalling of finish
hardware required for finish painting work. Use
strippable coating, removable tape, and other means to
protect and prevent staining of hardware during
construction. Protective measures shall be removed and
permanent lock cylinders installed prior to final
cleaning.
C. Latch bolts shall be installed to engage in strikes
automatically, whether activated by closers or manually.
In no case shall additional manual pressure be required
to engage latch bolt in strike.
D. Set stops and holders to allow doors to open as far as
possible.
SiCI. flofld
ctn
O ,A' ,fla
Fno'nun
IroorO.•af.Q
FQy.•f.b'l., Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TI
F
H'
I
I
[I
I
I
E. Install stops, holders, and other wall -mounted items over
solid structural backing or solid blocking in hollow
walls.
F. Cope ends of thresholds neatly to profile of jamb.
Thresholds shall be set in sealant and ends shall be
sealed to jambs.
3.03 MOUNTING
A. Use standard door hardware locations recommended and
published by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as
noted or detailed otherwise.
B. Install door silencers 3 inches from top and bottom of
jamb and 1 inch above strike at single doors, and 3
inches from edges of doors in head for pairs of doors.
3.04 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
YcsbSlune
0 7 Con wlr
E9pinp•s
If.LV00rple110
&upftI Vd11, Ar kon/O!
L
I
L
C
I
L
C
L
H
I
H
H
I
I
I
SECTION 09900
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers surface preparation, furnishing, and
application of paint and protective coatings, complete.
B. It is the intent that all new exposed ferrous surfaces be
painted, whether specifically mentioned or not, except as
modified herein.
C. All new exposed piping is to be painted.
D. New masonry walls are to be cleaned and painted.
E. Factory primed surfaces are to receive finish coats.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this
project.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
AWWA
American Water Works Association
FRP
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
HC1
Hydrochloric Acid
MDFT
Minimum Dry Film Thickness
MDFTPC
Minimum Dry Film Thickness Per Coat
mil Thousandths of an Inch
MIL -P
Military Specification - Paint
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Act
PSDS
Paint System Data Sheet
SFPG
Square Feet Per Gallon
SFPGPC
Square Feet Per Gallon Per Coat
SP
Surface Preparation
SSPC
Steel Structures Painting
Council
1.04 SURFACES NOT REQUIRING PAINTING
A. Unless otherwise specifically indicated in the Technical
Specifications or on the Drawings, the following areas or
items will not require painting:
Section 09900 -
Car a'tang
IrwpaabQ
FarifN nh., Arvavar
I
I
I
LJ
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
H
1. Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys
such as copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium
plate, weathering steel, and stainless steel,
except where:
a. Required for electrical insulation between
dissimilar metals.
b. Aluminum and stainless steel is embedded in
concrete or masonry, or aluminum is in contact
with concrete or masonry.
c. Color coding or
required.
d. Fiberglass reinfoi
with an integral
require painting,
specified.
equipment and piping is
rced plastic (FRP) equipment
colored gel coat does not
provided the color is as
2. Prefinished electrical and architectural items such
as motor control centers, switchboards, switchgear,
panelboards, transformers, disconnect switches,
etc.
3. Items specified to be galvanized after fabrication
unless specifically required elsewhere in these
Specifications or subject to immersion;
specifications for repair of damaged galvanized
surfaces are contained hereinafter.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The paint manufacturer shall provide a representative to
visit the jobsite at intervals during surface preparation
and painting as may be required for product application
quality assurance, and to determine compliance with
manufacturer's instructions and these Specifications, and
as may be necessary to resolve field problems
attributable to, or associated with, the manufacturer's
products furnished under this Contract.
1.06 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3
days advance notice of the start of any surface
preparation work or coating application work. All such
work shall be performed only in the presence of the
Engineer, unless the Engineer has granted prior approval
to perform such work in his absence.
flm.aflfng
It araa nbE
Fayof4nV., Arton.o.
P.
C
F.
P
I
C
C
U
r]
I
7
C
El
n
B. For all coatings subject to immersion, full cure must be
obtained for the completed system. Consult the coatings
manufacturer's written instructions for these
requirements. The coating shall not be immersed for any
purpose until completion of the curing cycle.
C. Inspection by the Engineer, or the waiver of inspection
of any particular portion of the work, shall not be
construed to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility
to perform the work in accordance with these
Specifications.
1.07 PAINT DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. All materials shall be new and shall be delivered to the
project site in unopened containers that plainly show, at
the time of use, the designated name, date of
manufacture, color, and name of manufacturer. Paints
shall be stored in a suitable protected area that is
heated or cooled as required to maintain temperatures
within the range recommended by the paint manufacturer.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warrant to the Owner and guarantee
the work under this section against defective workmanship
and materials for a period of 1 year commencing on the
date of final acceptance of the work.
1.09 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. For each paint system used herein, the Contractor
shall obtain from each paint manufacturer for
submittal to the Engineer, a Paint System Data
Sheet (PSDS) and, Technical Data Sheets, for each
product used in the paint system. The required
information shall be submitted on a
system -by -system basis. The Contractor shall also
provide copies of the paint system submittals to
the coating applicator. A sample PSDS form is
appended at the end of this section.
' YeCI./.nM
Lbn.ulhna
Eicn.naporr.
vporaNa
Fay.M.vi9., Arkan.a.
I
I
11
I
I
I
I
U
2. The Contractor shall, prior to the start of surface
preparation, furnish the Engineer with a 4 -inch by
4 -inch steel panel for each grade of sandblast
specified herein, prepared by the Contractor to the
specified requirements. The panel shall be
representative of the steel used and shall be
prevented from deterioration of the surface
quality. Upon review by the Engineer, the panel
shall be preserved as a reference source for
inspection.
1.10 PAINT COLOR SAMPLES
A. Submit paint color charts displaying the full color
selection available from the paint manufacturer selected
by the Contractor.
B. Allow 30 days from date of submittal for Owner/Engineer
to determine selected colors.
loll RELATED PAINTING WORK PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS, BUT
SYSTEMS DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION
II A. Section No. It
Ti
I
L
[1
I
I
C
I
04230 Reinforced Concrete Masonry Units
08100 Metal Doors and Frames
11035 Horizontal Split Case Water Pumps
15001 Plant Piping
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PAINT AND COATINGS SUPPLIERS
A. The letter code will be found following the generic
descriptions of materials outlined in the Specifications.
Alternate suppliers will be considered, if product is
equal to that specified. Address given is that of the
general offices; contact these offices for information
regarding the location of their representative nearest
the project site.
B. Supplier Code A - Coatings Suppliers: (Able to supply
most heavy-duty industrial coatings)
1. Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburg, PA
2. Porter Coatings, Louisville, KY
3. Rustoleum Corporation, Evanston, IL
4. Tnemec Coatings, Kansas City, MO
I]
e l McQeua.
fonwuMg
Enp�neen
�nrereoral e4
FaFe�H n9e� Areareee
C
C
L
H
I
C
I
I
7
C
C
Li
I
I
H
C
I
[1
C. Supplier Code B - Paint Suppliers (Able to supply most
architectural paints)
1. Benjamin Moore Paints, New York, NY
2. Pittsburgh Paints, Pittsburgh, PA
3. Sherwin Williams, Cleveland, OH
D. Supplier Code C - Specialty Suppliers
1. McCloskey Varnish Company, Philadelphia, PA
2. Olympic Stain & Varnish, Seattle, WA
3. Pavey Research Corporation, Tukwila, WA
4. Chemstop Manufacturing and Sales Corp., Itasca, IL
E. Supplier Code E - Fusion Bonded Coating Applicators
1. B. L. Downey, Cicero, IL
2. Industrial Coatings, Baltimore, MD
2.02 PAINT MATERIALS
A. The following paint products are listed according to
their approximate order of appearance in the paint
systems. Deviations from the specified paint systems
must be reviewed by the Engineer prior to use. The
letter designating the supplier code references the
listing of paint suppliers able to furnish these specific
materials. Alternate systems will be considered subject
to the review of the Engineer.
Polyamide, Anti- Converted epoxy primer
Corrosive, Epoxy containing rust inhibitive
Primer pigments; minimum percent
volume solids, 46% - Supplier
Code: A
Coal -Tar Epoxy Amine or polyamide type, 68%
volume solids minimum, suitable
for immersion service -
Supplier Code: A
Organic Zinc Rich Converted epoxy, epoxy/phenolic
or Primer urethane type, minimum
10 pounds metallic zinc content
per gallon. Supplier Code: A
Rust -Inhibitive Primer
Single -package steel primers
with anti -corrosive pigment
loading; may be alkyd, vinyl,
epoxy ester, chlorinated
rubber; 40% volume solids
minimum. Supplier Code: A -B
o Conmmny
Enompra
InoarOorahJ
Fopn..•I'., A•kon.o.
I
I
I]
I
I
C
[1
1
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
Alkyd Enamel Optimum quality, gloss finish,
medium long oil, 45% minimum
solids by volume Supplier Code:
A -B
Wash Primer
Vinyl butyral acid - Supplier
Code: A
Inorganic Zinc Primer Solvent or water based, 10
pounds metallic zinc content per
gallon minimum; follow
manufacturer's recommendation
for topcoating. Supplier Code:
A
Silicone Acrylic Elevated temperature types; 20%
minimum solids by volume -
Supplier Code: A
Polyamide High Build Capability of 4-8 MDFT per coat
Epoxy Supplier Code: A
Acrylic Latex (Gloss) High glass, single -component;
minimum volume solids, 25%.
Supplier Code: A -B
Bituminous Paint Single -component, coal -tar pitch
based; 68% minimum solids by
volume. Supplier Code: A
Polyurethane Enamel Two -component, asphaltic or
acrylic based polyurethane; 45%
minimum volume solids; high
gloss finish. Supplier Code: A
Block Filler Primer -sealer designed for rough
masonry surface. Supplier Code:
B
Sanding Sealer Co -polymer oil, clear, dull
luster. Supplier Code: B -C
Stain Pigmented water repellant
coating (no silicones)
specifically designed for
masonry and concrete surfaces;
minimum volume solids, 19% to
21%. Supplier Code: C
Acrylic Latex Semi -gloss latex; minimum volume
(Semi -Gloss) solids, 41%. Supplier Code: B
YaC.I a.e
Cons'.I'ik,gEnga I
I.CaD.rod
Farbrw,, A•tanms
I
1
' 2.03
A.
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
Acrylic Latex Flat latex; minimum volume
(Flat) solids, 34% Supplier Code: B
Varnish (Satin) Nonpigmented vehicle based on a
variety of resins (alkyd,
phenolic, urethane) available
in gloss, semi -gloss, and flat
finishes - Supplier Code: B -C
COLOR SELECTION
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and the
Engineer as hereinbefore specified for final color
selections.
B. Colors shall be formulated with colorants free of lead,
lead compounds, or other materials which might be
affected by the presence of hydrogen sulfide or other gas
likely to be present at the project.
2.04 EQUIPMENT COLORS
A. Equipment shall be meant to include the machinery or
vessel itself plus the structural supports and fasteners
and attached electrical conduits. All nonsubmerged
portions of equipment shall be painted the same color as
the process piping it serves, except as itemized below.
Equipment Color
Dangerous parts of equipment and machinery OSHA Orange
Fire protection equipment and apparatus OSHA Red
Physical hazards in normal operating area OSHA Yellow
PART 3 EXECUTION
HFW� H�:iNwzk%
A. All materials of a paint system, including primer and
finish coats, shall be produced by the same paint
manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other
additives shall be as recommended by the paint
manufacturer of the particular coating.
3.02 INTENT
A. It is the intent of these Specifications that the
Contractor and his subcontractors employed on the jobsite
will leave the surfaces of their work in such a condition
I
flMC Cl.rra nE
consoling
Enanor.
fncaaerar.0
Fen t.vrtf., Arkamw
H
I
I
I
I
fl
I]
I
[1
H
I
I!
r
I
I
H
I
Ii
that only minor cleaning and sanding is required prior to
surface preparation and painting. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor to inspect and provide
substrate surfaces that are prepared in accordance with
these Specifications and the printed directions and
recommendations of the paint manufacturer whose product
is to be applied.
3.03 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting
fixtures, switchplates, aluminum surfaces, machined
surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on
machinery, and other surfaces not intended to be painted.
Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials from
falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect
working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from
damage during surface preparation and painting process.
Openings in motors shall be masked to prevent paint and
other materials from entering the motors.
3.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Paint shall not be applied in temperatures beyond the
manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum allowable,
nor in dust, smoke -laden atmosphere, damp or humid
weather.
B. Abrasive blast cleaning shall not performed whenever the
relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, nor whenever the
surface temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the
dew point of the ambient air.
3.05 SAFETY
A. Painting shall be performed in strict
safety recommendations of the paint
the safety recommendations of the Nat
Corrosion Engineers contained in the
for Painter Safety; Federal, state,
having jurisidiction.
3.06 PAINT MIXING
accordance with the
manufacturer; with
Lonal Association of
publication, Manual
and local agencies
A. Multiple -component coatings shall be prepared using all
of the contents of the container for each component as
packaged by the paint manufacturer. No partial batches
will be permitted. Multiple -component coatings that have
been mixed shall not be used beyond their pot life. The
Contractor shall provide small quantity kits for touch-up
painting and for painting other small areas. Only the
components specified and furnished by the paint
McrlouoS
'
trconsWii
Enp,MI.1
io porolM
Fa»141v.ba, Arkansas
U
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
manufacturer shall be mixed. No intermixing of
additional components for reasons of color or otherwise,
even within the same generic type of coating, will be
permitted.
B. Paint materials shall be kept sealed when not in use.
C. Where more than one coat of a material is applied within
a given system, color will be alternated to provide a
visual reference that the required number of coats have
been applied.
3.07 SHOP BLAST CLEANING
A. Items such as structural steel, metal, and similar items
as reviewed by the Engineer may be shop prepared and
primed at the option of the Contractor. Centrifugal
wheel blast cleaning is an acceptable alternate to shop
blast cleaning. All work shall be blast cleaned and
primed in accordance with these Specifications.
3.08 ABRASIVE BLASTING
A. Perform abrasive blasting for items and equipment where
specified and as required to restore damaged surfaces
previously shop or field blasted and primed. Materials,
equipment, procedures, and safety equipment for personnel
shall conform to the Steel Structures Painting Council.
3.09
OF SURFACES - METAL
A. No surface preparation blasting will be permitted prior
to submission of samples. All workmanship for metal
surface preparation as specified shall be in strict
conformance with the current Steel Structures Painting
Council (SSPC) Specifications as follows:
Solvent Cleaning
SP
1
Hand Tool Cleaning
SP
2
Power Tool Cleaning
SP
3
White Metal Blast Cleaning
SP
5
Commercial Blast Cleaning
SP
6
Brush -Off Blast Cleaning
SP
7
Pickling
SP
8
Near -White Blast Cleaning
SP
10
B. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning," "hand tool
cleaning," "wire brushing," or "blast cleaning," or
similar words of equal intent are used in these
Specifications or in paint manufacturer's
specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the
applicable SSPC Specifications listed above.
"cCJ*Ildnd
c MwNm/
Enpmuv
hicorparona
•oys•Isvl4s, Arsonsos
I
[I
I
I
[I
L
[I
I
[1
L
I
I
I
C. Hand tool clean areas that cannot be cleaned by power
tool cleaning.
3.10 PRE -BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS
A. All oil, grease, welding fluxes,
contaminants shall be removed prior
Preblast cleaning methods shall use
hot water, or cold water with ap
additives followed with clean water
and other surface
to blast cleaning.
steam, open flame,
?ropriate detergent
rinsing.
B. Small isolated areas shall be cleaned as above or solvent
cleaned with suitable solvents and clean cloths.
C. All sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered and all
burrs, jagged edges, and surface defects shall be ground
smooth.
D. Welds and adjacent areas shall be prepared such that
there is: (1) no undercutting or reverse ridges on the
weld bead, (2) no weld spatter on or adjacent to the weld
or any other area to be painted, and (3) no sharp peaks
or ridges along the weld bead. All embedded pieces of
electrode or wire shall be ground flush with the adjacent
surface of the weld bead.
3.11 BLAST CLEANING REQUIREMENTS
A. The type of equipment and speed of travel shall be such
that and specified degree of cleanliness is obtained.
The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to
produce a surface profile that meets the coating
manufacturer's recommendations for the particular primer
to be used. Only dry blast cleaning methods will be
permitted. The abrasive shall not be reused.
B. The Contractor shall comply with the applicable Federal,
state, and local air pollution control regulations for
blast cleaning.
3.12 POST -BLAST CLEANING AND OTHER CLEANING REQUIREMENTS
A. All surfaces shall be cleaned of all dust and residual
particles of the cleaning operations by dry (no oil or
water vapor) air blast cleaning or other method prior to
painting. Enclosed areas and other areas where dust
settling is a problem shall be vacuum cleaned and wiped
with a tack cloth.
B. Surfaces shall be painted the same day they are blast
cleaned. Surfaces that have started to rust before they
are painted shall be reblasted.
MCCN'lana
, fanwrl.n/
n Irmo i l
lnC por~
F0ys1HvlY. A•b.uo.
3.13 CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Not Used.
3.14 PLASTIC SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Not Used.
3.15 MASONRY SURFACE PREPARATION
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A. Masonry construction shall be completed and cured for 14
days or more before surface preparation work is started.
B. All oil, grease, dirt, salts or other chemicals, loose
materials, or other foreign matter shall be removed by
solvent, detergent washing, or other suitable cleaning
methods.
C. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of all mortar and grout
spillage and other surface deposits using either (1)
nonmetallic fiber brushes and commercial muriatic acid
followed with rinsing with clean water, or (2) brush-off
blasting, or (3) water blasting.
D. Care shall be taken to avoid damage to the masonry mortar
joints or adjacent surfaces.
E. Surfaces shall be clean and, unless otherwise required
for proper adhesion, shall be dry prior to painting.
3.16 PREPARATION OF EXISTING COATED SURFACES
A. The equipment, procedure, and degree of cleaning shall
conform to the Application Schedule presented
hereinafter. The abrasive may be either wet or dry
blasting sand, grit, or nut shell. The various surface
preparation parameters such as size and hardness of the
abrasive, nozzle size, air pressure, and nozzle distance
from the surface shall be selected such that the surface
is cleaned without pitting, chipping, or otherwise
damaging the surface. The Contractor shall verify his
parameter selection by blast cleaning a trail area that
will not be exposed to view. The trial blast cleaned
area shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and
shall be used as a representative sample of the surface
preparation. Surfaces that are damaged by blast cleaning
shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
flYCCI.IICnd
Con.m
Enym.et..n
InorOatoll E
Foy.•.Ivl'l.. Ar op.os
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1l
I
I
I
3.17 ACID ETCHING
A. After precleaning, the following solution is spread by
brush or plastic sprinkling can: 1 part commercial
muriatic acid reduced by 2 parts water by volume. Adding
acid to water in these proportions gives an approximate
10 percent solution of HC1. Workmen shall be equipped
with necessary protective clothing. The application rate
shall be approximately 2 gallons per 100 square feet.
Work the acid solution into the surface by hard -bristled
brushes or brooms until complete wetting and coverage is
obtained. The acid will react vigorously for a few
minutes, during which time brushing is continued. After
the bubbling has subsided (10 minutes), hose down the
remaining slurry with high pressure clean water. Rinsing
must be done immediately to avoid formation of salts on
the surface which are difficult to remove. Thorough
rinsing is necessary to remove any residual acid surface
condition which can impair adhesion. The surface shall
be completely dry before coating is applied. After
etching, the surface shall be "grainy" to the touch. If
not, repeat the treatment.
3.18 SOLVENT CLEANING
A. Solvent cleaning shall consist of removal of foreign
matter such as oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting
compounds, and any other surface contaminants by the use
of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam
cleaning, or similar materials and methods which involve
a solvent or cleaning action. This method conforms with
Steel Structures Painting Council SP 1.
3.19 APPLICATION OF PAINT - GENERAL
A. Manufacturer's written instructions for applying each
type of paint or protective coating shall be furnished
the Engineer prior to application. Cleaned surfaces and
all coats shall be inspected prior to the succeeding
coat. Schedule such inspection with the Engineer in
advance. Apply all coatings in strict accordance with
the paint manufacturer's recommendations, as reviewed by
the Engineer. Sufficient time shall be allowed between
coats to assure thorough drying of previously applied
paint.
B. New units to be bolted together and to structures shall
be painted prior to assembly or installation.
flNt6N/lend
Enp/porn
;norcOonNJ
Fcw/Nw,lq Arkan.a.
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
3.20 SHOP PRIMED SURFACES
A. All shop primed items shall be inspected at the jobsite
for compliance with these Specifications. Schedule such
inspection with the Engineer in advance. Areas of
chipped, peeled, or abraded primer shall be hand or power
sanded feathering the edges. The areas shall then be
spot primed with the specified primer. Prior to
application of finish coats, shop primed surfaces shall
be cleaned free of all dirt, oil and grease, and a mist
coat, 1.0 mil dry film thickness, of the specified primer
applied, complete. Holdback areas for welding shall be
prepared and primed, after welding, as required for the
specified paint system. Application of primer shall be
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.21
APPLIED PAINT SYSTEMS
A. Abraded areas on factory finished items shall be repaired
in strict accordance with the equipment manufacturer's
directions. Repaired areas shall be carefully blended
into the original finish.
3.22 FILM
A. Coverage is listed as either total minimum dry film
thickness in mils (MDFT) or the spreading rate in square
feet per gallon (SFPG). Per coat determinations are
listed as MDFTPC or SFPGPC. The number of coats is the
minimum required irrespective of the coating thickness.
Additional coats may be required to obtain the minimum
required paint thickness, depending on method of
application, differences in manufacturers' products, and
atmospheric conditions. Maximum film build per coat
shall not exceed the coating manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Film thickness measurements and electrical inspection of
the coated surfaces shall be performed with properly
calibrated instruments. Recoat and repair as necessary
for compliance with the Specifications. All coats will
be subject to inspection by the Engineer and the coating
manufacturer's representative.
C. Particular attention shall be given edges, angles,
flanges, etc. Where insufficient film thicknesses are
likely to be present, ensure proper millage in these
areas.
D. After repaired and recoated areas have dried
sufficiently, final tests will be conducted by the
Engineer. Coating thickness specified in mils will be
MKlel adm
cem:l'ant
Enprn it
wmpero S
Fo fl,v'141 Arkenmk
u
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
measured with a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge
such as Mikrotest, supplied by Nordson Corporation,
Anaheim, CA. The finish coat (expect zinc primer and
galvanizing) will be tested for holidays and
discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low
voltage, wet sponge type such as Model M-1, manufactured
by Tinker and Rasor, San Gabriel, CA.
E. Each coat shall be checked for the correct millage. No
measurement will be made under a minimum of 8 hours after
application of the coating.
3.23 POROUS SURFACES
A. Porous surfaces such as concrete, masonry, etc., may have
the prime coat thinned to provide maximum penetration and
adhesion. Type and amount of thinning shall be
determined by the paint manufacturer and is dependent
upon the surface density and type of coating.
B. Porous surfaces specified to receive a water base coating
shall be damp, but free of running water, just prior to
application of the coating.
3.24 DAMAGED COATINGS
A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have the
edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the
recommendations of the paint manufacturer, as reviewed by
the Engineer.
B. Repair of fusion bonded coatings to be as recommended by
the original applicator. Liquid repair kits to be
provided for this purpose by the applicator, as
recommended by the coating manufacturer.
C. All finish coats, including touch-up and damage -repair
coats shall be applied in a manner which will present a
uniform texture and color -matched appearance.
3.25 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION
A. If the item has an improper finish color, or insufficient
film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and
topcoated with the specified paint material to obtain the
specified color and coverage. Specific surface
preparation information to be secured from the coating
manufacturer and the Engineer.
B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint
shall be hand- or power -sanded feathering the edges. The
areas shall then be primed and finish coated in
ucCi.ucae
Can.uu.na
[nai..n
•n:oraorcr.a
Faprnv, N, Ar.an.a.
C
LJ
I
Ii
El
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
McCI. is
' a CMWlbgy
Enpmun
InrsOwaME
Feykft.wl:., Arkansas
accordance with the Specifications. Depending on the
extent of repair and its appearance, a finish sanding and
topcoat may be required by the Engineer.
C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or
other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall
be cause for rejection.
D. Any defect in the coating system shall be repaired by the
Contractor per written recommendations of the coating
manufacturer.
E. Leave all staging up until the Engineer has inspected the
surface or coating. Staging removed prior to approval by
Engineer shall be replaced.
3.26 SHIPPING
A. In all cases where precoated items are to be shipped to
the jobsite, all efforts will be made to protect the
coating from damage. Coated items shall be battened to
prevent abrasion. Contractor shall use nonmetallic or
padded slings and straps in handling. Items will be
rejected for excessive damage, in the opinion of the
Engineer.
3.27 CLEANUP
A. All cloths and waste that might constitute a fire hazard
shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed
at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, all
staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed
from the site or destroyed in a legal manner. Paint
spots, oil, or stains upon adjacent surfaces and floors
shall be completely removed, and the entire job left
clean.
SYSTEM NO. 6 EXPOSED METAL - ATMOSPHERIC
Abrasive Blast, or
Centrifugal Wheel
Blast (SP 3)
Rust -Inhibitive
Primer
Alkyd Enamel
1 coat, 2 MDFT
2 coats, 4 MDFT
I
I
I
I
C
I
Li
I
I
I
I
H
r
I
I
H
I
MCCM eland
ConaatPny
' [n,InNry
Inaalaa�asId
ray flavlfla, Ar.anu.
SYSTEM NO. 27 ALUMINUM AND DISSIMILAR METAL INSULATION
Solvent Clean (SP 1) Wash Primer 1 coat, 0.4 MDFT
Bituminous 1 coat, 10 MDFT
Paint
SYSTEM NO. 29 FUSION BONDED COATING
Abrasive Blast, or Fusion Bonded
Centrifugal Wheel 100% Solids
Blast (SP 10) or Acid Epoxy or
Pickling (SP 8) Polyurethane
SYSTEM N0. 109 SEMI -GLOSS
1 or 2 coats,
7 MDFT
Masonry Block Filler 1 coat, 75 SFPG
Acrylic Latex
(Semi -Gloss)
3.28 APPLICATION SCHEDULE
2 coats, 240
SFPGPC
A. Unless otherwise indicated in the Technical
Specifications or on the Drawings, the work shall be
painted or coated in accordance with the following
application schedule. In the event of discrepancies or
omissions in the following, request clarification from
the Engineer before starting the work in question.
1. System No. 6 Exposed Metal - Atmospheric: Paint metal
items at the pump station with this paint system,
including but not limited to; building door and door
frame, bar joists, pump hoist beam, exposed pipe, valves
and fittings, non -factory coated electrical panels, pumps
or motors. All metal items at the pump station not
specifically listed as not requiring a coating shall
receive this coating system.
2. System No. 27 Aluminum and Dissimilar Metal Insulation:
This system shall be used where specified and on the
following items or areas:
All electrical conduit where it is embedded in concrete
or masonry.
All nonsubmerged concrete embedded aluminum surfaces
All aluminum in contact with concrete and masonry
All contacting dissimilar metals
3. System No. 29 Fusion Bonded Coating - This system shall
be used on anchor bolts subject to being submerged.
4. System 109 - Masonry, Semi -Gloss: This system shall be
applied to interior and exterior masonry walls and
ceilings and exterior concrete on the Pump Station
Building.
3.29 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the applicable lump sum bid amounts stated in the
Proposal.
(Paint System Data Sheet attached hereafter).
MCC,e',and
Consulting
a g
Enajnpn
1'Iapr0orotH
Fannn 1'e, A'Yansom
t I }
Attached
products' Technical Data Sheet
(if
applicable) to this
sheet for
each paint system submittal.
Paint System Number (from Spec.)
Paint System Title (from Spec.)
Coatings Supplier
Representative
Surface Preparation
Paint Material Product Name/Number
(Generic) (Proprietary)
aJr
wacl.liand
Lan�Jnny
Enpuur.
Inwoarar.Q
foyabnl41 Arkon.a.
Min. Coats Coverage
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
SECTION 10520
IL'l&KAleaa ie (•1!fl�Y9
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, a portable fire extinguisher for the
new Pump Station.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
1. Manufacturer's Literature: Catalog data for each
item, including sizes, ratings, UL listings or
other certifications, and mounting information.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Manufacturer's recommendations and specifications:
1. NFPA No. 10: "Standard for Portable Fire
Extinguishers"
2. NFPA No. 101: "Life Safety Code"
3. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL): "Fire Protection
Equipment List"
4. National Institute of Safety and Health (NIOSH)
Certification Program
5. Superintendent of Documents: "A Guide to Industrial
Respiratory Protection", GPO 017-033-00153-7.
6. ANSI 288.2: "Standard Practice for Respiratory
Protection"
klCC"Ilana
' .o Canwwna
Inasrp aralaa
Faysnn,l4, Arkansas
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
H
I
I
C
I
11
C
C
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
2.02 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS - MANUFACTURERS
A. Products of the following manufacturers, or equal,
meeting these Specifications, may be used on this
project:
1. Amerex Corporation
2. Ansul Company
3. Badger-Powhatan
4. General Fire Extinguishing Corporation
5. Halprin Supply Company
6. J. L. Industries
7. Kidde Belleville
8. Larsen's Manufacturing Company
9. W. D. Allen Manufacturing Company
B. For all hand extinguishers, provide heavy-duty brackets
with clip -together strap for wall mounting. All
extinguishers shall have UL listing and be charged and
ready for service.
2.03 MULTI -PURPOSE HAND
A. Tri-class dry chemical extinguishing agent in
pressurized, red enameled steel shell cylinder; activated
by top squeeze handle; agent propelled through hose or
opening at top of unit; for use on A, B, and C class
fires; minimum UL rating 4A-60B:C, 10 -pound capacity.
2.04 FASTENINGS
A. Provide necessary screws, bolts, and other fastenings of
suitable type and size to secure items of fire equipment
in position. Provide metal expansion shields for machine
screws at concrete and masonry.
B. Interior fastenings shall be rust -resistant. Exterior
screws shall be stainless steel.
McL4ticnQ
CFaMaarc
.amporat.d
Fcy t•valn, Atkan.o.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated below as directed by Engineer and
in accordance with reference standards. Equipment shall
be plumb and level. Brackets shall be securely and
rigidly attached to structure. Mounting surfaces shall
have adequate backing as specified or shown on the
Drawings. Install as follows:
o Portable Fire Extinguisher
1 in new Pump Station Building
3.02 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
A. Provide at location shown, mounting hangers securely in
position following manufacturer's recommendations, so
that top of extinguisher is no more than 5 feet above the
floor.
3.03 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Seqouyah Pump Station.
I
11
1
I
I
I
I
McL44aaa
caitttll,flg n E gla
14N`OO.GMJ
Fay+H.vd4, A.kamaa
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
1l
I
I
F
I
SECTION 11035
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the horizontal split case water pumps
specified herein, and as further specified in the Detail
Pump Specifications hereinafter.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 DEFINITIONS - TOTAL HEAD
A. Total head in feet of liquid pumped shall be the
discharge head minus the suction head (or plus the
suction lift), both measured at the pump flanges and
corrected to pump datum as defined by Hydraulic
Institute Standards, plus the difference in velocity
heads at the same points.
1.04 SUPPLIERS'/MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
A. If stated in the Detail Pump Specification, a supplier's
and/or manufacturer's representative for the equipment
specified shall be present at the jobsite for
installation assistance, inspection and certification of
the installation, equipment testing, startup assistance,
and training of the OWNER's personnel.
1.05 SUBMITTALS DURING
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION. In addition, the following specific
information shall be provided:
1. Performance data curves showing head, capacity,
horsepower demand, pump efficiency, and NPSH
(required) over the entire operating range of the
pump, from shutoff to maximum capacity. The
equipment manufacturer shall indicate separately
the head, capacity, horsepower demand, and pump
McCUuafL
"VA
.nA
Caow Ar.
InaaraarabE
FapfHVWq Arkansas
efficiency at the guarantee points.
Performance requirements shall be as defined
in the Hydraulic Institute Standards.
2. Provide complete motor nameplate data, as
defined by NEMA, motor manufacturer; and any
motor modifications.
3. For energy -efficient motors, provide a
certified copy of the test report for an
identical motor tested in accordance with
NEMA Standards Publication No. MG 1-12.53.a
and IEEE Standard No. 112, Test Method B,
showing full -load efficiency meeting or
exceeding specified values. Motors not as
specified will be rejected.
4. Submit manufacturer's written certification
that the factory -applied coating system(s) is
identical to the requirements specified
herein. Where in the manufacturer's opinion,
the coating system(s) exceeds the requirements
specified herein, submit complete technical
literature of the proposed system(s) to the
Engineer for review.
5. Any additional information required in the
Detail Pump Specifications.
1.06
RELATED WORK SPECIFIED AND PERFORMED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
Section No.
15082
Division 16
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Pump Control Valve
Electrical
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
2.02 PUMP AND DRIVER
A. See Detail Pump Specification at the end of this section.
weparo+e
Cmvl•iny
Fnpmka s
i.DD'DerD•1!
FDyer1u44, ArkcND.
[:
1
2.03 LIFTING LUGS
I
[l
I
I
LI
I
'Ii
L
Li
I
'LJ
I
11
I
I
A. Equipment weighing over 100 pounds shall be provided with
lifting lugs.
2.04 VENT AND DRAIN
A. Provide tapped and plugged case vent and drain
connections. Field install a 1/2 -inch plug valve, on the
pump casing vent connection.
2.05 GAUGE
A. Provide tapped suction and discharge gauge connections on
the pump flanges. Where this is not possible, provide
gauge connections on the immediately adjacent piping. Do
not provide diaphragm seal or pressure gauge under this
section.
2.06 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS
A. See Detail Pump Specifications for spare parts and
special tools required for each pump or set of pumps.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PUMP AND DRIVER INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, and as approved. Mount pumps and
drivers on concrete bases as shown on the Drawings. The
size of the new concrete bases shall be determined by the
dimensions of the pump and driver and shall be at least
8 inches wider and longer than the pump and/or driver
base and in accordance with the details shown. Anchor
bolt size and material shall be as shown in the Detail
Pump Specification. Bolts shall be accurately placed
with templates. Coat bolt thread projections with
lubricant to facilitate future nut removal.
B. Level base by means of steel wedges (steel plates and
steel shims). Wedge taper shall not be greater than 1/4
inch per foot. Use double wedges to provide a level
bearing surface for the pump and/or driver base. Secure
each pair of wedges in their final positions with one
tack weld on each side after leveling is complete.
Accomplish wedging so that there is no change of level or
springing of the baseplate when the anchor bolts are
tightened.
kKGI.tJond
1 .^xwM me
Eopmgn
Inporp.totd
F.J.It.v I'., A•ko,ns
I
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
Li
I
I
I
C.
Adjust pump assemblies such that the driving units are
properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units
and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Flexible
couplings shall not be considered to compensate for
misalignment.
D.
After the pump and driver have been set in position,
aligned, and shimmed to the proper elevation, grout the
space between the bottom of the baseplate and the
concrete foundation with a dry, tamped -in, nonshrinking
grout, prepared and installed in accordance with Section
03300, CONCRETE.
E.
Pipe all pump and base plate drains to floor drains.
F.
All strain from attached piping shall be eliminated from
the pumps and any evidence of pump or driver
misalignment, noisy operation, or other signs of improper
setting shall be corrected by the Contractor. Care
during storage, installation, and lubrication shall be in
strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.02 PAINTING
A. The definitions of submerged and nonsubmerged surfaces
shall be taken from Section 09900, PAINTING.
Nonsubmerged metal surfaces of equipment and accessories
specified herein shall be factory prepared and primed
with the manufacturer's standard primer, provided it
meets or exceeds primer coating of System No. 6 as
specified in Section 09900, PAINTING, and provided it is
compatible with finish coating of said system.
B. Field -applied finish coating system shall be as specified
in Section 09900, PAINTING.
C. Nonferrous and corrosion -resistant ferrous alloys such as
copper, bronze, monel, aluminum, chromium plate, and
stainless steel need not be coated at the manufacturer's
discretion subject to the Engineer's review.
3.03 BALANCE OF VIBRATION
A. The rotating parts of each pump and its driving unit
shall be dynamically balanced before final assembly. The
driving unit alone shall operate without vibration in
excess of the limits stated in the latest revision of
NEMA MG 1.
MCCleilaM
Enpmov
Irewee.ole0
Fe,e.leel4l. A/hone,
I
I]
3.04 FUNCTIONAL TEST
I
I
I
I
II
I
1
r1
I
I
U
I
I
I
[1
A. Prior to plant startup, all equipment described in the
Detail Pump Specifications following shall be inspected
for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper connection,
and satisfactory performance by means of a functional
test.
3.05 VIBRATION TEST
A. The complete assembly, consisting of the driving unit and
pump, and flexible shafting where shown, connected and in
normal operation, shall not develop amplitudes of
vibration exceeding limits recommended by the current
edition of Hydraulic Institute Standards.
3.06 PERFORMANCE TEST
A. The Contractor shall perform field tests on completed
pump assemblies, as required by the Detail Pump
Specifications, to demonstrate their conformance to the
Specifications. A test log shall be presented to the
Engineer upon the completion of each test that records
the following:
1. Flow, in gallons per minute.
2. Pump suction and discharge pressures as
measured by calibrated gauges and total head,
all tabulated in feet.
3. For ac motors, driving motor voltage and
amperage measured for each phase and 3 -phase
kilowatts.
B. Measurements shall be made with plant instrumentation
and/or other methods approved by the Engineer. Units
apparently failing to meet the Specifications to the
satisfaction of the Engineer must be more accurately
tested in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards.
If the pump fails the second test, the unit will be
rejected, and the Contractor shall furnish a unit that
will perform as specified. In addition, if the specified
pump fails the second test, all identical pumps covered
by the Detail Pump Specification for the pump under test
shall be tested under the same provisions, whether
specified or not, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
flMCI.
ng
En in r.
Enpin..r.
Incorp.•olW
roy.n.v I'., ArPo91C.
3.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE(S)
A. Provide manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance that the
factory -applied painting systems referenced herein have
been furnished.
p.
MCCMMllond
Cpnwnl'np
Enpinpprs
Inprpwalp
Fephrn:4, Arkonrar
u �•
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
See Section 11035, HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE WATER PUMPS -
GENERAL, for additional requirements.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
PUMP MANUFACTURERS
A.
Fairbanks Morse, Model 2874A, 3" x 5"
Be
Or approved equal
2.02
QUANTITY - 2
2.03
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Liquid Pumped Potable Water
Pumping Temperature (PT) Ambient
Specific Gravity at PT 1.0
Viscosity at PT 1.00 cs
Vapor Pressure at PT 0.34 psia
2.04
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE
1. Rated Capacity 800 gpm at 285 feet head
2. Minimum Efficiency 77 percent
at Rated Capacity
3. Speed 3,550 rpm
2.05 PUMP CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
A. Pump Type: Frame -mounted single -stage horizontal split
case centrifugal pump.
MCCI.'fand
C.n.klpnd
.
Inca'Dar;rpor fld
Fa/.Sbna4,Prkan.a.
I
I
I
[i
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer's standard all -iron, unless otherwise
hereinafter specified.
B. AISI, ASTM, etc. numbers, types, and grades specified are
typical of material composition and quality. Equivalent
materials will be considered.
2.07 CASING
A. Cast iron, flanges faced and drilled 125 psig ANSI
standard. Hydrostatic test at 1-1/2 times shutoff head.
2.08 IMPELLER
A. Enclosed double suction, bronze. Secure to shaft by key
and capscrew and washer, or impeller nut.
2.09 MECHANICAL SEAL
A. Manufacturer's standard mechanical seal with carbon seal
rings and ceramic seals.
2.10 SEAL LUBRICATION
A. Liquid from the pump discharge shall flush and cool the
seal faces.
2.11 SHAFT
A. Heat treated steel of sufficient diameter to allow no
greater than 0.003" maximum deflection measured at the
stuffing box for all normal performance conditions.
2.12 BEARINGS
A. Single row, deep -groove type ball bearings. Each bearing
shall be capable of carrying both line and thrust loads.
2.14 BEARING LUBRICATION
A. Grease, with addition and relief fittings.
2.15 PEDESTAL BASE
A. Cast iron or fabricated steel.
o .nW
mcc14tSISUIOPy
Ecri
Inmoce+Oer t
oHQ
feplbvtlle, Arkansas
1
1
1
I
I
A.
2.17
A.
2.18
MOTOR SUPPORT FRAME
Cast iron or fabricated steel, designed to permit access
to pump bearings and flexible coupling. Motor mounting
surface shall be designed for standard motor base.
COUPLING
Falk or Fast spring -grid or gear type flexible coupling,
with OSHA coupling guard.
SPARE PARTS FOR EACH PUMP
A. Complete set mechanical seals,
O-ring seals, shaft sleeve,
dowels, pins, etc.
2.19
A.
2.20
A.
2.21
2.22
complete set gaskets and
and complete set keys,
SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS FOR THIS SET OF PUMPS
Complete set of any special tools required to dismantle
pump.
ANCHOR BOLT SIZE AND MATERIAL
5/8 -inch minimum stainless steel.
DRIVE MOTORS
Speed
Enclosure
Horsepower
Volts
Phases
Frequency
Service Factor
Duty Cycle
Insulation Class
Temperature Rise
Ambient Temperature Rating
Starting Method
Thrust Bearing
Lubrication
Guide Bearing Lubrication
Bearing Life (min.)
3600 rpm
Open Drip Proof
75 hp
460 volts
3 -phases
60 -Hz
1.15
Continuous
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
40 degrees C
Solid State Reduced Voltage
Controller
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
50,000 hours rating life as
defined by AFBMA Standards
MOTOR MODIFICATIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Grounding Terminal
Mounted in motor
junction
box
Paint
Manufacturer's
standard;
the
MCClo'(and
Con 411
fftlnNrll
Ino 'paid NA
fa)W1@vJPa1 AQaMo.
-3
motor(s) shall be completely
factory painted except for the
exterior which shall have all
primer coats applied with the
final primer compatible with
the pump manufacturer's
painting.
2.23 MOTOR EFFICIENCY
A. Each motor shall have a nominal efficiency of 94.0
percent printed on nameplate. Efficiency shall be based
on IEEE 112 Test Method B - Dynamometer at full load.
Motors below specified efficiency shall be rejected.
2.24 SUPPLIERS'/MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
A. The Contractor shall provide for and receive the services
of a qualified representative of the pump manufacturer
to:
1. Inspect the units installation and execute the
functional and vibration tests. The
representative shall certify that the pumps
have been installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Certification
shall be in writing and shall be received and
acknowledged by the Engineer prior to placing
the pumps into operation.
U
I
I
I
[I
I
1
2. Place the unit into operation (startup).
3. Train OWNER's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the unit.
B. A total of 1 man -day, minimum, shall be required of the
manufacturer's representative at the jobsite, excluding
travel time. The Contractor is referred to Section
01610, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. The Contractor, assisted by the pump supplier's or
manufacturer's representative, shall conduct functional
and vibration tests on all pumps in accordance with the
General Pump Specification.
racronann
con=1Erqffinry
n�pN011I
fojp•rnw9o, ArWn000
B. The manufacturer's representative shall provide a startup
certification to the Engineer, with the actual vibration
test values listed in the certification.
3.02 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section shall be made at the
lump sum bid amount for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
Oonn Ding
a g
wmp.ra .0
Feplt.r'l4, Atlanta.
SECTION 11035-2
DETAIL PUMP SPECIFICATION
FOR HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE WATER PUMPS
HYLAND PARK PUMPS
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
See Section 11035, HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE WATER PUMPS -
GENERAL, for additional requirements.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
PUMP MANUFACTURERS
A.
Fairbanks Morse, Model 5972, 2-1/2" x 3", Two Stage.
B.
Or approved equal. (These pumps are to replace existing
Model 5972 pumps. Other pumps may require extensive
reconstruction of the pump station piping).
2.02
QUANTITY - 2
2.03
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Liquid Pumped Potable Water
Pumping Temperature (PT) Ambient
Specific Gravity at PT 1.0
Viscosity at PT 1.00 cs
Vapor Pressure at PT 0.34 psia
2.04
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE
1. Rated Capacity 350 gpm at 300 feet head
2. Minimum Efficiency 62 percent
at Rated Capacity
3. Speed 3,520 rpm
Section 11035-2 -
flMCc411.na
Enpn.N.
Inarn.rorS
Fay.!"v44, Arkom..
2.05 PUMP CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
A. Pump Type: Frame -mounted two -stage horizontal split case
centrifugal pump.
2.06 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer's standard all -iron, unless otherwise
hereinafter specified.
B. AISI, ASTM, etc. numbers, types, and grades specified are
typical of material composition and quality. Equivalent
materials will be considered.
2.07 CASING
A. Cast iron, flanges faced and drilled 125 psig ANSI
standard. Hydrostatic test at 1-1/2 times shutoff head.
2.08 IMPELLER
A. Enclosed, single section, bronze. Secure to shaft by key
and capscrew and washer, or impeller nut.
2.09 MECHANICAL SEAL
A. Manufacturer's standard mechanical seal with carbon seal
rings and ceramic seals.
2.10 SEAL LUBRICATION
A. Liquid from the pump discharge shall flush and cool the
seal faces.
2.11 SHAFT
A. Heat treated steel of sufficient diameter to allow no
greater than 0.003" maximum deflection measured at the
stuffing box for all normal performance conditions.
2.12 BEARINGS
A. Single row, deep -groove type ball bearings. Each bearing
shall be capable of carrying both line and thrust loads.
2.14 BEARING LUBRICATION
A. Grease, with addition and relief fittings.
2.15 PEDESTAL BASE
A. Cast iron or fabricated steel.
YaCNrload
Coalrrny
a y
Enpin..ra
IoaraaraNd
ForirNwl4, Arfan u.
2.16 MOTOR SUPPORT FRAME
A. Cast iron or fabricated steel, designed to permit access
to pump bearings and flexible coupling. Motor mounting
surface shall be designed for standard motor base.
2.17 COUPLING
A. Falk or Fast spring -grid or gear type flexible coupling,
with OSHA coupling guard.
2.18 SPARE PARTS FOR EACH PUMP
A. Complete set mechanical seals, complete set gaskets and
O-ring seals, shaft sleeve, and complete set keys,
dowels, pins, etc.
2.19
A.
2.20
A.
2.21
2.22
SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS FOR THIS SET OF PUMPS
Complete set of any special tools required to dismantle
pump.
ANCHOR BOLT SIZE AND MATERIAL
1/2 -inch minimum stainless steel.
DRIVE MOTORS
Speed
Enclosure
Horsepower
Volts
Phases
Frequency
Service Factor
Duty Cycle
Insulation Class
Temperature Rise
Ambient Temperature Rating
Starting Method
Thrust Bearing
Lubrication
Guide Bearing Lubrication
Bearing Life (min.)
3600 rpm
Open Drip Proof
60 hp
460 volts
3 -phases
60 -Hz
1.15
Continuous
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
40 degrees C
Solid state reduced voltage
controller
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
50,000 hours rating life as
defined by
AFBMA
Standards
MOTOR MODIFICATIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Grounding Terminal Mounted in motor junction box
Paint Manufacturer's standard; the
Section 11035-2-3
flMcC..t and
Car.ultlnd
Eagan,.
Incn.rosd
Fny.14vJJ. Arkama.
I
I
I
motor(s) shall be completely
factory painted except for the
exterior which shall have all
primer coats applied with the
final primer compatible with
the pump manufacturer's
painting.
2.23 MOTOR EFFICIENCY
A. Each motor shall have a nominal efficiency of 94.0
percent printed on nameplate. Efficiency shall be based
on IEEE 112 Test Method B - Dynamometer at full load.
Motors below specified efficiency shall be rejected.
2.24
SUPPLIERS' /MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
The Contractor shall provide for and receive the services
of a qualified representative of the pump manufacturer
to:
1. Inspect the units installation and execute the
functional and vibration tests. The
representative shall certify that the pumps
have been installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Certification
shall be in writing and shall be received and
acknowledged by the Engineer prior to placing
the pumps into operation.
2. Place the unit into operation (startup).
3. Train OWNER's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the unit.
B. A total of 1 man -day, minimum, shall be required of the
manufacturer's representative at the jobsite, excluding
travel time. The Contractor is referred to Section
01610, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. The Contractor, assisted by the pump supplier's or
manufacturer's representative, shall conduct functional
and vibration tests on all pumps in accordance with the
General Pump Specification.
B. The manufacturer's representative shall provide a startup
certification to the Engineer, with the actual vibration
i1KLr.r'a.W
pgdn.. no
nnprnkln
r000roorora
ronn. ;N. ]rkauo.
test values listed in the certification.
3.02 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section shall be made at the
lump sum bid amount for the Hyland Park Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
35-2 -
flMGCla4ana
Enprnon
;nmaaraaE
fanMaWM, Artanwa
• \ f • • \l i i . i f 1Y
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
RELATED SECTIONS
A.
See Section 11035, HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE WATER PUMPS -
GENERAL, for additional requirements.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
PUMP MANUFACTURERS
A.
Goulds Model 3410 2" x 3"
- 11"
B.
Or approved equal
2.02
QUANTITY - 2
2.03
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Liquid Pumped
Potable Water
Pumping Temperature (PT)
Ambient
Specific Gravity at PT
1.0
Viscosity at PT
1.00 cs
Vapor Pressure at PT
0.34 psia
2.04
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
GUARANTEED PERFORMANCE
1. Rated Capacity
400 gpm at 310 feet head
2. Minimum Efficiency
68 percent
at Rated Capacity
3. Speed
3,560 rpm
2.05 PUMP CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
A. Pump Type: Frame -mounted, single -stage, horizontal split
case centrifugal pump.
Section 11035-3 - 1_
Uccle
C.mWN.•
Egr...rs
Incot .erol.!
F.p1r.v44, A•kuMO.
2.06 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer's standard all -iron, unless otherwise
hereinafter specified.
B. AISI, ASTM, etc. numbers, types, and grades specified are
typical of material composition and quality. Equivalent
materials will be considered.
2.07 CASING
A. Cast iron, flanges faced and drilled 125 psig ANSI
standard. Hydrostatic test at 1-1/2 times shutoff head.
2.08 IMPELLER
A. Enclosed double suction, bronze. Secure to shaft by key
and capscrew and washer, or impeller nut.
2.09 MECHANICAL SEAL
A. Manufacturer's standard mechanical seal with carbon seal
rings and ceramic seals.
2.10 SEAL LUBRICATION
A. Liquid from the pump discharge shall flush and cool the
seal faces.
2.11 SHAFT
I
I
I
A. Heat treated steel of sufficient diameter to allow no
greater than 0.003" maximum deflection measured at the
stuffing box for all normal performance conditions.
2.12 BEARINGS
A. Single row, deep -groove type ball bearings. Each bearing
shall be capable of carrying both line and thrust loads.
2.14 BEARING LUBRICATION
A. Grease, with addition and relief fittings.
2.15 PEDESTAL BASE
A. Cast iron or fabricated steel.
Section 11035-3 -
Mcc;Oha,O
Cp MfHny
EMuorrk
n k
InoorpOl010!
FO)tPNv.1'O, A'kdMO•
ft
A
' 2.17
A
' 2.18
1
1
1
1
1
MOTOR SUPPORT FRAME
Cast iron or fabricated steel, designed to permit access
to pump bearings and flexible coupling. Motor mounting
surface shall be designed for standard motor base.
COUPLING
Falk or Fast spring -grid or gear type flexible coupling,
with OSHA coupling guard.
SPARE PARTS FOR EACH PUMP
A. Complete set mechanical seals,
O-ring seals, shaft sleeve,
dowels, pins, etc.
2.19
A.
2.20
A.
2.21
2.22
complete set gaskets and
and complete set keys,
SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS FOR THIS SET OF PUMPS
Complete set of any special tools required to dismantle
pump.
ANCHOR BOLT SIZE AND MATERIAL
1/2 -inch minimum stainless steel.
DRIVE MOTORS
Speed
Enclosure
Horsepower
Volts
Phases
Frequency
Service Factor
Duty Cycle
Insulation Class
Temperature Rise
Ambient Temperature Rating
Starting Method
Thrust Bearing
Lubrication
Guide Bearing Lubrication
Bearing Life (min.)
3600 rpm
Open Drip Proof
6o hp
460 volts
3 -phases
60 -Hz
1.15
Continuous
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
40 degrees C
Solid state reduced voltage
controller
Manufacturer's standard
Manufacturer's standard
50,000 hours rating life
as defined by AFBMA
Standards
MOTOR MODIFICATIONS AND ACCESSORIES
Grounding Terminal Mounted in motor junction box
Paint Manufacturer's standard; the
11035-3 -
mccu/,and
a carvWflnp
EnthNp.
Inoorpraf.d
FoyfNwfu, Arkansas
I
motor(s) shall be completely
factory painted except for the
exterior which shall have all
primer coats applied with the
final primer compatible with
the pump manufacturer's
painting.
2.23 MOTOR EFFICIENCY
A. Each motor shall have a nominal efficiency of 94.0
percent printed on nameplate. Efficiency shall be based
on IEEE 112 Test Method B - Dynamometer at full load.
Motors below specified efficiency shall be rejected.
2.24 SUPPLIERS'/MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
A. The Contractor shall provide for and receive the services
of a qualified representative of the pump manufacturer
to:
1. Inspect the units installation and execute the
functional and vibration tests. The
representative shall certify that the pumps
have been installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Certification
shall be in writing and shall be received and
acknowledged by the Engineer prior to placing
the pumps into operation.
2. Place the unit into operation (startup).
3. Train OWNER's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the unit.
B. A total of 1 man -day, minimum, shall be required of the
manufacturer's representative at the jobsite, excluding
traveltime. The Contractor is referred to Section
01610, MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. The Contractor, assisted by the pump supplier's or
manufacturer's representative, shall conduct functional
and vibration tests on all pumps in accordance with the
General Pump Specification.
td
an.,.g
(nine.,.
InenPP/PhG
FPp11*014, A,kdP,PP
I
Li
I
I
I
LI
n
L
I
I
r
r
I
I
I
L
7
B. The manufacturer's representative shall provide a startup
certification to the Engineer, with the actual vibration
test values listed in the certification.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Use of this pump will require modifications to the
existing concrete pump base and to existing suction and
discharge piping, as necessary to accommodate the
different pump dimensions.
3.03 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work under this alternate bid item will
be made at the lump sum bid, if the OWNER selects this
alternate. Payment will include all base and pipe
modifications for a complete installation.
I[1:L=.j a:i-%4(.):I
Yttl. fiend
EMrn..n
InOYP./PIW
FP/.H.YI/11, A,W....
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
J
I
L
L
I
[1
I
I
I
L
SECTION 14320
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the hoists and/or monorail systems
specified herein and as further specified in the Detail
Specifications hereinafter.
B. Like items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the
end products of one manufacturer.
C. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and the Division 1,
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and
requirements that apply to the work specified herein and
are mandatory for this project.
1.02 MANUFACTURERS' SERVICES
A. If stated in the Detail Hoist or Monorail System
Specification, a manufacturer's representative for the
equipment specified shall be present at the jobsite for
installation assistance, inspection and certification of
the installation, equipment testing, startup assistance,
and training of Owner's personnel.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided;
1. Submit manufacturer's written certification
that the factory -applied coating system(s) is
identical to the requirements specified
herein. Where, in the manufacturer's
opinion, the coating system(s) exceeds the
requirements specified herein, submit complete
technical literature of the proposed system(s)
to the Engineer for review.
L
flMccfa lure
an WI?? n,
E9•rn.V.
1r.uo'Aoral.e
ruy.n. v' ., Ar.an.a.
[1
n
I
-1
I
I
I
I
7
I
F
I
I
I]
1.04 STANDARDS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND CODES
A. All monorail systems shall
of the Specifications for
Systems, as published by
Association (MMA), except
B. All hoists including thos
systems shall conform
Manufacturers' Institute
hoist type and service
modified herein.
conform to the latest edition
Underhung Cranes and Monorail
the Monorail Manufacturers'
as modified herein.
,e incorporated into monorail
to the applicable Hoist
(HMI) Specifications for the
class specified, except as
C. All trolleys shall be designed for service as Class Al,
A2, B, C, D, or E, as described in MMA Specifications and
specified in the Detail Specifications hereinafter.
D. All hoists shall be designed for service as Class Hl, H2,
113, H4, or H5 as described in HMI Specifications and
specified in the Detail Specifications hereinafter.
PART 2 MATERIALS
r • k N;
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only. Products
of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance
with the General Conditions.
B. All hoist, and monorail equipment shall be designed to
occupy the space provided, as shown on the Drawings. All
dimensions shall be verified on the site.
C. Monorail track will be furnished and installed, as shown
on the Drawings, and is not covered by this section.
D. All materials shall be properly selected for the stresses
to which they will be subjected. Design stresses and
safety factors shall be in accordance with MMA
Specifications.
E. All apparatus covered by this specification shall be
constructed with due regard to safety of operation,
accessibility, interchangeability, durability of parts,
and shall conform to ANSI B30.2.0 safety code and all
applicable OSHA regulations.
fdn6N'innd
nr: falran
Engineers
1ntwPorafod
royOH.v.t.•, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
1]
I
I
I
7
I
I
C
I
I
I
2.02 TROLLEY SPECIFICATIONS
A. The trolley shall be of the push type as specified in the
Detail Specification.
B. The trolley frame shall be welded steel, cast steel, or
ductile iron construction, or a combination thereof. It
shall be of rigid construction, so that the load is
transmitted to the running surface without undue
deflection. Provisions shall be made to prevent a drop
of more than 1 inch in case of axle failure.
C. Wheels shall be rolled o
flanges heat treated, or
tread. Wheels shall have
Brinell. All clearances,
tolerances shall be
Specifications.
r forged steel with treads and
cast iron wheels with chilled
a minimum tread hardness of 425
wheel loads, and manufacturing
in accordance with MMA
D. Wheel axles shall be made of alloy steel, accurately
machined and ground to receive inner bearing races. When
rotating axles are used, wheels shall be mounted on axles
with a press fit and keys, or with keys alone.
E. All gears shall be of the helical, spur, or herringbone
type, made from rolled or cast steel, with machine cut
teeth having a 20 -degree pressure angle. All horsepower
ratings shall be in accordance with AGMA Standards, as
described in MMA Specifications.
F. Bearings shall be combination radial and thrust type,
double -row, angular contact ball bearings, or single -row
tapered roller bearings, either prelubricated and sealed,
or fitted for pressure lubrication. All pressure
lubrication fittings shall be located in accessible
locations for ease of maintenance.
2.03 HOIST SPECIFICATIONS
A. Hoists shall be chain type, as hereinafter specified in
the Detail Specifications.
B. The chain sprocket and its surrounding members shall be
constructed so as to minimize abrasion, crushing, or
jamming of the hoist chain.
C. The load blocks shall be of the enclosed type and shall
guard against jamming.
MCC .Ud E
Incorporated
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
D. Hooks shall have sufficient ductility to open noticeably
before hook failure as a result of abuse or overload.
The load hook shall be equipped with safety latch and
shall be free to rotate 360 degrees with rated load, and
shall be positively held in place with locknuts, collars,
or other suitable devices.
E. Chain hoists shall have chain storage adequate for
storing the full lift of chain and shall be designed and
located to avoid chain interference while hoisting.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Hoist or monorail system erection, including hoist and/or
trolley assembly, installation, and testing shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. The equipment shall be provided with all necessary
lubrication fittings and lubrication. Before initial
start-up at final installation, all bearings, gears, etc.
shall be lubricated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.02 PAINTING
A. Exposed metal surfaces of the monorail crane specified
herein shall be factory prepared, primed, and
finish -coated with the manufacturer's standard protective
coating system provided it meets or exceeds System No. 6
as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING.
B. Finish color shall be manufacturer's standard.
3.03 FIELD TESTS
A. The Contractor shall conduct field tests with the
equipment in its installed position. These shall include
a load test in compliance with OSHA requirements and
demonstration to the Engineer that under this load
condition the equipment will perform satisfactorily
throughout the complete range of operation.
3.04 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATE(S)
A. Provide manufacturers'
Section 01610, MANUFA
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
certificate(s) in accordance with
TURERS' SERVICES of Division 1,
MCClal land
a 7 Can wrylna
Enpmpn
In araa•oMa
Fapr'avi'4, Arkansas
3.05 PAYMENT
A. Payment far the work in this General Section will be
included as part of the payment for the equipment covered
by the Detail Specification of this Section.
END OF SECTION
McClelland
Cc, stating
fit-�bNlna..,
wovaaralee
Fa"llavdla, Atkeluak
SECTION 14320-1
PUMP STATION HOIST
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. See Section 14320, HOIST AND MONORAIL SYSTEMS - GENERAL,
for additional requirements.
1.02 HOIST MANUFACTURERS
A. Coffing Model 08163, or equal.
B. Quantity: 1 each.
1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
Equipment Capacity - 1 ton
Equipment Location - Mount Sequoyah Pump Station
B. Trolley: Type - push.
C. Hoist:
Type - Manual chain, length as necessary to reach within
3 feet of building floor.
Hook Lift - 8 feet minimum from low hook to high hook
position.
D. Clearance:
Low headroom trolley to be provided if necessary to
achieve clearance requirements on Drawings.
1.04 ACCESSORIES
A. All required OSHA operating and safety devices.
1.05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. See Drawings for building clearances and wide flange beam
size. Trolley shall be designed to operate on the listed
wide flange beam.
Ilcl. lord
Co., W't,,c
a .v Enprn..r.
Iraxpd'of d
roy.•Hn4., Arka,.as
1.06 SPECIAL PAINTING
A. Shop and field painting of the monorail track shall be in
accordance with and as specified in Section 14320, HOIST
OR MONORAIL SYSTEM - GENERAL.
1.07 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
END OF SECTION
MCCI. fiend
C.nw1Yno
fromors
1nwparolW
Fa).fl. vr,l.. Arkansas
I
1
1
1
1
1
PART 1
1.01
GENERAL
SCOPE
SECTION 15001
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the piping specified herein, and as
further specified in the Detail Piping Specifications
hereinafter.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of material provided hereunder shall be the
end products of one manufacturer.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 PIPE FITTINGS AND COUPLING COMPATIBILITY
A. To assure uniformity and compatibility of piping
components in piping systems, fittings and couplings
shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
1.04 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. In addition to the requirements of Section 01300,
SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, the following information shall be
provided:
i. Shop Drawings: A specific selection of pipe
material and joint type for each pipeline.
2. Thrust blocking or pipe restraints shall be
provided for all mechanical joint or "push -on
joint" piping, unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer. All thrust blocking shall meet or
exceed the requirements shown on the Drawings. For
locations where thrust ties are required, the
Contractor shall submit calculations of the pipe
lengths to be restrained for the Engineer's review.
Restrained joints shall comply with ANSI/AWWA
A21.51/C151.
Section 15001 - 1
flMGGs'Jana
Carsarting
Ena'nssr,
IrmrpWaM1C
•arirtavr9a, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
Li
LI
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
Section 15001 - 2
I
3. Submit manufacturer's written certification that
the factory -applied coating system(s) is identical
to the requirements specified herein. Where, in
the manufacturer's opinion, the coating system(s)
exceeds the requirements specified herein, submit
complete technical literature of the proposed
system(s) to the Engineer for review.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The
materials to be used
for the piping
systems are shown
on
the Drawings.
2.02 PIPE JOINTS FOR EXPOSED PIPING
A. Flanged, weld, soldered, or screwed end pipe joints shall
be used on exposed piping. Changes in pipe joints shall
be submitted with the shop drawings, as specified
hereinbefore, for the Engineer's approval.
2.03 PIPE ENDS FOR BURIED PIPING
A. Mechanical joint or push -on joint pipe ends shall be used
for all buried ductile iron pipe. Joints for buried
pressure pipe shall be America Cast Iron Pipe Co.;
Lok-Fast type joints; U.S. Pipe and Foundry Co.;
Lok-Tyton or Lok-Tyte type joints; or equal, or
mechanical joint or push -on joint with thrust bearing.
Anchoring of retainer glands with setscrews is not
acceptable.
B. Within the limitations noted above, all pipe materials
and joints do not necessarily have to be the same for all
lines in a specific service, except that the materials
and joints for any particular buried line shall be the
same.
2.04 METALLIC PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Flanged Coupling Adapters: Flanged coupling adapters
shall be Series 912 for ductile iron piping as
manufactured by Rockwell International; or Style 127 for
ductile iron piping as manufactured by Dresser
Industries, Inc.; or equal. Couplings shall be provided
with thrust ties attached to the pipe with welding lugs,
cast -in -place lugs, or friction collars. Anchor studs
placed perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe
MCCMJIend
' Lw
Ceewnm,
nc ;eers
aw eerabe
OJe4ev#Oe1 dr.eneee
I
1
1
1
1
are unacceptable. Thrust protection shall be adequate to
sustain the force developed by 1-1/2 times the operating
pressures specified. Mounting nuts, bolts and other
hardware shall be stainless steel.
2.05 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
A. Flexible couplings on the pump station lines shall be
single arch expansion joints as manufactured by Redflex,
or approved equal. Units shall be rated for 140 psi
working pressure, shall have flanged ends with steel
retaining rings and shall be equipped with anchor bolts
to prevent excessive elongation. Units shall be approved
for use with potable water.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE PREPARATION AND HANDLING
A. Each pipe and fitting shall be carefully inspected before
the exposed pipe or fitting is installed or the buried
pipe or fitting is lowered into the trench. The interior
and exterior protective coating shall be inspected.
Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and
dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after
laying.
B. Use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe
and proper protection of the pipe. Carefully handle pipe
in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the
pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any
circumstances.
3.02
OF TRENCH - LINE AND GRADE
A. Grade the bottom of the trench by hand to the line and
grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with proper
allowance for pipe thickness and for pipe base when
specified or indicated. Remove hard spots that would
prevent a uniform thickness of bedding. Before laying
each section of the pipe, check the grade with a
straightedge and correct any irregularities found. The
trench bottom shall form a continuous and uniform bearing
and support for the pipe at every point between bell
holes, except that the grade may be disturbed for the
removal of lifting tackle.
MCClsiranv
Con soil nv
s
.naorpor;rvorand
sayslrsr6b, Arvansas
Section 15001 - 3
I
13.03 BELL (JOINT) HOLES
I
I
I
[l
A. At the location of each joint, dig bell (joint) holes of
ample dimensions in the bottom of the trench and at the
sides where necessary to permit easy visual inspection of
the entire joint.
3.04 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Provide and maintain ample means and devices at all times
to remove and dispose of all water entering the trench
during the process of pipe laying. The trench shall be
kept dry until the pipe laying and jointing are
completed. Removal of water shall be in conformance
with specifications in Section 02200, EARTHWORK, TRENCH
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
' I3.05 PREVENT TRENCH WATER AND ANIMALS FROM ENTERING PIPE
A. When the pipe laying is not in progress, including the
noon hours, the open ends of pipe shall be closed, and no
trench water, animals, or foreign material shall be
permitted to enter the pipe.
3.06 PIPE COVER
A. Minimum pipe cover shall be 3 feet over the top of the
pipe.
' 3.07 LAYING BURIED PIPE
A. All buried pipe shall be prepared as hereinbefore
specified and shall be laid on the prepared base and
' bedded to ensure uniform bearing. No pipe shall be laid
in water. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench
conditions are unsuitable, trench stabilization material
shall be placed as hereinbefore specified. Joints shall
be made as herein specified for the respective types.
Take all precautions necessary to prevent uplift and
floating of the pipe prior to backfilling.
B. Where the pipe is conected to concrete structures, the
connection shall be made as shown. Make connection such
' that a standard pipe joint is located no more than 18
inches from the structure.
' 3.08 INSTALLATION OF FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS
A. Prior to installation, thoroughly clean oil, scale, rust,
and dirt from the pipe to provide a clean seat on the
gasket. Care shall be taken that the gaskets are wiped
Section 15001 - 4
' MCCa4nM
EnQlr .ra
19aa'p,rotW
Fapn,r•u,, A•kamow
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
clean before they are installed. If necessary, flanged
coupling adapter gaskets may be lubricated with soapy
water or manufacturer's standard lubricant before
installation on the pipe ends. Install in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations. Bolts shall be
tightened progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite
sides a little at a time until all bolts have a uniform
tightness. Workmen tightening bolts shall use
torque -limiting wrenches.
3.09 TESTING - GENERAL
A. Conduct pressure and leakage tests on all newly installed
pipelines. Furnish all necessary equipment and material
and make all taps in the pipe, as required. The Engineer
will monitor the tests. Test pressures shall be 150% of
normal operating pressures except where governing codes
or regulations specify higher test pressures, or as
otherwise specified.
B. The minimum test pressure shall be 150 psi.
3.10 TESTING NEW PIPE WHICH CONNECTS TO EXISTING PIPE
A. New pipelines which are to be connected to existing
pipelines shall be tested by isolating the new pipe with
the required valves.
3.11 PREPARATION AND
- BURIED PIPING
A. Conduct final acceptance tests on buried piping that is
to be hydrostatically tested after the trench has been
completely backfilled.
B. Conduct the tests on exposed piping after the piping has
been completely installed, including all supports,
hangers, and anchors, but prior to insulation.
3.12 HYDROSTATIC LEAK TESTS - EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish the following equipment for the hydrostatic
tests:
2 Graduated containers
2 Pressure gauges
1 Hydraulic force pump
Suitable hose and suction
pipe as required.
Section 15001 - 5
pen.WrlaO
p O
Enp:Mos
le ppfp..f1.
'.js•f.v' i., A.Mns..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
3.13 BURIED WATER LINES
A. Some leakage is permissible from buried water lines. The
hydrostatic testing of these pipelines shall be conducted
as follows:
Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete
thrust blocking, do not make the pressure test
until at least 14 days have elapsed after the
thrust blocking is installed. If high -early cement
is used for thrust blocking, the time may be
reduced to 7 days. When testing cement -mortar
lined piping, slowly fill the section of pipe to be
tested with water and allow to stand for 24 hours
under slight pressure to allow the cement -mortar
lining to absorb water.
2. Expel all air from the piping system prior to
testing and apply and maintain the specified test
pressure by means of the hydraulic force pump.
Valve off the piping system when the test pressure
is reached and conduct the pressure test for 2
hours, reopening the isolation valve only as
necessary to restore the test pressure. The pump
suction shall be in a barrel or similar device, or
metered so that the amount of water required to
maintain the test pressure may be measured
accurately. This measurement represents the
leakage, which is defined as the quantity of water
necessary to maintain the specified test pressure
for the duration of the test period. No pipe
installation will be accepted if the leakage is
greater than the number of gallons per hour as
determined by the following formula:
ND(P) ("2)
L 7400
In the above formula:
L = Allowable leakage, in gallons per hour
N = Number of joints in the length of pipe
tested
D = Nominal diameter of pipe, in inches
P = Average test pressure during the leakage
test, in pounds per square inch
3. The Contractor shall correct any leakage greater
than the allowance determined under this formula at
the Contractor's sole expense.
Section 15001 - 6
MCcl.lia nC
a � Consult. ng
Frywun
new aaraNl
Fay.fNm N, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
3.14 TEST RECORDS
A. Records shall be made of each piping system installation
during the test. These records shall include:
1. Date of test
2. Description and identification of piping tested
3. Test fluid
4. Test pressure
5. Remarks, to include such items as:
a. Leaks (type, location)
b. Repairs made on leaks
6. Certification by Contractor and written approval by
Engineer
3.15 FINAL CLEANING
A. Following assembly and testing and prior to final
acceptance, all pipelines installed under this Section
shall be flushed with water and all accumulated
construction debris and other foreign matter removed.
Flushing velocities shall be a minimum of 2.5 feet per
second. Cone strainers shall be inserted in the
connections to attached equipment and left there until
cleaning has been accomplished to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. Accumulated debris shall be removed through
drains 2 -inch and larger or by dropping spools and
valves.
3.16 CORROSION PROTECTION FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Cement Linings: All ductile iron piping shall be cement
lined in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104.
3.17 DISINFECTION
A. Pipelines intended to carry potable water shall be
disinfected before placing in service. Disinfecting
procedures shall conform to AWWA C-601, as hereinafter
modified or expanded.
B. Flushing: Before disinfecting, flush all foreign matter
from the pipeline. Provide hoses, temporary pipes,
ditches, etc. as required to dispose of flushing water
without damage to adjacent properties. Flushing
velocities shall be at least 2.5 fps. For large diameter
pipe where it is impractical or impossible to flush the
pipe at 2.5 fps velocity, clean the pipeline in place
from the inside by brushing and sweeping, then flush the
line at a lower velocity.
MCCJlord
Cpf w in,q
Ep'non
I.pprpproHd
•p„.Mvllll, Pric.,W
Section 15001 - 7
H
C
I
F
H
H
I
I
I
I
Li
n
H
H
I
C. Disinfecting Mixture: Disinfecting mixture shall be a
chlorine -water solution having a free chlorine residual
of 40 to 50 ppm. The disinfecting mixture shall be
prepared by injecting: (1) A liquid chlorine gas -water
mixture; (2) dry chlorine gas; or (3) a calcium or sodium
hypochlorite and water mixture into the pipeline at a
measured rate while fresh water is allowed to flow
through the pipeline at a measured rate so that the
combined mixture of fresh water and chlorine solution or
gas is of the specified strength.
D. The liquid chlorine gas -water mixture shall be applied by
means of a standard commercial solution feed chlorinating
device. Dry chlorine gas shall be fed through proper
devices for regulating the rate of flow and providing
effective diffusion of the gas into the water within the
pipe being treated. Chlorinating devices for feeding
solutions of the chlorine gas or the gas itself must
provide means for preventing the back? low of water into
the chlorine cylinder.
E. If the calcium hypochlorite procedure is used, first mix
the dry powder with water to make a thick paste, then
thin to approximately a 1 percent solution (10,000 ppm
chlorine). If the sodium hypochlorite procedure is used,
dilute the liquid with water to obtain a 1 percent
solution. The following proportions of hypochlorite to
water will be required:
Product quantity wa r
Calcium Hypochlorite (1) 1 lb 7.5 gal.
(65 to 70 percent Cl)
Sodium Hypochlorite (2) 1 gal 4.25 gal.
(5.25 percent Cl)
(1) Comparable to commercial products known as 11TH,
Perchloron, and Pittchlor
(2) Known as liquid laundry bleach, Clorox, Purex, etc.
3.18 POINT OF APPLICATION
A. Inject the chlorine mixture into the pipeline to be
treated at the beginning of the line through a
corporation stop or suitable tap in the top of the
pipeline. Clean water from the existing system or
another source shall be controlled so as to flow slowly
into the newly installed piping during the application of
Section 15001 - 8
Co stl.,np
E qm..•s
InND.IOIW
Foye"ev,14, A•kan.a.
Iii
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
L
I
I
I
I
[]
H
I
I
chlorine. The rate of chlorine mixture flow shall be in
such proportion to the rate of water entering the pipe
that the combined mixture shall contain 40 to 50 ppm of
free available chlorine. Valves shall be manipulated so
that the strong chlorine solution in the line being
treated will not flow back into the line supplying the
water. Use check valves if necessary.
3.19 RETENTION PERIOD
A. Treated water shall be retained in the pipeline long
enough to destroy all nonspore-forming bacteria. With
proper flushing and the specified solution strength, 24
hours is adequate. At the end of the retention period,
the disinfecting mixture shall have a strength of at
least 10 ppm of chlorine.
B. Operate all valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances
during disinfection to assure that the disinfecting
mixture is dispersed into all parts of the line,
including dead ends, new services, and similar areas that
otherwise may not receive the disinfection solution.
C. Do not place concentrated quantities of commercial
disinfectants in the line before it is filled with water.
D. After chlorination, flush the water from the permanent
source of supply until the water through the line is
equal chemically and bacteriologically to the permanent
source of supply.
3.20 DISPOSAL OF DISINFECTING WATER
A. Dispose of disinfecting water in an acceptable manner
that will protect the public and publicly used receiving
waters from harmful or toxic concentrations of chlorine.
Do not allow disinfecting water to flow into a waterway
without adequate dilution or other satisfactory method of
reducing chlorine concentrations to a safe level.
B. The Contractor shall meet all requirements of the
Arkansas State Plumbing Code.
3.21 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the lump sum or unit price bid amount in the
Proposal.
ngi
MJIOAd
Conw..r,
a tlny
nmaeraba
FOHH rr: b1 Arkansas
Section 15001 - 9
I
E
H
7
H
I
I
SECTION 15001- 2
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the cement -lined ductile iron pipe and
gray cast iron or ductile iron fittings specified herein,
and as specified further in Section 15001, PIPING -
GENERAL.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See Section 15001, PIPING - GENERAL, for additional
requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
A. Centrifugally cast, Grade 60-42-10 iron, ANSI A21.51,
AWWA C-151, cement -lined and seal -coated in accordance
with ANSI A21.4, 350 psi minimum working pressure, except
as follows:
1. Buried pipe shall be thickness class as specified
in ANSI A21.51, Tables 51.1 and 51.2; however, the
minimum thickness class shall be Class 51.
2.02 JOINTS
A. Flanged, mechanical joint, or push -on as specified in
Section 15001, PIPING - GENERAL and as shown on the
Drawings.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Gray or ductile iron, 250 psi minimum working pressure,
cement -lined and seal -coated. Where taps are shown on
fittings, tapping bosses shall be provided.
Flanged ANSI/AWWA C-110 & ANSI 816.1,
faced and drilled 125 -pound
ANSI standard.
All buried pipe fittings 4" and larger in size shall be
cast or ductile iron, Mechanical Joint, conforming to
ANSI/AWWA C-110 and ANSI/AWWA C-111, or AWWA C-153•
IMccl.land
m L ' .Whny
Co It.• .
Fa).11.vI i, A,kaa.a.
2.04 FLANGES
A. ANSI A21.15/AWWA C-115, threaded, 250 psi working
pressure, ANSI 125 -pound drilling.
2.05 BOLTS
A. Nuts, bolts and other hardware for flanged fittings shall
be stainless steel.
B. For mechanical joint use manufacturer's standard.
2.06 GASKETS
A. Gaskets for mechanical or push -on joints shall be rubber,
conforming to ANSI A21.11, AWWA C -11l.
B. Gaskets for flanged joint shall be 1/8 -inch thick,
cloth -inserted rubber conforming to applicable parts of
ANSI B16.21 and AWWA C-207. Gasket material shall be
free from corrosive alkali or acid ingredients and
suitable for use in sewage or potable waterlines.
Gaskets shall be full -face type for 125 -pound FF flanges.
2.07 LUBRICANT
A. Lubricant for mechanical joint end piping shall be
manufacturer's standard.
2.08 TRACE WIRE
A. Trace wire shall be 14 gauge insulted copper wire.
2.09 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
A. Polyethylene materials for pipe encasement shall meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C -105/A21.5-82, or latest
revision thereof.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 HANDLING PIPE
A. Care shall be taken not to damage the cement lining when
handling the pipe.
3.02 CUTTING PIPE
A. Cut pipe with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter,
or abrasive saw cutter. Do not flame cut.
nMCC/.Hand
Con.ull:nq
mawa4q
Fay.fl.w14, Arkonwt
C:
H
I
I
I
I
C
H
I
L
I
I
[I
I
I
H
I
I
3.03 DRESSING CUT ENDS
A. Dress cut ends of pipe in accordance with the type of
joint to be made.
B. Dress cut ends of mechanical joint pipe to remove sharp
edges or projections which may damage the rubber gasket.
C. Dress cut ends of push -on joint pipe by beveling, as
recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
D. Dress cut ends of pipe for flexible couplings and flanged
coupling adapters as recommended by the coupling or
adapter manufacturer.
3.04 FABRICATION OF FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Flanged pipe and fittings shall be fabricated in the
shop, not in the field, and delivered to the jobsite with
flanges in place and properly faced. Threaded flanges
shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the
threaded pipe by the manufacturer. Flanges shall be
faced after fabrication in accordance with ANSI
A21.15/AWWA C-115.
3.05 JOINING FLANGED PIPE
A. Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the
flanges shall be thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease,
and foreign material. The rubber gaskets shall be
checked for proper fit and thoroughly cleaned. Care
shall be taken to assure proper seating of the flange
gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on
the gasket is uniform. Torque -limiting wrenches shall be
used to ensure uniform bearing insofar as possible. If
joints leak when the hydrostatic test is applied, the
gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened.
3.06 MECHANICAL AND PUSH ON JOINT
A. Join pipe with mechanical or push -on type joints in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Provide all special tools and devices, such as special
jacks, chokers, and similar items required for proper
installation. Lubricant for the pipe gaskets shall be
furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no substitutes
will be permitted under any circumstances.
fl0I 4•t' g
nPI
EngEn
I,'ICOW'DO.O�IC
FOTI/Fw.l'0. A'kun.y.
i A.
' 3.08
A.
I
F.
C
Li
LI
I
I
I
I
C
[I
[I
TESTING
All lines shall be hydrostatically tested. Test
procedures shall be as specified in Section 15001, PIPING
- GENERAL.
TRACE WIRE
Run trace wire continuous from valve box to valve box,
meter box and other access points. Bring wire up inside
boxes in an accessible fasion. Wrap wire around, or tape
wire to each pipe section. Join wire segments by
soldering or by using approved wire nuts. Pipe testing
shall include following trace wire. Any wire breaks or
incomplete splices shall be repaired by the Contractor at
no additional expense. Include trace wire in the price
for pipe.
3.09 POLYETHYLENE
A. Procedures set forth
latest revision, shall
Polythylene encasement
or cast iron pipe and
3.10 PAYMENT
in ANSI/AWWA C -105/A21.5-82, or
be followed during construction.
will be installed on all ductile
fittings used on this project.
A. Payment for the work described in this Section will be
included as part of the unit price or lump sum bid
amounts stated in the Proposal. Unit prices bid for
pipe shall include trenching, trace wire, polyethylene
encasement, pipe base and pipe zone material, backfilling
above the pipe zone, topsoil replacement, finish grading,
seeding and fertilizing and final clean-up.
B. Payment for pipe shall be made at 80% of the unit bid
price upon pipe installation, backfilling, and rough
grading. Payment shall be increased to 85% upon
completion of testing and sterilization. Payment will
be increased to 98% of the unit price bid upon seeding,
fertilizing and final cleanup. The remaining 2% will be
released upon satisfactory establishment of a grass
stand.
C. Payment for mechanical joint cast or ductile iron
fittings shall be made at the unit price bid in the
Proposal per pound, based on the weight of the fittings
installed. Weight values will be taken from the current
Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association handbood for
mechanical joint fittings for AWWA C-110 fittings. If
compact fittings are used, fitting weights shall be taken
from the applicable tables in AWWA C-153. Glands, bolts,
ucc41bM
cnnut. ft
Fpwun
ncorY,ceN>
Foy,'toynl,, A f konw,
-2 -
I
I
I]
S
I
S
S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
and gaskets shall be included in the unit price payment,
however, the weight of these items will not be added to
the handbook's fitting weight. All buried pipe fittings
4" and larger in size shall be cast or ductile iron,
mechanical joint.
flUCGI. rand
Coowithip
Eplourf
;nCorp xaN!
.a)v'/.vr., I rka.w.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I]
I
PJ
I
I
I
I
I
Ll
SECTION 15001-14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install, complete, the polyvinyl chloride pipe specified
herein, and as specified further in Section 15001, PLANT
PIPING - GENERAL.
B. Service shall include water lines used at the locations
designated on the Drawings.
1.02 GENERAL
A. See Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL, for additional
requirements. All piping system components shall be the
products of one manufacturer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 AWWA PVC PIPE (4 -INCH AND LARGER)
A. PVC, AWWA C-900 pipe, with outside diameters equivalent
to cast iron pipe. Sizes 4 -inch through 12 -inch, with
pressure rating of 200 psi (DR -14).
2.02 JOINTS
A. For buried pipe, gasketed slip joint.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Fittings shall be cast iron or ductile iron, mechanical
joint, and as otherwise specified in section 15001-2,
CEMENT -LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS.
2.04 GASKETS
A. As recommended by the pipe manufacturer to conform to the
pipe OD, and as further specified in Section 15001-2.
Uccblmnd
Conwthng
n. orv.tand
FanA.al4, Arkansn.
H
n
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
[I
I
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All rigid PVC pipe shall be cut, made up, and installed
in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.02 TRACE WIRE
A. Furnish and install a 14 gauge insulated copper trace
wire with all PVC pipe. Run wire continuous from valve
box to valve box, meter box or other access points.
Bring wire up inside boxes in an accessible fashion.
Wrap wire around, or tape wire to each pipe section.
Join wire segments by soldering or by using approved wire
nuts. Pipe testing shall include following trace wire.
Any wire breaks or incomplete splices shall be repaired
by the Contractor at no additional expense. Include
trace wire in the unit price bid for pipe.
3.03 TESTING
A. All lines shall be hydrostatically tested at the
pressures listed in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING -
GENERAL.
B. Use pipe locating equipment to test continuity of trace
wire. The Engineer shall observe and document trace wire
test.
3.04 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the unit price bid amounts stated in the
Proposal. Unit prices bid for pipe shall include
trenching, trace wire, backfilling above the pipe zone,
topsoil replacement, finish grading, seeding and
fertilizing and final clean-up.
B. Separate payment shall be made for GRANULAR PIPE BASE AND
PIPE ZONE MATERIAL in accordance with Section 02200,
EARTHWORK, TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL.
C. Payment for pipe shall be made at 80% of the unit bid
price upon pipe installation, backfilling, and rough
grading. Payment will be increased to 85% upon
completion of testing and sterilization. Payment will be
increased to 98% of the unit price bid upon seeding,
fertilizing and final cleanup. The remaining 2% will be
released upon satisfactory establishment of a grass
stand.
flMGCI.",aS
Consulting.r.
Consuls.
lncwa.rar..
f.).".ve.% Arkan,M
I
C
I
U
I
I
I
I
i
r1
b
I_
I
I
I
C
D. Payment will
be made
for cast
or ductile iron,
mechanicaljoint
fittings
as listed
in Section 15001-2,
CEMENT -LINED DUCTILE IRON
PIPE AND
FITTINGS.
END OF SECTION
wctr.'r.+e
.
fnp,n..r.
in.or..r.fS
F.,tf*v' s1 A•k.n.C.
SECTION 15001-31
PART 1
1.01
A.
B.
1.02
A.
B.
SCOPE
This section covers the specification of
miscellaneous building gravity drainage systems.
Service:
1. Pump station floor drain piping.
GENERAL
the
See Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL, for additional
requirements.
Building Drainage systems described hereinafter are
categorized as follows:
1. Sanitary and Waste Drains: Drains from building
sanitary fixtures, roof drains, floor drains, and
other building process drains, other than
acid -resistant drains, extending to 3 feet beyond
the building line.
1.03 RELATED WORK
fr
A. Drainage piping more than 3 feet outside of the building
line is specified, furnished, and installed under Section
15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL and associated Detail
Piping Specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAINS AND VENTS - HUBLESS CAST IRON
PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Pipe: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, "no -hub"
ends, conforming to CISPI 301-78.
B. Fittings: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, "no -hub"
ends, conforming to CISPI 301-78.
C. Joints: "No -hub" type, with neoprene sealing sleeve, and
AISI Series 300 shield and clamp assemblies, all as
specified in CISPI 301-78.
MCCfafaid
Oeairl
[I"fM•rtafa
IaaaryarplN
Fa,allerflla, Arna"w
n
f2.02 HUB -AND -SPIGOT CAST IRON PIPING SYSTEMS
' I A. Pipe: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight, hub -and -spigot
ends, conforming to ASTM A 74.
H
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
H
I
I
I
I
B. Fittings: Cast iron soil pipe, service weight,
hub -and -spigot ends, conforming to ASTM A 74.
C. Joints: Hub -and -spigot, rubber gasketed, push -on gaskets
conforming to ASTM C 564.
2.03 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAIN LOCATIONS, SIZES AND SYSTEM
TYPES WITHIN
A. Under Slab, Buried
3 -inch and larger Hub -and -spigot cast iron
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SANITARY AND WASTE DRAIN AND VENT PIPING
A. Set sanitary and waste drain and vent piping occurring
above the floor slab true and plumb. Set risers as close
to walls as possible where exposed. Where vent stacks
pass through the roof slab, fit with the specified
flashing sleeve for securing the roofing. Flashing and
roof connection shall be watertight. Extend vents at
least 1 foot above roof.
B. Sanitary and waste drainage piping encased in concrete
shall be properly sloped. The Contractor shall
coordinate with affected trades the routing of drains
through steel reinforcement.
C. All changes of direction in waste piping shall be made
with combination Y and 1/8 bend fittings.
D. Install cleanout fittings and plugs where shown on
Drawings and where reasonably required to facilitate pipe
cleaning. Cleanout fittings shall be T or Y branches or
trap hubs of the same material and size as the pipe in
which they are placed, except that maximum cleanout size
shall be 4 inches.
3.02 CORROSION PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL.
MCCI.N.M
fbnwuNna
i..ro.r.l..
F.,.n.Hn., Arinw
3,03 TESTING
A. All lines shall be hydrostatically or pneumatically
tested.
3.04 PAYMENT
A. Building gravity drainage piping specified herein will be
furnished, installed, and paid for under the lump sum bid
amount for the new pump station.
wccbHH•M
w,uurn•
�•car•r•rw
Porftvfl•, /re•••a
Contractor shall refer to and comply with all provisions
of the General Conditions, Supplementary General
Conditions, Information to bidders and other technical
sections which are a part of the Specifications and
aovern work under this Section.
• Specification covers furnishing all labor, materials
equipment shown on Drawings and herein specified to
a complete heating and ventilation installation.
Contractor shall show on blueline prints in red ink,
changes from the Original Drawings made dur
installation of work, and file them with Owner
Engineer when work is completed.
Contractor shall coordinate all work with that of of
trades on the project to prevent conflicts or del
during construction.
The Contractor shall provide an approved experienced
Superintendent at the project site at all times that
mechanical work is being conducted.
All Drawings relating to the erection of this structure,
including structural, electrical, heating, and
ventilating, together with these Specifications shall be
considered in bidding on work under this Division.
Drawings and Specifications are complementary -what is
called for in either of them shall be binding.
Mechanical Drawings are diagrammatic in character. Exact
locations of system elements and measurements shall be
determined from the structure and from equipment, except
where dimensioned on Drawings.
Contractor shall check space requirements of materials
and equipment prior to ordering. Equipment which will
not enter openings, or which will not fit the assigned
space, will not be accepted.
IMKlsplona
CansONing
Enpmssrs
,nco,DOrO S
Fay tln'#J,, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[]
I
C
I
I
I
I
C. Any omissions, discrepancies, or questions of clarity or
intent of Drawings and/or Specifications shall be
referred to Engineer for interpretation before bid is
submitted. Likewise, if any departure from Contract
Drawings or Specifications is proposed, reasons therefore
shall be presented to Engineer for approval before bid is
submitted. Contractor's bid will be construed as a
proposal to complete work for amount of bid, without
additional cost to Owner and/or General Contractor.
1.03 CODES,
, INSPECTIONS AND PERMITS
A. Contractor shall comply with local and/or state codes and
regulations. Where not governed by local codes, comply
with the Local Building and Mechanical Codes, NFPA
pamphlets, and National Electrical Code.
B. Codes shall govern, in case of direct conflict between
codes and Drawings and/or Specifications, except when
Drawings and/or Specifications require higher standards
than those required by codes.
C. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits,
licenses, and inspection fees. Give Owner Certificates
of Final Inspections, if available.
A. Furnish lintels over wall openings and built-in outside
air intakes.
B. Leave openings and provide framing for same as directed
by Mechanical Contractor, provided Mechanical Contractor
keeps the General Contractor notified well in advance of
construction requirements.
C. Flashing of roof for curbs, pipes, stands, etc., shall be
by the General Contractor. Curbs and couterflashing
shall be by Mechanical Contractor.
1.05 LOCAL SITE CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall examine the site and compare it with
Drawings and Specifications. Become familiar with
existing conditions before submitting a bid or proposal.
No allowance will subsequently be made in behalf of this
Contractor by reason of any error on his part.
Section 15010 - 2
flMCCiCidfld
Cnnuflii,
narparoU!
F9,H..v1I1.. Arbpgsp.
I
I
I
I
I]
I
[I
I
I
I
I
[1
I
1.06 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Electrical service, wiring, and connections to motor
starters, control stations, and motors, including wiring
shown for temperature controls, disconnect switches, and
motor protective switches; unless otherwise noted, shall
be furnished and installed under the Electrical Section.
All temperature control equipment and control wiring not
shown shall be furnished under this Section. All motors,
starters, and temperature controls on factory wired
package mechanical equipment shall be furnished as part
of the equipment. Starters for mechanical equipment that
are not normally furnished with starters as part of the
package such as fans, pumps, air handling units, etc.,
shall be furnished under the Electrical Section. All
items of control equipment shall be mounted on or in
electrical boxes and installed under the Electrical
Section. Wiring diagrams, instructions, and adjustments
for the temperature controls shall be the responsibility
of this Section.
1.07 APPROVALS
A. All material and equipment required and furnished for the
heating and ventilation systems shall have the approval
of the Engineer and be submitted within 30 days after
award of the contract.
B. The list does not in any way replace Shop Drawings and
Submittals.
1.08 MATERIALS AND
A. All items of material shall be of best quality normally
used for the purpose in good commercial practice and
shall be products of the specified or scheduled
Manufacturers. Each major component of equipment shall
have the Manufacturers' name, address and catalog number
on a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place.
Nameplate of the distributing agent only will not be
acceptable. All belts, pulleys, chains, gear couplings,
projecting set screws, keys and other rotating parts
shall be fully enclosed or properly guarded.
B. All material and equipment shall
defects. The equipment furnished
standard cataloged product of the I
or more units shall be products of
however, the component parts of
products of another Manufacturer.
be new and free from
shall be essentially a
4anufacturer; where two
a single Manufacturer;
the equipment may be
Section 15010 - 3
.Ca.e.NE
Farfl e.YP., A• kaa...
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
I
11
I
C. Contractor shall install all materials and equipment in
a neat and workmanlike manner by competent specialists
for each subtrade in accordance with the Manufacturer's
recommendations. The installation of any materials or
equipment not meeting these standards, or the approval
ofthe Engineer, may be condemned by the Engineer removed
and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. All mechanical equipment furnished and installed under
this contract shall be subjected to such field tests as
may be required by Owner's Representative. Any and all
such field tests shall be made by this Contractor in
conjunction with the Manufacturer's Representatives and
in the presence of Owner or his Representatives. Such
field tests as are required shall demonstrate complete
compliance of equipment with design requirements
specified herein, and also shall demonstrate satisfactory
functional and operating efficiency of both equipment and
system of which the equipment is a component part. All
instruments, facilities and labor required to properly
conduct any of the above tests shall be provided by this
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All
water, and electricity required for these tests shall be
furnished by the Owner.
E. Approximately 60 days after the Owner has occupied the
building, the Contractor shall have a Representative of
each major equipment supplier and Subcontractor on the
project to fully demonstrate each item of the mechanical
system to the Engineer and/or Owner. The equipment
Representatives shall be prepared to make necessary minor
adjustments or revisions to make the systems operate as
required. This shall include control system
demonstrations, air balancing, equipment operation, etc.
1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall submit five copies of Shop Drawings,
Manufacturer's cut sheets, and published catalog
performance data for approval. Submittals shall be bound
in identical sets. Submittals shall include
Manufacturer's published capacity charts and tables,
Construction features, and dimensioned Drawings.
B. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings for approval on the
following lists of items, plus any additional items
adesired by the Engineer:
1. Access panels.
2. Exhaust fans.
3. Air devices.
Section 15010 - 4
flMac,. tla?G
cy,Wrynp
Earw.,.
l.aerpa•atH
FeM4r,ho, Arkanaa.
H
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
[]
I
H
I
LI
11
I
I
4. Temperature controls.
1.10 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS
A. Whenever a material, article, or piece of equipment is
identified on the Drawings or in the Specifications by
reference to Manufacturer's or Vendor's names, trade
names, catalog numbers, or similar identification, it is
so identified for the purpose of establishing a standard,
and any acceptable equal Manufacturers shall be
identified either on the Equipment Schedule or under that
section of the Equipment Specification.
B. Products listed in this Specification and scheduled on
Drawings shall be used by the Contractor in the Base Bid.
If Contractor desires to substitute materials or
equipment of equal quality and type, from Manufacturers
not listed, he shall state on the bid form or on his
company letterhead the brand of equipment to be
substituted and amount to be added or deducted from the
base bid if the equipment was to be used. If no
substitution items are listed or data submitted,
Contractor shall furnish only those items listed in the
Specifications or on Drawings.
C. The Contractor shall check and approve Shop Drawings
before submitting them to the Engineer, in writing, about
any information in the Shop Drawings which deviates from
requirements of Contract Drawings and Specifications.
All Shop Drawings submitted by the Contractor, which have
not been checked and approved by him, shall be returned
unapproved.
1.11 EXISTING SYSTEMS
A. Active systems: When encountered in work, Contractor
shall protect, brace, and support existing active systems
where required for execution of work. If existing active
systems are encountered that require relocation,
Contractor shall make request in writing to Engineer for
determination. Do not proceed with work until written
directions are received. Do not prevent or disturb
operation of active system services that are to remain.
B. Inactive systems: When encountered in work, Contractor
shall remove, cap, or plug inactive services. Notify
Engineer and protect or remove these services as directed
by Engineer.
Section 15010 - 5
MCC4IJand
tnga flat,.
a Ceawu.aa
•narDNGM1d
Fay.fla.Vy, Prkan,a,
I
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
fl
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
LI
C. Interruption of services: Where work makes temporary
shut -downs of services unavoidable, Contractor shall shut
down at such times as approved by owner and which will
cause the least interference with established operating
routine. Arrange to work continuously, including
overtime, if required, to assure that services will be
shut down only during time actually required to make
connections.
1.12 USE OF PREMISES
A. Contractor shall confine all apparatus, storage of
materials and operations of workmen to limits indicated
by law, ordinances, permits or directions of Owner's
Representative. Do not load or permit any part of the
structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger
its safety. Enforce all laws, ordinances and
instructions of Engineer regarding signs, advertisements,
fires and smoking.
1.13 COORDINATION OF TRADES
A. Contractor shall coordinate air devices to clear light
fixtures.
1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Contractor
shall do all
cutting and
patching for
installation
of mechanical
items.
1.15 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Contractor shall store and protect all materials and
equipment to prevent damage or weathering prior to
installation. All equipment stored outdoors shall be
completely covered at all times with heavy material that
resists tearing. Protect equipment against dirt and
damage during construction.
B. Contractor shall clean all fixtures and equipment at the
completion of the project. Paint all marred surfaces on
equipment to match factory finish at no additional cost
to Owner.
1.16 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES
A. Contractor shall furnish one 3/4" temporary hose bib at
start of the construction for use of all Contractors at
site; locate as directed by General Contractor and remove
from site on completion of work.
MCC,•rpC
Eric rwpotrt
IrOYppr0r,0
rpptur,Lq At kan.as
Section 15010 - 6
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
j
I
[1
I
I
I
El
J
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for general temporary
heating of building. Maintain minimum temperature of 50
degrees F. throughout the building. Put into operation
and use building's permanent heating system for general
temporary heating. Owner will pay fuel costs. Use
extreme care to prevent freezing of piping. After need
for temporary heat has ended and immediately prior to
final inspection, clean all fans, casings, etc., of all
equipment used for temporary heating. Touch up paint on
any units scratched or damaged during construction.
1.17 WORK REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall make such alterations that are
required by construction conditions. Equipment shall be
located to clear all structural members without extra
charge.
1.18 WORK SCHEDULE
A. Contractor shall refer to General Conditions for sequence
of work. Installation of new equipment shall be provided
with all utilities, that are required. Temporary lines
or connections shall be made as necessary to accomplish
this. Short interruptions of services will be allowed
providing the Owner and operating personnel is consulted
and approves the time and length of interruptions.
1.19 PAINTING
A. Contractor shall paint or finish all items of mechanical
equipment not having a factory applied finish coat.
Retouch marred areas of factory finishes to match
original finish. Piping shall be painted as indicated in
the Specifications.
B. All surfaces shall be dry and free from dirt or grease.Do
not apply paint when air temperature is below 40 degrees
F. Allow at least 24 hours between coats and the
preceding coat shall be thoroughly dry before the next
coat is applied.
C. Paint shall be Pittsburg, or equal, applied in accordance
with Manufacturer's recommendations and instructions.
1.20 INSTRUCTIONS
A. Contractor shall furnish for the Owner's permanent file
the following:
flk,rCLIland
/bnsailny
In ax.rp1W
toy.'?. vii., Arkansas
Section 15010 - 7
I
H
I
I
L
L
I
I
I
H
I
I
Li
I
fl
I
I
I
1. Complete detailed instructions with diagrams
and all other pertinent information and data
covering operation, general maintenance and
repair for plumbing and heat/cooling
installation.
2. Temperature control diagram with sequence of
operation for heating and cooling system.
3. Complete Shop Drawing data on all items of
equipment.
B. Instructions shall bear the Contractor's name and address
and his day and night phone numbers. Provide complete
verbal instructions to Owner, and/or his Representatives,
on proper operation and maintenance of completed systems.
All instructions and diagrams shall be bound under one
cover, all Shop Drawings shall be bound together and
under a separate cover, both placed in a heavy plastic
envelope and presented to Owner.
C. Contractor shall operate the heating and ventilation
systems after completion, for a sufficient period
demonstrating the workability of all mechanical
equipment. In the event, heating work is completed in
the summer, start and make this demonstration operation
at start of heating season. For this test, furnish all
labor and materials.
1.21 GUARANTEES
A. Contractor shall guarantee all new equipment of systems
remodeled and proper operation for the entire system for
a period of one year from date of finalCertificate of
Acceptance and replace any defective material and/or
workmanship without cost to Owner, and also replace or
repair all damage to buildings and/or contents as a
result of defective material and/or workmanship,
providing the equipment was operated in accordance with
instructions and sufficient power and fuel was supplied.
1.22 ALTERNATES
A. Contractor shall observe the alternates for all Sections
of the Specifications and quote amounts to be added or
deducted from the Base Bid as dictated by the
corresponding change in the Mechanical work (if any).
END OF SECTION
Section 15010 - 8
.Cu. ne
' aper
W s
IAaryar.ME
F.,.fbwJq Ar"n.m
Li
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
SECTION 15012
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This Section covers the work necessary for furnishing and
installing the miscellaneous tubing and accessories,
complete.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end
products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization of maintenance and spare parts.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All items shall be complete with all necessary end
connections, fittings, and couplings which are required
for the proper completion of the work included under this
Section.
R1[If�•Z•] 0 3:�:i1 Hil:� � tIH
A. Copper tubing shall be Standard Type K. ASTM B88, sized
as indicated on the Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All tubing shall be cut, made up, and installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's written
recommendations, as approved and as further specified
hereinunder.
MCCu11W14
Mpe OMo/M
f•joMlHllo� Ar•oasot
Prior to startup, all miscellaneous hoses, tubing, and
accessories shall be inspected for proper connection and
satisfactory performance. Each item shall be tested at
the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested.
Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair
joints that show signs of leakage prior to final
acceptance. If there are any special parts of control
systems or operators that might be damaged by the
pipeline test, they shall be properly protected. The
Contractor will be held responsible for any damage caused
by the testing.
Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable lump sum bid amounts stated in the
Proposal.
MCCI. Iond
tonsiitlng
o Ei,..r.
lncaraoraHd
Fay.Ir.Y44, Arkansas
I'
SECTION 15013
MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
IA. This Section covers the work necessary for furnishing and
installing the miscellaneous piping specialties,
complete.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end
'
products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts,
and manufacturer's service.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
IA. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. In
addition, the following specific information shall be
provided:
Ii. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings and manufacturer's
literature, clearly identified, showing layouts,
item specifications, and mounting details.
1
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All items shall be complete with all necessary end
t
connections, fittings, and couplings required for the
proper completion of the work included under this
Section.
1
MCC nand
, Conwlrny
Erq,Mm
moa.ve.oMd
FY,..I•VMM, %..OMGs
I
r
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES
A. Tapping sleeves shall be sized as indicated on the
Drawings and shall be Mueller H615, or approved equal.
Tapping valves shall be Type 115 or 116 in SECTION 15080,
with the exception that one side shall be provided with
a flange for connection to the tapping sleeve.
B. The tapping for the 30 inch tap shall be fabricated
steel, epoxy coated with stainless steel bolts (Type 304)
designed for 150 psi working pressure. Sleeve shall be
Mueller H-621 or equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All miscellaneous piping specialties shall be installed
in accordance with and in conformance to the applicable
requirements of Section 15001, PLANT PIPING - GENERAL.
3.02 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES
A. Install tapping sleeves and valves in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Where a PVC main is
tapped, retain the integrity of existing trace wire.
Attach new trace wire to existing and solder the
connection.
3.03 TESTING
A. Prior to plant startup, all MISCELLANEOUS PIPING
SPECIALTIES shall be inspected for proper connection and
satisfactory performance. Each item shall be tested at
the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested.
Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. Repair
joints that show signs of leakage prior to final
acceptance. The Contractor will be held responsible for
any damage caused by the testing.
3.04 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the applicable unit price bid amounts stated in
the Proposal.
B. Payment for tapping sleeves and valves shall be made for
the complete assembly, including valve box and thrust
blocking.
END OF SECTION
' NCCls flood
O CMWllray
EPQI ors
(ncnc 0or~
Fartl,vub, Arkansas
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
11
I
I
n
SECTION 15014
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install the miscellaneous metering and measuring devices,
complete. Included is the master meter used in the new
pump station. Also included are pump station pressure
gauges.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end
products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization for appearance, operation, maintenance,
spare parts, and manufacturer's service.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Pressure gauges shall have 4-1/2" minimum diameter faces.
The case shall be black, cast aluminum, flanged back type
with close type ring and clear glass face. The gauge
connections shall be at the bottom of the gauge and will
be 1/4" N.P.T. The gauge internal construction shall
include phospor bronze bourdon tube with a brass
movement, bronze bushed independently mount. Supply
gauges complete with 1/4 -inch brass gauge cock. Pressure
gauge range and scale graduations shall be in feet of
water and psi and shall be installed as follows:
Pump station 0-50 psi 0-200 Psi
Mount Sequoyah Suction Discharge
nMCCI. (God
wn.,,,,ny
EINln4rl
nm0. .N0
.pINwP., Arkan.a.
I
I
I
[1
I
I
I
I
[]
I
U
[1
P
I
I
I
2.02 WATER METER
A. The master meter for the new pump station shall be
Rockwell W-2000 DR, 6 -inch turbine meter, conforming to
AWWA C-701, latest revision. A 6 -inch bronze basket
strainer sized as recommended by the meter manufacturer
shall be mounted on the meter inlet. Meter shall be
provided with a high speed pick-up electronic signal
transmitting register, designed to interface with a
totalizer with flow indicator and circular chart
recorder. The flow rate indicator/totalizer shall be
Rockwell Act -Pak Model 1000 D or approved equal. it
shall output a 4-20 ma signal to pace a circular chart
recorder, or to otherwise interface with the Owner's
SCADA monitoring and control equipment. A chart recorder
shall not be required under this Contract.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
GENERAL
A.
All equipment in this section shall be installed
carefully to avoid damage to the instruments and in
accordance with the manufacturers' instructions, as
approved.
B.
Install gauges on pump station suction and discharge
piping, as required by the Drawings.
C.
The Contractor shall furnish such additional incidental
materials and labor as required for proper mounting.
Install measuring and metering devices plumb or level, as
applicable, and attach securely to mounting brackets with
suitable fasteners. Units installed in -line shall be
made up with the gaskets or thread lubricant specified
for the adjacent
piping.
3.02 PAYMENT
A. Payment for master meter and pressure gauges installed at
the new pump station shall be made under the pump station
bid item.
END OF SECTION
InMCCi. land
Connjlfiq
taqnun
InpCfpa•oNQ
Cap•yvdn, Arkpmw
I
I
[1
I
I
I
[]
I
[I
I
I
I
n
I
SECTION 15080
PART 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 SCOPE
A. This section covers the work necessary for furnishing and
installing the various manually operated valves in the
piping systems, complete.
1.02 GENERAL
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end
products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts,
and manufacturer's services.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All valves shall be complete with all necessary
operators, extension stems, floor stands, worm and gear
operators, operating nuts, etc. which are required for
the proper completion of the work included under this
section.
B. Renewable parts including discs, packing, and seats shall
be of types recommended by valve manufacturer for
intended service.
C. All units shall have the name of the manufacturer and the
size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on
a permanently attached plate in raised letters.
D. For the purpose of designating the type and grade of
valve desired, a manufacturer's name is given in the
following specifications. Valves of equal quality by
other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with
the General Conditions.
Section 15080-1
I
M4ci.':DId
' 1 ,D GMWI.,Dora s
EDp.
.n{V�DD�DMd
Fo tt. •P,, A•koo.o.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I]
I
I
[I
L
I
Li
I
2.02 DESIGN FEATURES - BRASS AND BRONZE
A. Brass and bronze components of valves and appurtenances
which have surfaces in contact with the water shall be
alloys containing less than 16 percent zinc and 2 percent
aluminum.
B. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations:
1. B 61, B 62, B 98 (Alloy A, B, or D), B 139 (Alloy
A), B 143 (Alloy 1-B), B 164, B 194, B 292 (Alloy
A), and B 127.
2. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for
bronze at the option of the manufacturer and with
the approval of the Engineer.
C. All gland bolts on iron body valves shall be bronze and
shall be fitted with brass nuts.
2.03 VALVE
A. All valve operators shall open by turning
counterclockwise. Operators shall be galvanized and
painted the same color as the valve and associated
pipeline.
2.04 VALVE BOXES
A. Valve boxes shall be Buffalo two-piece screw or
telescoping type, cast iron, with 5 -1/4 -inch shaft of
appropriate length for the installation. The word WATER
shall be cast into the top of the lid. Extension pieces,
if required, shall be the manufacturer's standard type.
Units shall be Mueller H-10360, or equal. All units
shall be complete with all necessary bases and
accessories.
2.05 EXTENSION STEMS FOR VALVE OPERATORS
A. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline
is more than 4 feet below grade, operating extension
stems shall be provided to bring the operating nut to a
point 6 inches below the surface of the ground and/or box
cover. Extension stems shall be constructed of steel and
shall be complete with 2 -inch square operating nut.
2.06 GATE VALVES
A. Type
100: Gate valves
2 -inches
and smaller for exposed
water
service shall be
all -bronze
with screwed bonnet and
Section 15080 -2
flMGCIPIofe
I,win. l .
Inawoa.one
Foy.Mv.I,. A,kan.aa
I
I
I
I
[I
L
I
I
I
I
[• ]
I
I
C
I
I
I
Section 15080-3
I
ends, single solid wedge gate, and nonrising stem.
Valves shall be rated for 250 psi, and shall be by Crane,
Stockham, or equal.
B. Type 110: Gate valves 4 inches and larger for exposed
water service shall be iron body, resilient seat, epoxy
lined with flanged ends, nonrising stem, o -ring seal,
hand wheel operator. Valves shall conform to AWWA C-509,
rated for 200 psi, and shall be Mueller A-2370-6, or
equal.
C. Type 115: Gate valves 3 -inches and smaller for buried
water service shall be iron body, bronze mounted valves
with mechanical joint ends, double -disc gate, nonrising
stem, 0 -ring seals, and 2 -inch square wrench nut
conforming to AWWA C-500. Valves shall be rated for 200
psi minimum, and shall be Mueller A-2380-20; or equal.
D. Type 116: Gate valves 4 inches and larger for buried
water service shall be iron body, resilient seat, epoxy
lined with mechanical joint ends, nonrising stem, 0 -ring
seal and 2 inch square wrench nut conforming to AWWA
C-509. Valves shall be rated for 200 psi and shall be
Mueller A-2370-20 or equal.
2.07 GLOBE VALVES
A. Type 235: Angle type hose valves 1-1/2 inches and
smaller shall have brass or bronze body, with rising stem
and composition disc, rated 250 -pound WOG minimum.
Valves shall have hose thread on the outlet end; 1 -inch
size shall have straight iron pipe thread, 11-1/2
threads per inch. Valves shall be Fairbanks Figure 74;
Jenkins Figure 112; DeSanno No. 111 or 114; or equal.
2.08 PLUG VALVES
A. Type 462: Gauge cocks shall be 1/4 -inch bronze body
valves, hexagon end pattern with tee head and male and
female ends, rated for 250 psi. Cocks shall be
Lunkeheimer Figure 1180; Crane No. 744; or equal.
Install at the inlet to all pressure gauges.
2.09 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. All butterfly valves, except as herein otherwise noted,
shall conform to AWWA C-504, latest revision. All valve
shafts shall be connected to operators by the use of keys
and keyways. The use of compression or friction
connections is not acceptable.
ar n.ha
ond
.,.
' ror.,ln
Inp.rpa•aq.
..J..N W 4., Arkp'Ha.
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
B. All seats on disc seated valves shall be continuous
around the periphery of the disc and shall not be
penetrated by the valve shaft. Also the seat shall be
adjusted and replaceable without removing the disc from
the valve body on valves 30 inches and larger.
C. Type 501: Standard service butterfly valves shall be
wafer type body suitable for installation between Class
125 flanges. Valves shall be rubber seated, 200 psi
working pressure, hand lever operator, and shall conform
to AWWA C-504. Valves shall be Dresser Model 450, or
approved equal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the vertical
centerline of the pipe run. Prior to installing flanged
valves, the flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned.
After cleaning, insert gasket and bolts, and tighten the
nuts progressively and uniformly. If flanges leak under
pressure, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or
replace the gasket, retighten and/or reinstall the nuts
and bolts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be
watertight at test pressures before acceptance.
B. Thoroughly clean threads of screwed joints by wire
brushing, swabbing, or other approved methods. Apply
approved joint compound to threads prior to making
joints. Joints shall be watertight at test pressures
before acceptance.
3.02 PLACING
A. Generally, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings,
all valves installed in horizontal runs of pipe having
centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the
finish floor shall be installed with their operating
stems vertical. Valves installed in horizontal runs of
pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches
and 6 feet 9 inches above the finish floor shall be
installed with their operating stems horizontal. If
adjacent piping prohibits this, the stems and operating
handwheel shall be installed above the valve horizontal
centerline as close to horizontal as possible. Valves
installed in vertical runs of pipe shall have their
operating stems orientated to facilitate the most
practicable operation, as approved by the Engineer. All
Section 15080 - 4
YCCII'I Ad
anwto N n••Is,
Enginpipof al
Inca pofol.J
Foy.4.vw'I., 4,,ano.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
buried valves shall be installed with valve boxes in
accordance with the details shown on the Drawings.
B. Install 2 feet by 2 feet by 4 inches thick concrete pad
around the top of all valve boxes.
3.03 ACCESS
A. Location of
valves shall
be
as required
to provide
accessibility
for control
and
maintenance.
3.04 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Anchor bolts for floor stands, stem guides, etc. shall be
cast -in -place during concrete placement. Threads shall
be protected and shall be cleaned before the nuts are
attached and tightened.
3.05 TESTING
A. Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent
pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage
under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage
prior to final acceptance. If there are any special
parts of control systems or operators that might be
damaged by the pipeline test, they shall be properly
protected. The Contractor will be held responsible for
any damage caused by the testing.
B. If requested by the Engineer, the valve manufacturer
shall furnish an affidavit stating the materials options
furnished and/or that he has complied with these and
other referenced specifications.
3.06 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid or unit price bid amounts stated
in the Proposal.
B. Payment for buried valves shall include payment for the
valve boxes, lids and concrete collar.
C. No separate payment will be made for valves used inside
pump stations. Include the cost of these valves in the
respective station lump sum prices.
Section 15080-5
MCCSi ona
comwFliro
inooraoralaa
Fa/IM.Y.4a, Arkonwa
I
' PART 1
1.01
I
I
J
I
[I
I
I
A.
1.02
SECTION 15082
•.kRflI4 J a j•fl .I$*1,-StflItI *1
GENERAL
SCOPE
This section covers the work necessary to furnish and
install the various self-contained automatic process
valves, complete.
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the end
products of one manufacturer in order to achieve
standardization for operation, maintenance, spare parts,
and manufacturer's services.
B. See CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and Division 1, GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS, which contain information and requirements
that apply to the work specified herein and are mandatory
for this project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submittals during construction shall be made in
accordance with Section 01300, SUBMITTALS DURING
CONSTRUCTION, in Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
' IPART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
I
C
I
I
I
A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog
number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of
quality and general configuration desired only.
Products of other manufacturers will be considered in
accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS.
B. All valves shall be complete, with all necessary
operating appurtenances included in the work under this
section.
C. All units shall have name of their manufacturer and the
size of the valve cast on the body or bonnet or shown on
a permanently attached plate in raised letters.
.» ,vccnit
e Coo uir
oo
InaoryaraHa
•C3od"aw bs Arkarka!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[.I
I
I
I
I
2.02 PUMP CONTROL VALVE FOR THE MOUNT SEQUOYAH PUMP STATION
A. The Mt. Sequoyah Pump Station pump control valve shall be
six inch, angle body, Class 125 flanges, 175 psi maximum
operating pressure, cast iron body with brass or bronze
trim. Valve shall utilize a four way solenoid valve to
initiate operation. Electrical interconnections shall
insure that the pump motor starts and stops with the
control valve in the closed position. Valve shall be a
Cla-Val Co. Model 60-73 or approved equal.
B. Operation is such that the pump starts against a closed
valve. When it is started, the solenoid control valve is
energized and the valve begins to open slowly, gradually
increasing line pressure to full pumping head. When the
pump is signalled to shut off, the solenoid control valve
is de -energized and the valve begins to close at a rate
to prevent sudden rises in pressure at the valve inlet
and gradually reducing flow while the pump continues to
run. When the valve is closed a limit switch assembly,
which serves as an electrical interlock between the valve
and the pump, releases the pump starter and the pump
stops.
C. Electrical controls and relays shall be included in a
control panel provided by the valve manufacturer. A
representative of the valve manufacturer shall provide
field startup and adjustment services.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Before installation carefully
material, and inspect val'
positions. Install valves
applicable portions of
Installation practices shall
recommendations.
clean valves of all foreign
res in open and closed
in accordance with the
these Specifications.
conform to manufacturers'
B. Prior to installing flanged valves, the flanged faces
shall be thoroughly cleaned. All flange bolts shall be
lubricated with a light coating of the piping
manufacturer's recommended thread lubricant. After
cleaning the flanged faces, install the flange gasket and
bolts. Tighten the nuts progressively and uniformly
using a torque -limiting wrench to the torque values
specified by the piping manufacturer. If flanges leak
under pressure, loosen the nuts, reseat or replace the
gasket, retighten the nuts, and retest the joints.
Joints must be watertight or airtight at test pressures
Con vr
Can iporof
c w E'q,n11v
Incarporoloo
Foyotow9a, Anionic.
I
I
11
I
F
L
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
I
before acceptance. After 24 hours has elapsed, retighten
the bolts to their specified values with torque limiting
wrenches.
C. Pipe the valve drain on pump control valves to nearby
floor drains with copper tubing.
D. Provide electrical interconnections to the motor
starter/motor control system to achieve desired pump
control valve function.
3.02 TESTING
A. Valves shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent
pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage
under test. Repair joints that show signs of leakage
prior to final acceptance. If there are any special
parts of control systems or operators that might be
damaged by the pipeline test, they shall be properly
protected. The Contractor will be held responsible for
any damage caused by the testing.
3.03 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the work in this Section will be included as
part of the lump sum bid amount stated in the Proposal
for the Mount Sequoyah Pump Station.
END OF SECTION
NCCU no
'iondfl
oO
Eno.
Incorprp orotrofod
.ri•ro vCl, Anansos
I
I
H•j.rE+.1u�9
' 11.01 WORK INCLUDED
rLJ
I
SECTION 15111
A. The work covered by the Section consists of furnishing
all labor and materials and installing the ventilation
system complete, in accordance with all Sections of the
Specification; codes and regulations required by
governing authorities and as indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
' 12.01 EVALUATION OF SYSTEM
I
[]
I
I
I
I
I
I
[1
A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and equipment
necessary to properly measure the air capacity of the
system, the electrical voltage and current, fan speeds,
static pressures, air velocity, water pressure drops,
and all other readings normally necessary to evaluate the
performance of a system, adjust the quantities to those
called for, and test the system.
2.02 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. This Contractor is responsible for the performance of the
equipment and the system he or she installs. Contractor
cannot assume that supplier will ship equipment adjusted
to meet the job requirements.
2.03 EQUIPMENT OPERATION
A. All equipment shall be checked for proper operation as
soon as electrical power is available to do so. Any
malfunction shall be reported to the Manufacturer, and a
corrective action taken as soon as possible to prevent
delay of the acceptance of the work.
2.04 EQUIPMENT PROBLEMS AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Required adjustments and minor problems with mechanical
equipment are to be expected to some extent, and it is
the Contractor's responsibility to determine if there are
any in the work and to correct them without causing any
undue alarm on the part of the owner and without delay of
the job.
Section 15111 - 1
[1
flMed. Jor,d
convlflnq
E.pn..r.
.oj.M.v.l.., pr.oMo.
I
P
I
[. I
L
u
I
I
I
LI
I
[I
I
[]
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INITIAL BALANCING - AIR SYSTEMS
A. As soon as electrical power is available, the Contractor
shall check all equipment for electrical problems, check
rotation of motors, read voltage and current in each leg
of each motor, heater, etc., and check the readings
against the nameplate.
B. Contractor shall check and balance each exhaust system to
the design air quantity. Excess exhaust air will not be
permitted since this wastes energy.
3.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR PROPER BALANCING AND TESTING
A. The Contractor is responsible for the performance of the
entire building, including the work in this Section.
After this Contractor has completed the installation, the
Superintendent for the Contractor shall monitor the
Balancing and Testing of the system and shall certify
that the readings required under this Section have
actually been made and that all systems are in actual
operation. The Test and Balance data shall be signed by
the Superintendent. At time of final review, if it is
apparent that these readings have not been made, or that
equipment is not in operation, the expense for the return
of the Engineer and/or the Owner's Representative shall
be billed to the Contractor.
3.03 READINGS REQUIRED TO BE REPORTED
A. The following readings shall be made and reported to the
Engineer after the building is balanced and all equipment
is operating properly.
B. All readings shall be recorded on a print of the
Mechanical system giving the actual raw data read for
each exhaust fan. All readings made shall be recorded,
and if any readings are invalid, they shall be identified
a such. Any readings out of line shall be explained by
a note on the print. (The original print shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review.) If additional
copies are required, they may be transcribed from this
print on to other copies.
=CHIbM
D MtI'IhQ
inc. nil n
'wPDD10NE
DJ.11.v Y., A-IDma.
Section 15111 - 2
I
IIc. Air quantity readings shall include:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Actual measured air quantity of each exhaust
fan shall be read and recorded. Measurement
shall be made with a cone with a calibrated
outlet and velometer equal to Alnor.
D. Electrical readings required are:
1. Measured voltage and amps on EACH phase of
each major motor roof exhaust fans, etc.)
while the equipment is under maximum normal
load.
2. The nameplate voltage and current for each of
the above motors.
IE. Water readings required are:
1. The pressure drop calculations shall be
applied against the Manufacturers' rating
sheets to determine the actual flow through
the system and the equipment. These readings
give the Owner the basic information to
determine at a later time if the equipment is
fouled and if the flow is being maintained at
the design conditions.
2. Should any readings made above indicate that
the flow the system is below design, the
Contractor shall determine the reason for the
difference and correct the problem so that the
flow will be up to design conditions when the
system is turned over to the Owner.
3.04 SYSTEM DIFFICULTIES
A. The above readings shall be made on each unit or piece of
equipment and these readings sent to the Engineer for
review as early as possible so that any apparent
difficulties can be resolved before the anticipated close
of the job and before such problems are called to the
attention of the Owner. Minor problems, such as the
necessity to adjust a fan sheave, often raise questions
and doubts in the Owner's mind about the system. Such
problems are normal, and if corrected without delay, lead
to a much happier Owner.
Section 15111 - 3
I
MCCSiond
LIII
InwpopOraHO
'.,.M.vlf l., Arian.
3.05 REVIEW BY ENGINEER
A. After the above information is received by the Engineer,
it will be reviewed and compared against the design. The
Engineer will generally review the job for the Owner and
recommend final acceptance or the holding for fund
spending additional work. Such review will not be
scheduled until the above information can be reviewed and
accepted. The work required under this contract is not
complete until this information is accepted as accurate
and complete.
C
Section 15111 - 4
MCClallan!
ConsalPna
Enalnaara
lnaarporoNa
•aptfavr I, Arsansas
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15421
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Refer to Section 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL WORK, which
is a part of the Specification and governs work under
this Section.
B. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing
all labor and materials and installing roof exhaust fan
system complete, in accordance with all Sections of the
Specification; codes and regulations required by
governing authorities and as indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ROOF EXHAUST FAN
A. Roof exhaust fan shall be spun aluminum enclosure mounted
on an aluminum curb cap.
B. The aluminum centrifugal fan shall be mounted on a large
diameter shaft supported by two ball bearings and
connected to the motor by belt drive. The motor -drive
pulley shall be variable pitch. The motor shall be
supported on adjustable heavy steel brackets, and the
entire fan assembly shall be supported on rubber or
springs.
C. The capacity of the fan and the noise rating shall be as
shown on the Drawings. The motor power and speed given
shall not be exceeded.
D. The fan shall bear the MICA Seal as having been tested
and meeting Standard 210.
2.02 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
A. Contractor shall provide a prefabricated curb of aluminum
to match and line up with the fan. Curb shall be sound -
attenuating type, if noted on the Drawings, or as
required to meet the sound level given on the Drawings.
B. Contractor shall provide a bird screen in the fan
discharge.
Section 15421 - 1
111aGfa,rane
Easin an
frmraa•ofaa
Fay.f.an4a, Arkan.o.
F
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
C. Contractor shall provide a disconnect switch located
under the fan housing.
D. Contractor shall provide back -draft damper mounted in the
throat of the curb.
2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Exhaust fans shall be the model number shown on the
Drawings or approved equivalent models by ACME, Cook,
Greenheck, or Penn.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Contractor shall install the curb and secure to the roof
deck.
B. Contractor shall install ductwork as shown and secure to
the deck or base of the curb.
C. Contractor shall install back -draft dampers and check to
make sure they are free to open and close.
D. Contractor shall install the fan and secure to the curb
with stainless steel screws.
E. Contractor shall check rotation of fan.
F. This system is not complete until the system has been
balanced to provide the correct air quantity and has been
tested to demonstrate the correct system performance.
See Balancing and Testing, section 15111.
END OF SECTION
Section 15421-2
I
nYcClslland
canwHmy
Enpmaao
Inoorporolsd
fayesvwe, Arkansas
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
P
I
I
SECTION 15463
ADJUSTABLE WALL LOUVERS - INTAKE AND EXHAUST
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Refer to Section 15010 - GENERAL MECHANICAL WORK, which
is a part of the Specification and governs work under
this Section.
B. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing
all labor and materials and installing adjustable wall
louvers complete, in accordance with all Sections of the
Specification; codes and regulations required by
governing authorities and as indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WALL LOUVERS
A. Wall louvers shall be heavy gauge extruded -aluminum type
with multiple breaks or ridges to prevent water from
traveling up the blade. Frame depth shall be 6", unless
shown otherwise on the Drawings. The blade linkage shall
be concealed with a stainless steel sleeve bearing
pressed into the frame.
B. Blade shall have a nominal thickness of 0.125", a slope
of 37.5 degrees when fully open, and shall be reinforced
on the outer and inner edges with a reinforced lip with
extruded vinyl blade edge seals.
C. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Seal as having been rated in
accordance with Standard 500 for air performance and
moisture penetration.
D. Louvers shall be sized with a maximum pressure loss of
1/8 in. at 1115 ft/min. intake.
E. Finish shall be factory -anodized aluminum color, unless
specified otherwise. If specific color is required, a
sample of the required color will be furnished.
F. Top and side mullions shall be designed for mounting
against masonry openings with a caulking lip.
Section 15463 - 1
flMCC,. 'land
cor,vJN+q
Inarpp•pME
Fc,q�lgb'lq, Arkq,Ms
G. The louver shall be furnished with a manual operator that
locks the louver in quadrants.
2.02 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
A. Louvers shall be provided with an aluminum bird screen in
a removable frame on the inside.
B. Provide sill extension on louver to provide drip ledge to
carry water away from the building.
C. For larger -size louvers, provide mullions to provide
rigidity and allow expansion.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install the louver in the masonry opening with the sill
extension extending from the building 1/4", and secure to
the masonry to prevent unauthorized entry.
B. Caulk the perimeter of the louver at the junction of the
wall with silicone caulk, applied as recommended by the
Manufacturer. Allow room for expansion and contraction
without damage to the caulking.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I1
I
Section 15463 - 2
MCCM' and
tt'S
Iacw poroNO
FonHmi•.. Arooasoo
r
1
I
I
I
C
[I
I
U
I
C
I
[I
I
S
H
SECTION 16010
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. The General and Special Conditions are a part of this
Division of the Specifications and all Provisions
contained therein which affect this work are as binding
as though incorporated herein.
B. Provide all necessary labor, material, services, and
skilled supervision. Install all work in a neat manner;
complete in every detail and in all respects ready for
its intended use, within the limits indicated in the
Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents.
C. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses and fees. Give
Owner Certificates of Final Inspection if available.
D. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
i. Switchboards, lighting and equipment
panelboards, circuit breakers, dry type
transformers, and related distribution
equipment.
2. Conduit and conduit fittings, wire and wire
connections.
3. Wiring devices.
4. Safety switches and disconnects.
5. Motor controls.
6. Indoor lighting fixtures complete with lamps
and mounting hardware, except as otherwise
noted.
E. The work shall include connections to equipment furnished
and installed by others including, but not limited to,
the following:
1. Flow control valves.
2. Flow meters, charts and associated equipment.
Section 16010 - 1
YccsllolM
F+pmor•s
lnpYoeralla
PopV.vPlo, Arkoma•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
II
J
I
I
C
Section 16010 - 2
I
F. The work shall also include removal or relocation of
existing electrical equipment and conduit as required by
demolition. Removed materials shall remain the property
of the Owner unless otherwise noted. Coordinate
demolition with the Owner prior to construction.
1.02 ITEMS PROVIDED BY OTHERS
A. Verify installation details for materials and equipment
indicated to be furnished by others and installed or
connected under this section of the Specifications.
Verification shall be completed prior to construction of,
or construction effecting said materials and equipment.
1.03 COORDINATION
A. Plan all work so that it proceeds with a minimum of
interference between trades. Furnish materials and
information in proper sequence for all special frames,
openings, pipe sleeves, foundations, etc., as required.
B. Perform all work in conformance with the construction
called for by other trades and afford other Contractors
reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work;
properly connect and coordinate this work with the work
of other Contractors at such times and in such a manner
as not to delay or interfere with their work.
C. Examine the Drawings and Specifications for all portions
of the work, and coordinate accordingly.
D. Arrange conduit runs, panels, and other electrical
equipment to avoid interference with grills and other
equipment.
1.04 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. All Engineering instituted in the field by other than
Engineer shall be used only after proper written
documentation has been submitted to the Engineer for
approval. Proper documentation shall consist of the
purpose of the Field Engineering and all supporting data
required to clearly describe and indicate the requested
change, alteration, addition, and/or deletion to the
Drawings and/or Specifications as prepared by the
Engineer. This documentation shall clearly indicate the
name, address, and telephone number of the person or
company responsible for this submittal.
MKb/IeS
' 1a Coafalp
Inc lnurl r.
inrn 0arafM
Fa,FH.rll4, Arkan.o.
I
I
I
I
11
I
I
II
C
I]
11
I
I
I
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. To the extent provided in the General Conditions, comply
with the latest edition of the National Electrical Safety
Code and the National Electrical Code and the interim
Amendments in effect at the time of the proposal; and
comply with all local, state, and utility regulations or
laws. Should the Drawings or Specifications contradict
local rulings, the local rules shall take precedence
unless special approval is issued by the authority
enforcing the rulings in which a copy of this written
approval shall be sent to the Engineer prior to
construction. Correct any violations cited by the
enforcing authority.
1.06 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
AFC
AFF
AFG
AHU
AIC
ANSI
ASME
ASTM
AWG
BFC
BFF
BEG
C.B. or Cct.Brkr.
Cct.
C.
Contr.
Disc.
EF
Emerg.
EMT
Exist.
F.A.
Fixt.
Fluor.
FM
Fut.
GFI
GR.
CRC
Above Finish Counter
Above Finish Floor
Above Finish Grade
Air Handling Unit
Amps Interrupting Capacity
American National Standards
Institute
American Society of
Engineers
American Society for
Materials
American Wire Gage
Below Finish Counter
Below Finish Floor
Below Finish Grade
Circuit Breaker
Circuit
Conduit
Contractor
Disconnect
Exhaust fan
Emergency
Electrical metallic tubing
Existing
Fire Alarm
Fixture
Fluorescent
Factory Mutual
Future
Ground Fault Interrupter
Ground
Galvanized Riqid Conduit
Mechanical
Testing &
Research Corp.
Section 16010 - 3
Conailriny
Ec0 nq.n..rs
InmROTpproNd
Foy.t .v ibg Arkpnm.
Li
I
I
I
I
I I
1
I
I
1
C
I
I
I
I
fl
HVAC
Heating, Ventilating, & Air
Conditioning
IEEE
Inst. of Electrical & Electronic
Eng.
I.G.
Isolated Ground
IMC
Intermediate Metallic Conduit
Incan.
Incandescent
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers
Assoc., Inc.
JB
Junction Box
Lt./Ltg.
Light/Lighting
LC
Lighting Contactor
Mtg./Mtd.
Mounting/Mounted
N.
Neutral
NEC
National Electrical Code
NEMA
National Electrical
Manufacturers Assoc.
NFPA
National Fire Protection
Association
N.I.C.
Not In Contract
NL
Night Light
N.T.S.
Not To Scale
O.H.
Overhead
PE
Photo -electric Control
PVC
Polyvinyl Chloride(or Rigid PVC
Conduit)
Recept.
Receptacle
Req'd.
Required
RTU
Roof Top Unit
Sw.
Switch
Transf.
Transformer
Typ.
Typical
U.G.
Underground
U.H.
Unit Heater
UL
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
WP
Weatherproof
W.
Wire
Symbols:
Symbols used
for
items of equipment and
materials
are
indicated on
the
Drawings.
1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit for approval, detailed shop drawings of all
equipment and all material required to complete this
project.
Section 16010 - 4
C
MCC I. .Q
' Co..Wtmy
Engt
rncw0.ral.!
F.yWbYP., Arkan.a.
I
I
I
I
f1
I
I
I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
I
I
Li
I
B.
No material or equipment may be delivered to the job site
or installed at this project until receipt of the
approved shop drawings for the particular material or
equipment. Submit a minimum of five (5) copies of all
Shop Drawings in accordance with the General Conditions.
C.
Failure to submit shop drawings in ample time for review
shall not constitute basis for an extension of contract
time, and no claim for extension by reason of such
default shall be allowed.
D.
Furnish Shop Drawings for the following equipment:
1. Lighting fixtures and lamps.
2. Wire and cable.
3. Panelboards and breakers.
4. Safety switches.
5. Control panels.
6. Motor starters.
7. Conduit and fittings.
8. Photocontrols.
9. wiring devices and similar equipment.
10. other equipment proposed for substitution. See
Substitutions and Product Options section of this
Specification for more information.
11. As otherwise requested by the Engineer.
E.
Provide and maintain construction facilities and
temporary controls in accordance with the General
Conditions and Special
or supplementary Conditions.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Contractor shall furnish in accordance with the General
Conditions, all required scaffolding, temporary work
platforms, etc., required for completion of his work
during his phase of this construction. Construction Aids
shall be so utilized or constructed as to prevent any
hazard to the Contractor, other trades, personnel working
in and around the facility, or the structure.
A. All areas traversed during the course of this work, and
buildings, materials, appliances, fixtures and
furnishings adjacent to the work site, shall be protected
against damage arising from or as a result of work
operations. Any damage incurred shall be repaired
without additional cost to the Owner.
Section 16010 - 5
Li
flye[r.l:one
O.n.uflfng
Enpu...rs
in forar.d
Foyoff.v ti.. A•kon.o.
C
F
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
I
C1
I1
I
[
B. Contractor shall construct necessary and/or required
barriers for protection of the aforementioned items. All
barriers shall be so constructed as to comply with the
intent of the requirements for construction and erection
of construction aids. (See Construction Aids Section of
this Specification for more information.).
1.10 SECURITY
A. Contractor shall conform to all established security
regulations enforced at this facility and as indicated in
the General Conditions during all phases of construction.
The Engineer/Owner accepts no responsibility for non-
adherence to these regulations by the Contractor or any
other trades. It shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor to verify these regulations, the location of
any restricted areas, and to acquire any clearances to
these areas prior to construction.
1.11 ACCESS ROADS
A. Contractor shall utilize only Owner/owner's
Representative designated access roads and vehicle
loading and unloading areas. These areas shall be
verified with the Owner/Owner's Representative prior to
the start of construction. Repair or replacement of any
damage to the structure or grounds due to noncompliance
with this stipulation by the Contractor or his crew shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1.12 TRAFFIC REGULATION
A. Contractor shall conform to all traffic and parking area
regulations and restrictions as established and enforced
by the General Conditions and as established and enforced
at this facility, during all phases of construction.
Contractor shall utilize only the Owner/Owner's
Representative designated parking areas for parking of
construction vehicles, construction workers' vehicles,
and storage facilities.
1.13 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION
A. Signs advertising materials or subcontractors will not be
allowed.
,1n[rarla.M
Enpmon
rnaararar.tl
Faww.vis, Arkansas
Section 16010 - 6
I
11.14 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
I
[1
[1
[l
I
I
I
L
I
A. All materials and equipment shall bear the manufacturer's
label and the UL label, where applicable. Performance
and operation shall be as designed, with respect to
efficiencies, capacities, and quietness.
B. Torque all bolts in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and UL listing standards.
1.15 TRANSPORTATION & HANDLING
A. Provide for the delivery of materials at such stages of
the work as will expedite the work as a whole. Make the
required arrangements for introduction into building of
equipment too large to pass through finished openings.
1.16 STORAGE & PROTECTION
A. Provide for the safe storage of materials. Mark and
store materials so as to be easily checked and inspected.
B. Protect all utilities, supplies and equipment subject to
damage by cold weather by covering, insulating, storing
in a heated place, or other approved means.
C. Protect all material from damage of any kind. Failure to
provide such protection to the satisfaction of the
Engineer shall be sufficient cause for rejection of any
particular piece of material concerned.
1.17 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Substitutions shall be reviewed only if submitted for
approval a minimum of ten (10) working days prior to
ordering of equipment. If more than one review is needed
to determine a product substitution's equivalence, an
hourly charge based on the Engineer's current rate
schedule shall be imposed on additional submittal
reviews. Payment of this charge is the responsibility of
the Contractor.
B. Substitutions shall be submitted in compliance with the
General Conditions.
1.18 TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Upon completion of the installation make tests for
operation with and to the satisfaction of the Owner and
the Engineer and in accordance with the General
Conditions and Special or Supplementary Conditions.
flM'cU llonS
Enp n..r.
InCorp suited
FawtNn'4, A,Kapfls
Section 16010 - 7
U
Li J
ILI
I
C
El
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
Voltmeter and ammeter readings shall be taken as directed
for all motors. Test all receptacles with circuit
testers to insure continuity of circuit as directed.
B. Test ground fault protection systems in service equipment
in accordance with NEC 230-95C.
1.19 CLEANING UP
A. During the period of construction, the Contractor shall
make every effort to keep the premises free of debris and
obstructions at all times. When this part of the work is
finished, remove from the premises all tools, machinery
and debris.
B. Project clean-up shall met the Owner's approval and shall
be in compliance with the General Conditions. Failure to
comply shall result in withholding of Contractor's final
payment.
1.20 PROJECT RECORD
A. Deliver to the Engineer upon completion of the work
complete information as required to correct the Drawings
and Specifications to Record Documents. Information
shall be submitted and shall be in accordance to the
General Conditions.
1.21 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Obtain and submit to the Engineer three (3) suitably
bound sets of descriptive literature, maintenance and
operation data, and parts lists for each item of
equipment furnished and installed under this Contract and
requiring maintenance or special operating procedures.
B. Preserve and deliver to the Engineer any drawings,
instructions, or manuals supplied with equipment
furnished by others and installed under this Contract.
C. Information shall be submitted in accordance to the
stipulations indicated in the General Conditions.
1.22 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND AFFIDAVITS
A. Furnish a written certificate of warranty for all
materials, equipment, and labor to be free of defects for
a period of one (1) year from and after the date of
Section 16010 - 8
cona.11anE
a 0dolr.
[np/nNn
nwowof"
FaF.Hasnlq Arkansas
II
I
J
I
11
H
I
I
11
I
P
I
I
I
I
final acceptance of the work by the Engineer. This
certificate shall further warranty that if any defects
appear within the stipulated warranty period, such work
shall be replaced without charge.
B. Documents shall be furnished as indicated in the General
Conditions.
1.23 FINAL INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall give the Engineer requisite notice
relating to the work and shall afford the Engineer and
his authorized representatives every facility for
inspection.
B. Final inspection of the work under this Contract shall be
performed in accordance to General Conditions.
1.24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM VOLTAGES
A. The following voltages shall apply unless otherwise
noted:
1. The main service is 480 volts, 3 phase, 3 wire, 60
hertz, with ground.
2. Receptacle and lighting 120/240 volts, 1 phase, 3
wire, grounded neutral.
1.25 EQUIPMENT BY SINGLE MANUFACTURER
A. Where possible, all switchboards, motor control centers,
panelboards, safety switches, and related equipment shall
be produced by one manufacturer.
1.26 HEIGHTS OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES, PROTECTIVE DEVICES,
CONTROLLERS, ETC.
A. The mounting height of disconnect switches, circuit
breakers, motor controllers, pushbutton stations and
other similar devices and equipment will vary depending
upon location and whether individually or group mounted.
For convenience and safety, operating levers, handles or
buttons shall be mounted no more than 80" above finished
floor.
B. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, mount equipment as
follows:
Section 16010 - 9
MgCflla.a
fanwfors
I.caOaraNR
Fay*I11.4'/. A•4ama.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Individual device - operating handle,
lever, or button
Panelboards - highest overcurrent
protective device
Pushbutton stations
Dry -type transformer
END OF SECTION
5'-0"
approx.
6'-0"
max.
4'-6"
on floor
Section 16010 - 10
kmru/Iagd
Cargo
I!IoQ
p MCCIQ
Engrnun
InoOfpp/pflE
Fpynt. nY., A•ka,ws
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
r
[]
I
I.
I
SECTION 16050
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A.
Do all cutting made necessary by the work, subject to the
approval of the Structural Engineer and in accordance to
the General Conditions. In no case cut through or into
any structural member without written permission of the
Structural Engineer.
B.
Exercise due diligence to avoid cutting openings larger
than required or in wrong locations. Furnish and install
all sleeves required for the work.
C.
Where openings are cut through masonry walls, furnish and
install lintels or other structural supports to protect
the remaining masonry. Adequate support shall be
provided during the cutting operation to prevent any
damage to masonry by the cutting operation. All
structural members, supports, etc., shall be of the size,
type, and installation as directed by the Structural
Engineer.
D.
Where openings are cut, the patching shall be done by the
trade whose work is disturbed but shall be paid for by
the sub -contractor cutting the opening or causing the
damage.
E.
Repair affected surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
1.02 ROADWAYS, CURBS, AND WALKS
A. Use every possible
roadways, curbs, and
the work and replace
also include damage
work.
1.03 TRENCHING
precaution to prevent injuries to
walks on or adjacent to the site of
any such damaged items. This shall
necessary for installation of the
A. Perform all trenching and digging incidental to
Electrical work. Depth of cover shall conform with NEC
300-5 and NEC 710-3b unless otherwise noted. Where rock
is encountered, the same shall be excavated to a grade
three inches below the lowermost part of the conduit and
the trench shall be refilled to required grade as
Section 16050 - 1
MGCt.HS
GmWffjn
n ..rs
£^Upon
IOCM'OOrOfb
f C)/,..vdIl1, A/kWII.o.
r
I
Li
I
I
I
C
I
[1
I
I
PT
specified. Trenches shall be sheathed or braced and
pumping or bailing performed as may be necessary to
protect the workmen and adjacent structures
and to permit proper execution of the work. Trenching
shall not interfere with existing walls, footings, or
utilities.
B. The Specifications and the Drawings in no way imply the
condition of the soil to be encountered. When excavation
may be required in execution of the work, the Contractor
agrees that he has informed himself regarding conditions
affecting the work and labor and material required,
without recourse to any representation as to soil
conditions that may appear, or seem to be implied, in any
portion of the Contract Documents.
C. Backfill shall be free from large particles where
adjacent to conduit or cable, and tamped in 6" layers.
Final 12" may be tamped in one layer.
D. Backfill under any construction shall be compacted to 95%
optimum density to prevent settlement. Replace sod or
paving which has been removed for trenching. Remove and
dispose of excess material as directed by the Engineer.
1.04 EXISTING ELECTRICAL LINES
A. If any existing power, telephone or other electrical
lines and appurtenances are encountered which interfere
with the proper installation of new work and which will
not be used in connection with new work, close such items
in proper manner (cap, remove, etc.).
B. If such items encountered must remain functional for
proper operation of existing systems and/or facilities,
the Contractor shall furnish and provide necessary labor
and materials to repair, replace, and/or relocate said
items as directed by the Engineer or his Representative.
1.05 EQUIPMENT PADS
A. The General Contractor shall furnish and install concrete
pads for electrical equipment and concrete bases for
lighting standards unless indicated otherwise.
1.06 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT
A. Locate all control devices, specialties, pull boxes,
etc., so as to provide for easy access for operation,
repair and maintenance: if concealed, furnish and install
access doors.
Section 16050 - 2
MSG.g
fanwlhnp
nrgrp.r rat
nmp.raHO
ro p..rPi, A•kan.as
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
I
H
I
I
C
I
I
1.07 PAINTING
A. Touch-up items of equipment whose factory finish has been
marred or damaged during installation, restoring it to
its original appearance. All painting will be done by
the General Contractor in accordance to the General
Conditions.
1.08 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish and install laminated plastic nameplates with
3/4" minimum contrasting -color engraved letters for each
service disconnect, panelboard, safety switch, time
switch, enclosed circuit breaker, starter and pushbutton
station.
B. Nameplates shall be bolted or pop -riveted to equipment.
Color code nameplates as follows, or with another
consistently applied scheme:
Equipment Function
Power
Ventilation
Heating
Air Conditioning
Lighting
Nameplate Color
Black
Yellow
Red
Blue
Brown
C. Legend on the plate shall clearly identify the equipment
served, such as "Air Handling Unit AN -1" and "Hot Water
Cir. Pump P-1" and shall reference circuit breaker or
switch and panel that feeds the item.
D. Identify each service disconnect, panelboard, safety
switch, time switch, enclosed circuit breaker, starter
and pushbutton station as called for on the Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS - CONDUIT
A. Install all wiring in conduit unless otherwise noted in
Drawings or Specifications.
B. Size all conduits in accordance with NEC or as shown on
the Drawings, but in no case less than the following:
Sound, Security, Nurse call,
and Telephone Systems 3/4" minimum
Fire Alarm Systems 3/4" minimum
Section 16050 - 3
4Q
' aM
(anwlll
Ena1r11I!
warwporparo/aa
Fay/I"HP.. A.wnws
C
C
I
I
I
I
I
PT
Li
I
n
I
I
Flexible Conduit Not Exceeding 72", 3/8" minimum
for Connection of Light Fixtures
Recessed in Suspended Ceilings
Other Uses 1/2" minimum
C. Conduit types permitted (All types must bear the UL
Label): Rigid Metal Conduit (steel) - hot dip
galvanized, manufactured by Republic or approved equal.
D. Permitted for general exposed or concealed work, above or
below grade.
E. Rigid Metal Conduit (Aluminum) - manufactured by Kaiser
Aluminum, Harvey Aluminum, or approved equal. Permitted
for general exposed or concealed work, if installed in
accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. Not
permitted embedded in concrete or directly below concrete
slab on grade.
2.02 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
A. Hot dip galvanized manufactured by Republic or approved
equal. Permitted for general exposed or concealed work.
2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
A. Hot dip galvanized, manufactured by Republic or approved
equal. Permitted for general exposed or concealed work
above grade or in slabs in non -industrial areas.
2.04 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. Schedule 40 heavy -wall PVC manufactured by Carlon, or
approved equal. Permitted for below -grade use when
permitted by governing codes or embedded in concrete
where noted on Drawings. Install in strict accordance
with Manufacturer's recommendations. Conduits
penetrating above grade or penetrating concrete slabs
shall be IMC or GRC.
2.05 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Permitted exposed in lengths of 6 feet or less for
connections to equipment in dry areas. Support with
caddy clips or equal in accordance with 1984 NEC 350-4.
Section 16050 - 4
flINK"iIOS
ting
.,rwulap
Ecotpor .
MareerafW
Farfyahe, Ar.aieas
L_1
I
I
I
H
C
I
H
I
I
C
I
I
I
H
H
2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Sealite, with PVC jacket. Permitted exposed in lengths
of 6 feet or less for connections to equipment, where
rigid connections are not suitable. Support in
accordance with 1990 NEC 351-8.
2.07 WIRES AND CABLES
A. All wire and cable as indicated and required by the
Drawings shall bear the UL Label and stamping indicating
wire size, type, voltage and grade, and shall meet the
standard specifications and tests established for such
materials and construction by ASTM, NEMA, ANSI, and IPCEA
where applicable.
B. Material construction data, insulation thickness, jacket
thickness, test data, and samples shall be submitted for
approval upon request.
C. Unless otherwise noted, all wire shall be code gauge,
soft annealed copper, not less than 98 per cent
conductivity and of the 600 volt class. No. 10 AWG and
smaller may be solid or stranded and shall have
insulation type THWN (TRW or XHHW may be used if conduit
size is increased.) No. 8 AWG and larger shall be
stranded and shall have insulation type TRW, THWN, or
XHHW.
D. No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 AWG unless otherwise
noted, except that wiring for signal and pilot control
circuits may be No. 14 AWG unless otherwise noted.
E. Portable cord for final connection to limit switches,
solenoid valves, pressure switches and motors shall be
Carol Vu -iron as manufactured by Carol Cable Company, or
approved equal.
F. Incandescent Fixture Wire: Wire for final connection at
all incandescent lighting fixture sockets shall be NEC
Type SF -2 fixture wire rated 200 degrees C., 600 volts.
G. Color code all conductors in accordance with Section
210-5 of the NEC and the following:
SYSTEM VOLTAGE NEUTRAL "HOT" WIRE COLORS EQUIPMENT
COLOR GROUND COLOR
480V 3Ph 3W -- Brown, Orange, Green
Yellow
120/240V iPh 3W White Black, Red Green
Section 16050 - 5
yncb4ane
mil/Iay
a MCy
Ena-Dkaas
nmDora MO
FanII,v1'I, A.kan,af
I
I
I
H
I
I
G
I
I
I
I
C
[1
I
I
I
C
H. Where permitted by NEC for neutral, hot wires may be
colored -coded by tape or paint.
I. Other consistently applied color schemes may be used with
approval of Engineer.
J. Identify circuit numbers with synthetic cloth labels.
2.08 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES
A. Run conductors without splices from outlet to outlet,
except within junction boxes. Make splices in No. 8 AWG
and smaller wire with Ideal "Wingnut" or 3M "Scotchlok"
connectors. Ballast lead connections in continuous rows
of fluorescent light fixtures may be made using 3M
"Scotchlok" #567 self stripping tap connectors. Make
splices in No. 6 AWG and larger wire with approved
solderless lugs. If any other type of connector is
proposed for use on any size conductor, submit for
approval prior to use.
2.09 OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. Interior boxes shall be hot dip galvanized, 4" minimum
octagon or square unless otherwise noted. Boxes for
outlets installed flush in dry wall construction may be
single or multiple gangs as required. Boxes for outlets
installed flush in concrete block or brick walls shall be
masonry boxes manufactured by Raco, Steel City, Appleton,
or approved equal. Single surface -mounted outlet boxes
shall be handy boxes.
B. Boxes shall comply with the NEC in regard to allowable
fill.
C. Outlet boxes intended to support lighting fixtures shall
be suitable for the purpose.
D. Boxes in wet or damp locations shall be cast aluminum
with threaded hubs Type FS or FD.
2.10 CONDUIT CONNECTIONS
A. Outdoor EMT fittings and fittings installed in concrete
slab shall be of the compression type:
Steel - Appleton TW and TWC series; O.Z.
Gedney 6000S and 7000S series; ETP 2200
series or approved equal.
Section 16050 - 6
flMgCiIOnd
n.ri
Caaml,l,y
IFnpiW
1+aa.pe'a.oME
Fay.Il.v'I4, A•kan.a.
I
I
I
[1
H
H
I
I
F
C
I
[1
H
I
H
I
Diecast w/steel nut - Appleton 95T and 96T
series or approved equal.
Diecast - Appleton 93T and 94T series or
approved equal.
B. Set screw fittings will not be used.
C. Outdoor GRC, IMC or EMT box connections shall be made
with Meyers Seal-Tite hubs, O.Z. Gedney (IT Series) Space
Maker hub, Appleton Uni-Seal hub or equal.
D. Threadless GRC or IMC fittings shall not be used. Indoor
GRC or IMC connections shall be made with double locknuts
and bushings.
E. PVC fittings of the solvent weld type shall be used for
PVC conduit. Clean PVC conduit in accordance with
Manufacturer's recommendation before application of
solvent cement.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.
Install conduits concealed except in unfinished areas and
where indicated on the Drawings.
B.
Keep all openings in conduits closed during the progress
of the work. Swab conduits clean before pulling wire.
C.
Furnish and install suitable pitch pockets or lead
flashings where conduits penetrate the roof seal.
D.
Furnish and install required sleeves and appropriately
rated fire seals for all conduits penetrating a fire or
smoke rated structure. Fire rating shall be equal to or
greater than structure rating of which conduits
penetrate. Installation of sleeves and seals shall be of
size and type and manner of installation as recommended
by sleeve Manufacturer. Sleeves shall be as manufactured
by O.Z. Gedney or approved equal.
E.
Arrange for conduits in masonry or exposed to weather to
drain.
Section 16050 - 7
flMCCI.,bde
irc.ro.: and
.ay.q.w9.4 6rkdmc.
I
I
n
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Paint all metallic conduits concealed in concrete on
grade, or in contact with earth, with two heavy
continuous coats of asphaltic paint or other approved
conduit protective covering after assembly of conduit and
fittings.
G. Do not install conduits in plain concrete, such as cement
topping on structural floors, without special approval.
They may be installed, however, in non -reinforced
concrete headers which have been provided for the
installation of outlet boxes and conduits.
H. No reinforcing steel shall be displaced to accommodate
the installation in beams or joists. In general, all
embedded conduits shall be located in the physical center
of the particular section of concrete.
Unless otherwise approved, raceways embedded in
reinforced concrete shall conform to the following usual
types of conditions. The Contractor may be instructed
during the course of the project not to place embedded
conduits in certain areas, and being so instructed shall
not entitle the Contractor to extra compensation.
J. LOCATION MAXIMUM ALLOWANCE
Floors and Walls Displacement of 1/3 of thickness of
concrete, spaced not less than three
diameters on centers.
Seams and joists Displacement of 1/3 of least
dimension, spaced not less than
three diameters on centers.
Sleeves thru 2" Maximum pipe size not less than
three floors & walls diameters on
centers.
K. Conduits installed on building exterior wall structures
and transitioning down the wall to a horizontal
underground conduit run, shall be installed utilizing a
UL listed and approved conduit expansion sleeve located
above grade, to allow for natural ground settle without
destroying installed conduit and/or wiring. Conduit
expansion sleeve shall be rated for exterior
applications.
L. Seal -of fs shall be installed in conduit run where conduit
passes from areas of extreme temperature differences.
END OF SECTION
Section 16050 - 8
"LC1. fiend
inepporp40
Fa fl.vn4, Arkpn.e.
SECTION 16111
CONDUIT
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01
WORK INCLUDED
A.
Rigid metal conduit and fittings.
B.
Intermediate metal conduit and fittings.
C.
Electrical metallic tubing and fittings.
D.
Flexible metal conduit and fittings.
E.
Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings.
F.
Non-metallic conduit and fittings.
1.02
RELATED WORK
A.
Section 01010 - Cutting and Patching.
1.03
REFERENCES
A.
ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc -Coated.
B.
ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc -Coated.
C.
ANSI C80.5 - Rigid Aluminum Conduit.
D.
ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and
Cable Assemblies.
E.
NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit
(EPC-40 and EPC-80).
F.
NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit
and Tubing.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A.
Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B.
Rigid aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5.
Section 16111 - 1
MCEfa;land
,o Engine..$
Engine.
at
Ina>YwoNi
Faptln•P., A•RaMnn
I
I'
I
I
C.
PVC Externally Coated Conduit: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel
conduit with external 20 mil PVC coating and internal
galvanized surface.
D.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded
type, material to match conduit.
2.02
INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) AND FITTINGS
A.
Conduit: Galvanized steel.
B.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; use
fittings and conduit bodies specified above for rigid
steel conduit.
2.03
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND FITTINGS
A.
ENT: ANSI C80.3 galvanized tubing.
B.
Fittings and "Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel or
malleable iron, compression set screw type.
2.04
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A.
Conduit: steel.
B.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.05
LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A.
Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket.
B.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.06
PLASTIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A.
Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC.
B.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
2.07
ELECTRICAL PLASTIC TUBING AND FITTINGS
A.
EPT: NEMA TC 2; PVC.
B.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
2.08
CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A.
Conduit Clamps, Straps, and Supports: Steel or malleable
iron.
Section 16111 - 2
YCCl.'ia+e
Cmwrno
c;rparr.
I �oorare
Fofti..'�'., A•kon.o.
I
I
I
P
I
I
iI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
P
B. Conduit clamps in wet or damp locations: Cast aluminum
2 piece straps with back plate.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT
A.
If not indicated on the Drawings, size conduit for
conductor type installed; 1/2 inch minimum size.
B.
Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat
appearance.
C.
Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls
and adjacent piping.
D.
Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and
piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and
heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating
appliances.
E.
Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of
alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit
using galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers,
clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized
hangers.
F.
Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use
conduit racks constructed of steel channel with conduit
straps or clamps. Provide space for 25 percent
additional conduit.
G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe
straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit
support during construction, before conductors are
pulled.
3.02 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut
ends.
B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings
and fasten securely.
C. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts for fastening
conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet
metal boxes in damp or wet locations.
Section 16111 - 3
YCCI.ffeM
coowlf.gi�
ng
En••
r
npf.r.
. arverow
apf.refp Arkansas
I
1
I
I
I
I
[I
1
[I
I
[1
[1
I
11
I
I
D. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree
bends between boxes.
Be Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as
around beams.
F.
Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows
for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size.
G.
Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable,
provide junction box with drain fittings at conduit low
point.
H.
Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit
against entrance of dirt and moisture.
I.
Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor or suitable pull
string in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples.
J.
Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building
expansion joints.
K.
Where conduit penetrates fire -rated walls and floors,
seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed
silicone elastomer compound.
L.
Route conduit through roof openings for piping and
ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through roof
jack with pitch pocket.
M.
Use PVC -coated rigid steel factory elbows for bends in
plastic conduit runs longer than 100 feet, or in plastic
conduit runs which have more than two bends regardless of
length.
N.
Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply
full even coat of cement to entire area that will be
inserted into fittings. Let joint cure for 20 minutes
minimum.
O. All underground steel conduit not encased in concrete and
in wet locations where steel conduit enters concrete or
ground, apply a field coat of bitumastic material No. 550
after installation. Coating shall cover conduit and
fittings and be completely dry before backfilling.
Section 16111 - 4
ptClstlalW
., lln Eos
InmDarol.E
Fan"sv,ns, Arkansas
H
1
H
H
H
I
I
[l
I
I
[l
I
[]
I
I
Section 16111 - 5
I
3.03 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A. Underground Installations More Than Five Feet From
Foundation Wall: Rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal
conduit, plastic -coated rigid steel conduit, schedule 40
plastic conduit, Type A plastic conduit encased in
concrete envelope.
B.
Installations In or Under Concrete Slab, or Underground
Within Five Feet of Foundation Wall: Rigid steel
conduit, intermediate metal conduit, Schedule 80 plastic
conduit, or Schedule 40 plastic conduit encased in
concrete envelope.
C.
In Slab Above Grade: Rigid steel conduit, electrical
metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit.
D.
Exposed Outdoor Locations: Rigid steel or aluminum
conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic
tubing.
E.
Wet Interior Locations: Rigid steel or aluminum conduit,
intermediate metal conduit, PVC conduit Schedule 40.
F.
Concealed Dry interior Locations: Rigid steel or
aluminum conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical
metallic tubing.
G.
Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Rigid steel or aluminum
conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic
tubing.
MCCi.',a'M
' 'p COO stir 'np
En
In c;rarporplpd
f anger I.a. Arka'naa
SECTION 16120
fltL3S;N__sPI
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Building wire.
B. Cable.
C. Wiring connections and terminations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 BUILDING WIRE
A. Thermoplastic -insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5.
B. Rubber -insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 3.
C. Feeders and Branch Circuits Larger Than 8 AWG: Copper,
stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN, XHHW.
D. Feeders and Branch Circuits 8 AWG and Smaller: Copper
conductor, 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN; or XHHW if
conduit size is increased. All conductors to be
stranded.
L
I
I
I
I
E. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt
insulation, THW.
2.02 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CABLE
A. Control Cable for Class 1 Remote Control and Signal
Circuits: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation, rated
60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together and
covered with a PVC jacket.
B. Control Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and
Signal Circuits: Copper conductor, 300 volt insulation,
rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together
and covered with a PVC jacket; UL listed.
nrgu.Engan...oe
Ca �Jh.O
•noorOar.IW
r.).•r.nU., Ar......
Section 16120 - 1
I
I
I
U
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
LJ
I
I
I
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS
A. Use no wire smaller than
12
AWG
for
power and
lighting
circuits, and no smaller
than
14
AWG
for control
wiring.
B. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a
circuit in same raceway or cable.
C. Splice only in junction or outlet boxes.
D. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and
panelboards.
E. Make Conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal.
3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS
A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use
UL listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling 4 AWG and
larger wires.
B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has
been physically protected from the weather and all
mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been
completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before
installing conductors.
3.03 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
B. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps
for copper wire splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller.
C. Use compression type connectors for copper wire splices
and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors
and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the
insulation value of conductor.
D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and
connectors.
E. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full
ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature
rise.
F. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape.
Section 16120 - 2
yCCt•liand
a CPnwMI
gmun
Inorcpetals
Fapll.vdu, Arkansas
3.04
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper
connection.
B.
Compress test conductor connections and terminations to
Manufacturer's recommended values.
C.
Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch
circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing connections.
D.
Make insulation check of all feeder, service, and branch
circuit conductors utilizing 600 volt Meggar Test.
E.
Log Meggar results and submit to Engineer or make tests
in presence of Engineer or his Representative.
3.05
WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A.
Concealed Interior Locations: Building wire in receways.
B.
Exposed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways.
C.
Above Accessible Ceilings: Building wire in reaceways.
D.
Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire in
raceways.
E.
Exterior Locations: Building wire in raceways.
F.
Underground Locations: Building wire in raceways.
END OF SECTION
Section 16120 - 3
flCa s1 tin
Fnp•nun
Inrpa•afM
FapMVJjt1 Arfra.ws
SECTION 16130
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
B. Floor boxes.
C. Pull and junction boxes.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet -Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes,
Covers and Box Supports.
B. ANSI/NEMA OS 2 - Non-metallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes,
Covers and Box Supports.
C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000
Volts Maximum).
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized
steel, with 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required.
B. Non-metallic Outlet Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 2.
C. Cast Boxes: Cast feralloy, deep type, gasketed cover,
threaded hubs.
2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel.
B. Cast Metal Boxes for Outdoor and Wet Location
Installations: NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat -flanges,
surface -mounted junction box, UL listed as raintight.
Galvanized cast iron box and cover with ground flange,
neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
Section 16130 - 1
flAKcI.i,one
Co.wihn0
Ep n..r.
:nano orct d
. oy.'f.vW., Arknn...
U
I
I
I
fl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1]
I
I
C. Cast Metal Boxes for Underground Installations: NEMA
250; Type 4, outside or inside flanged, recessed cover
box for flush mounting, UL listed as raintight.
Galvanized cast iron box and plain cover with neoprene
gasket and stainless steel cover screws.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS
A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as
required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment
connections, and code compliance.
B. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are
approximate unless dimensioned.
C. Locate and install boxes to allow access. Where
installation is inaccessible, coordinate locations and
sizes of required access doors.
D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a
neat appearance.
3.02 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION
A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide
minimum 6 inch separation.
B.
Locate
boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of
masonry
unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to
achieve
neat openings for boxes.
C.
Provide
knockout closures for unused openings.
D.
Support
boxes independently of conduit.
E.
Use multiple
-gang boxes where more than one device is
mounted
together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide
barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems.
F.
Install
boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation.
G.
Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets
mounted
above counters, benches, and back splashes.
H. Position outlets to locate luminaries as shown on
Drawings.
Section 16130 - 2
Con arrin9
r.DarDaraasG
FaIHV P. A•Mn.a•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
C
I. In inaccessible ceiling areas, position outlets and
junction boxes within 6 inches of recessed luminaire, to
be accessible through luminaire ceiling opening.
J. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure
boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately
positioning to allow for surface finish thickness. Use
stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow
stud wall, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for
flush ceiling outlet boxes.
K. Align wall -mounted outlet boxes for switches,
thermostats, and similar devices.
L. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior locations exposed
to the weather and wet locations.
3.03 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION
A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible
ceilings or in unfinished areas.
B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit.
END OF SECTION
Section 16130 - 3
Carc1s;.ull nd
a q
Enginn•n
~P6.0"
FayWev e. Arkonw.
SECTION 16141
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wall switches.
B. Wall dimmers.
C. Receptacles.
D. Floor mounted service fittings.
E. Device plates and box covers.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NEMA WD 1 - General -Purpose Wiring Devices.
B. NEMA WD 2 - Semiconductor Dimmers for Incandescent Lamps.
C. NEMA WD 5 - Specific -Purpose Wiring Devices.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 16010.
B. Provide product data showing configurations, finishes,
dimensions, and Manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL SWITCHES
A. Arrow -Hart.
B. General Electric.
C. Hubbel.
D. Leviton.
E. Pass & Seymour.
F. Slater.
G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
Section 16141 - 1
MaCitaaa
(q.Wlfl,p
--- ncaa.'mta
Fa/tllev''e, A•Ronsot
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02
WALL SWITCHES
A.
Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits and Motor Loads Under
1/2 HP: NEMA WD; AC general use snap switch with toggle
handle, rated 20 amperes and 120-277 volts AC. Handle:
Ivory plastic.
B.
Pilot Light Type: Lighted handle.
C.
Locator Type: Lighted handle.
2.03
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - RECEPTACLES
A.
Arrow -Hart.
B.
General Electric.
C.
Hubbel.
D.
Leviton.
E.
Pass & Seymour.
F.
Slater.
G.
Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
2.04
RECEPTACLES
A.
Convenience and Straight -blade Receptacles: NEMA WD 1.
B.
Locking -Blade Receptacles: NEMA WD 5.
C.
Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NENA WD 1; Type
5-20 R for circuits with more than one receptacle and
Type 5-20 R for circuits with one receptacle, ivory
plastic face.
D.
Specific -use Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD 1 or WD
5; type as indicated on Drawings, ivory plastic face.
E.
GFCI Receptacles: Duplex convenience receptacle with
integral ground fault current interrupter.
2.07
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WALL PLATES
A.
Arrow -Hart.
B.
General Electric.
C.
Hubbel.
Section 16141 - 2
1
MCCN Atone
Cancan llna
a a
Enpmor.
1nMf(.aralM
Soy t vl'11. ArhoMas
D. Levitan.
E. Pass & Seymour.
F. Slater.
G. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
2.08 WALL PLATES
A. Decorative Cover Plate: 304 Stainless steel.
B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with
hinged gasketed device covers.
PART 3
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install wall switches 48 inches above floor unless noted
otherwise, "OFF" position down.
:1
I
I
C
H
I
I
I
B. Install wall dimmers 48 inches above floor unless noted
otherwise; de -rate ganged dimmers as instructed by
Manufacturer; do not use common neutral.
C. Install convenience receptacles 12 inches above floor
unless noted otherwise, 6 inches above counters,
grounding pole on top.
D. Install specific -use receptacles 12 inches above floor
unless noted otherwise.
E. Drill opening for poke -through fitting installation in
accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.
F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and
blank outlets in finished areas, using jumbo size plates
for outlets installed in masonry walls.
G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and
junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible
ceilings, and on surface -mounted outlets.
H. Install devices and wall plates flush and level.
END OF SECTION
Section 16141 - 3
Mat
C
o mwr .r.
wc;rmoq
ca ooroVO
Fapnov'•4, AtWnwa
SECTION 16180
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Electrical connections to equipment specified under other
Sections or furnished by Owner including but not limited
to:
1. Plumbing Equipment: Pump and valves.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NEMA WD 1 - General Purpose Wiring Devices.
B. NEMA WD 5 - Specific -Purpose Wiring Devices.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01
CORDS AND CAPS
A.
Straight -blade Attachment Plug: NEMA WD 1.
B.
Locking -blade Attachment Plug: NEMA WD 5.
C.
Attachment Plug Configuration: Match receptacle
configuration at outlet provided for equipment.
D.
Cord Construction: Oil -resistant thermoset insulated
Type SJO multiconductor flexible cord with identified
equipment grounding conductor, suitable for hard usage in
damp locations.
E.
Cord Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment and
rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection,
wiring, and energization.
Section 16180 - 1
flMc[./lard
C4d Si' tin'
Enpmon
Ip •pI•alaa
F.ya.N.,L*, Athan/..
Li
I
C
I
Li
I
I7
I
I
I
I
I
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Review equipment submittals prior to installation and
electrical rough -in. Verify location, size, and type of
connections. Coordinate details of equipment connections
with supplier and installer.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Use wire al
temperatures
B. Make conduit
conduit. Use
locations.
id cable with insulation suitable for
encountered in heat -producing equipment.
connections to equipment using flexible
liquidtight flexible conduit in damp or wet
C. Install pre -finished cord set where connection with
attachment plug is indicated or specified, or use
attachment plug with suitable strain -relief clamps.
D. Provide suitable strain -relief clamps for cord
connections to outlet boxes and equipment connection
boxes.
E. Make wiring connections in control panel or in wiring
compartment of pre -wired equipment in accordance with
Manufacturer's instructions. Provide interconnecting
wiring where indicated.
F. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control
stations, and control devices such as limit switches and
temperature switches as indicated. Connect with conduit
and wiring as indicated.
YCCI.IIond
fl CpI Jvnq
Engb,Iry
�n:nrp walM
•arifl.v# I., Arhanol
Section 16180 - 2
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Fastening hardware.
1.02
A. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with
Cast -in -Place Concrete Section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment
and conduit, including wiring, which they carry.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Support Channel: Galvanized or painted steel.
B. Hardware: Corrosion resistant.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and
junction boxes to building structure.
B.
Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow
masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls;
expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry
walls; self -drilling anchors or expansion anchor on
concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet metal
studs; and wood screws in wood construction.
C.
Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical
equipment, or conduit.
D.
Do not use powder -actuated anchors.
Section 16190 - 1
*4CC II
con stir lin0
Engineers
rnapasrabe
k oys'r.vl:l., Arkansas
G
H.
I.
Do not drill structural steel members.
Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel
channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat
appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock
washers under all nuts.
Install free-standing electrical equipment on concrete
pads.
Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with a
minimum of four anchors.
Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support
flush -mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls.
END OF SECTION
Ncc4rkdid
a (ynSArmy
Enamor
mmDDr arrre
FDptuNv-14, Arkan.as
Section 16190 - 2
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ii
[1
I
F
1I
C
I
SECTION 16195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART I GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Nameplates and tape labels.
B. Wire and cable markers.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
MATERIALS
A.
Nameplates:
Engraved three -layer laminated
plastic,
white letters
on a black background.
B.
Tape Labels:
Embossed adhesive tape, with
3/16 inch
white letters
on black background.
C.
Wire and Cable
Markers: Cloth markers, split
sleeve or
tubing type.
PART 3
EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates.
B.
Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines.
C.
Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws,
rivets, or adhesive. Secure nameplate to inside face of
recessed panelboard doors in finished locations.
D.
Use embossed tape only for identification of individual
wall switches, receptacles, and control device stations
where noted on the Drawings.
3.02
WIRE IDENTIFICATION
A.
Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard
gutters, pull boxes, and at load connection. Identify
with branch circuit or feeder number for power and
lighting circuits, and with control wire number as
indicated for control wiring.
Section 16195 - 1
n(bnwu:no
Enprour.
�ace pot .I.e
Fey.11n.P., Arkon.e.
3.03 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE
A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter heights as scheduled
below.
B. Panelboards: 1/4 inch; identify equipment designation.
1/8 inch; identify voltage rating and
source.
C. Individual Circuit Breakers, or switches In Panelboards:
1/8 inch letters on nameplate or
typed circuit directory; identify
circuit and load served, including
location.
D. Individual Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Switches, and Motor
Starters: 1/8 inch; identify load served.
END OF SECTION
Section 16195 - 2
YF(.Nlion0
a [W.wuing
Enrnuy
(peaAo'otS
FafN.vdu, Arkaioat
I
I
I
H
I
SECTION 16400
SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PART 1 PRODUCTS
1.01 MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLS
A. Furnish and install motor starters and pilot devices
indicated on the Drawings, unless noted otherwise.
B. All pilot devices shall be furnished integral with
starter cover when such devices are indicated at starter
locations.
C. All three phase starters shall be complete with three
overload protection devices and "ON" indication by neon
lamp or by mechanical means.
D. All solid state reduced voltage controllers (starters)
shall be complete with overload protection and LED
Diagnostic display indicating:
Control Power
Controller On
Overload Trip
Phase Loss
Shorted SCR
E. Manufacturer shall be Allen Bradley, Cutler Hammer,
General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse, I -T -E or
approved equal.
' I1.02 PANELBOARDS
I
I
I
I
J
f 1
A. Branch circuit protective devices shall be plug -on or
bolted type thermal magnetic center -trip circuit breakers
for alternating current, each with single handle common
trip. Tandem or half -sized circuit breakers or load
center type construction will not be permitted. Circuit
breakers which are used as switches for 120 volt
fluorescent lighting circuits shall comply with NEC
240-83(d). Circuit breaker amps interrupting capacity
shall be no less than values indicated on Drawings.
B. All current carrying conductors shall be bus bars of
electrical grade copper or plated aluminum of the
capacity and arrangement indicated on the Drawings.
Connectors for field connections shall be suitable for
copper conductors.
MCCI.IIaM
jbn,aflin0
a 0
fnpifin
InmflraHd
Fayir4vab, Arkansas
Section 16400 - 1
I
I
C
C
[1
I
I
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Cabinets shall be made of zinc -coated sheet steel and
shall have a suitable primer coat and a finish coat of
the Manufacturer's standard color. Trims shall be fitted
with hinged doors having combined lock and latch. All
locks shall be keyed alike.
D. A directory holder with clear plastic cover and metal
frame shall be mounted on the inside of each door. A
legible typewritten circuit directory properly
identifying the load(s) on each circuit shall be mounted
under clear plastic cover. Circuit breakers feeding
emergency lights, exit lights, night lights, time switch
motors, etc., shall be equipped with handle -locks and
labeled "DO NOT TURN OFF" with Dymo tape or equal. Each
panel shall be permanently identified by symbol indicated
on Drawings (Sample format: "PANEL LP"), as required by
"Identification of Equipment" section.
E. Manufacturer shall be Cutler Hammer, General Electric,
Square D, Westinghouse, I -T -E or approved equal.
1.03 DISCONNECTS - SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Furnish and install fusible, or thermal magnetic,
horsepower rated safety switches as a disconnecting
means for motors and fused safety switches where
indicated on the Drawings or where required by the NEC.
All switches shall be heavy duty unless otherwise noted.
B. Furnish rejection type fuseholders wherever rejection
type fuses are indicated on Drawings. Furnish to Owner
one set of three spare fuses of each size and type of
fuse installed.
C. Safety switches shall be manufactured by Cutler Hammer,
General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse, I -T -E or
approved equal.
1.04 FUSES
A. Furnish and install Bussman fuses rated as indicated on
the Drawings, in each fusible safety switch, unless
otherwise noted. No substitutes.
M.Cvll.nd
Consulting
Engineers
inco'v.rcld
Fay.H.r.l:.. A.tan.a.
Section 16400 - 2
Li
I
I
I
I
In
[1
PART 2 EXECUTION
2.01 LOCATION
A. Locate all outlets and devices mounted on finished
surfaces with regard to paneling, furring, trim, etc.
Where necessary set the long dimension of the plate
horizontally or gang devices in tandem.
B. Coordinate outlets and devices so as not to detract from
the esthetic effect of the surface in which outlets and
devices are mounted.
C. Where several outlets or devices occur in a room, they
shall be symmetrically arranged. Outlets or devices
shall be set plumb or horizontal and shall extend to, but
not project above, the finished surface.
D. Back-to-back mounting of receptacles, switches, and other
wiring devices shall not be permitted. Maintain a
minimum of four inches (4") between devices mounted on
opposite sides of a common wall, unless separated by
integral portion(s) of wall structure.
2.02 MOUNTING HEIGHTS
A. Measure all heights from finished floor to centerline of
device. Comply with the following unless otherwise noted
on Drawings:
1
2.03
1
I
A.
Wall Switches
Wall Switches over Wainscot
Receptacle Outlet (General)
Receptacle Outlet (Above Counter)
Special Purpose Outlet
Television Outlet
Telephone Outlet
Wall Lighting Outlet
Thermostat
Pushbuttons
SUPPORTING DEVICES
48"
6" Min. Above
Wainscot
14"
6" Above Counter
Horizontal
Within 6' of
intended use
14"
14"
84"
54"
54"
Support all electrical equipment with Unistrut Channel,
Minerallac Pipe Hangers or in another manner where
details are not indicated.
Section 16400 — 3
' +rceunone
Ctn*jjt fly
Eapn..ra
'na.r0ere1.0
Fay ll.. if., Arkansas
I
H
I
I
C
iH
[I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 SLEEVES
A. Install all conduits passing through concrete floors,
walls, and ceilings in galvanized or black steel pipe
sleeves of adequate size. Sheet metal sleeves shall not
be used. Caulk sleeves through outside walls above grade
with oakum and lead wool or other approved caulking.
B. Plates for exposed pipe through walls and floors where
exposed to view shall have chrome plated floor or ceiling
plate of size required. Cutting of openings and
installation of sleeves or frames shall be done in a neat
workmanlike manner. Cut openings no larger than required
for the installation; sleeves and/or frames shall be
grouted in place. Surfaces around openings shall be left
smooth and finished to match surrounding surface.
C. Floor sleeves in concealed and unfinished locations such
as Mechanical Rooms, etc., shall extend 1" above finished
floor level. All other sleeves shall extend
approximately 1/4" above surface, but shall allow
placement of escutcheons.
2.05 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. Securely support all conduit and piping by means of
approved hangers. Support spacing shall be in
accordance with NEC. Make necessary provisions for
expansion of conduit. Securely anchor conduit where
necessary to properly distribute stresses. Conduit and
pipe hangers shall be supported with concrete inserts in
concrete slabs, except as noted. Hangers shall be
Unistrut straps on P3000 channels, depending on the load
and span involved. Minerallac pipe hangers, Beam Clamps
or Caddy Clips shall be used where impractical to use
Unistrut.
B. Anchors, bolts, and screws: Securely fasten conduit
straps, disconnect switches, etc. to walls, slabs, etc,
with cadmium plated screws or bolts and Ackerman -Johnson
lead cinch anchors, expansion bolts or equal anchors of
an approved Manufacturer and fitted in holes drilled with
the proper size masonry drill. Wood plugs will not be
accepted and all anchors shall be properly sized in
accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendation, for
the load to be supported.
Section 16400 - 4
I
MCC lA JSM
canwtilt? y
Enawara
In oa.a4d
Foy..NVVl., Ar*arwa
2.06 INCOMING SERVICE EQUIPMENT
I
1
1
1
1
1
A. Install electrical service as indicated on the Drawings,
including trenching and backfilling, primary conduit,
secondary conduits and cables, C.T. cabinet, and
grounding.
B. The power company will furnish and install concrete
transformer pad, pad -mount transformer, primary cables,
secondary cable connectors, C.T.'s and metering
equipment. The power company will make secondary cable
connections to the transformer.
C. Coordinate all service and metering details.
D. Furnish and/or install all required material and labor in
compliance with power company requirements.
2.07 CONDUIT FLASHING
A. All conduits, etc. which pass through roof shall be
flashed with four pound (41) lead flashing and
counterf lashed or set in pitch pans to detail approved by
the Architect.
2.08 METERING
A. Metering requirements shall be determined by the local
power company based on the electrical service entrance
size. Coordinate the exact metering requirements with
the local power company prior to start of construction.
2.09
A. General: Ground all metallic conduits, supports,
cabinets, equipment, system neutrals, and other items
required to be grounded in accordance with the NEC and
other applicable codes. Furnish and install additional
grounding as indicated on Drawings.
B. Furnish and install grounding electrodes if indicated on
Drawings:
i. Connect metal underground cold water
pipe to electrical system if
available. Install jumpers around
water meter, valves, or other
devices which might cause an
interruption of continuity during
servicing.
Section 16400 - 5
a/CCMMUara
c CanwMlnp
Enprnla's
lna paralaa
•a)aRav''laArlwnaaa
LJ
I
I
I
L
LI
H
C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
11
C.
D.
2. Concrete encased electrodes - Where
indicated on Drawings, furnish and
install electrodes, jumpers and
approved fittings in accordance with
Grounding Electrode Detail and 1984
NEC 250-81.
3. Grounding rods - If ground rods are
indicated or required, furnish and
install two 5/8" minimum diameter
Copperweld rods driven not less than
10 ft. apart and each with a ft. of
length in contact with the soil.
Furnish and install connectors which are UL listed and
suitable for the purpose for all grounding connections.
Equipment ground wires shall be insulated and shall be
run from ground bar in panelboard, switchboard, or
similar equipment to ground lug on equipment served.
Equipment grounding:
1. Make all conduits electrically
continuous.
2. Furnish and install insulating
grounding bushings on all conduit
connections indicated on Drawings.
3. Furnish and install an approved
ground bar in all switchboards,
motor control centers, and
panelboards which do not serve as
service equipment.
4. Furnish and install equipment ground
wire with all feeders and with all
branch circuits as indicated on
Drawings.
Section 16400 - 6
I
MCCI.I'and
'
Enn a index s
amors
ma paraW
Foytrltsillo, ArkensOF
SECTION 16430
METERING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Electrical Service Metering.
1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Work shall be governed by the National Electric Code,
unless superseded by local ordinances or other legal
authority.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data to Utility Company for approval.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 Provide meter cabinet and metering equipment as directed
by Utility Company.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install metering items in accordance with Manufacturer's
instructions.
END OF SECTION
Section 16430 - 1
Y Clelland
EW,n..o
Iraara.ral.a
•oy.tLp'4, Arkansas
SECTION 16440
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Disconnect switches.
B. Fuses.
C. Enclosures.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01340.
B. Include outline drawings with dimensions, and equipment
ratings for voltage, capacity, horsepower, and short
circuit.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
2.01
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A.
Cutler Hammer.
B.
General Electric.
C.
Square D.
D.
Westinghouse.
E.
I -T -E.
F.
Sylvania/Challenger.
G.
Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630.
2.02
DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A.
Fusible Switch Assemblies: Type HD; quick -make, quick -
break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with
externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening
front cover with switch in "ON" position. Handle
lockable in "OFF" position. Fuse Clips: Designed to
accommodate Class R fuses.
Section 16440 - 1
flMcC,.#ond
C.r.Wflnc
£np�n..rs
Inmrpa•af.G
foy.M.v i ., Arka.sas
B. Non -fusible Switch Assemblies: Type HD; quick -make,
quick -break, load interrupter enclosed knife switch with
externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening
front cover with switch in "ON" position. Handle
lockable in "OFF" position.
C. Enclosures: Type as indicated on Drawings.
2.03 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install disconnect switches where indicated on Drawings.
B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches.
END OF SECTION
Section 16440 - 2
MCCbdand
v1 fbnWrfina
Eaarn..'s
.. Inar a.•oNC
Fa,ver.vJ.., Ar.aa.a.
II
SECTION 16450
SECONDARY GROUNDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Power system grounding.
B. Communication system grounding.
C. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service
entrance equipment to metallic water service and to
supplementary grounding electrodes.
B. Provide communications system grounding conductor at
point of service entrance and connect to nearest
effectively grounded metallic water pipe, nearest
effectively grounded building structural steel member, or
separate grounding electrode.
7
L
1]
I
I
I
E
C. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment
enclosures, exposed non -current carrying metal parts of
electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding
conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground
connectors, and plumbing systems.
! illZ�gw�dKi761i[y��
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ground Rods: Copperweld 5/8 inch diameter, minimum
length 8 feet.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding
conductor in feeder and branch circuits as indicated on
the Drawings. Terminate each end on a grounding lug,
bus, or bushing.
Section 16450 - 1
"CC,Nlaaa
_— Caaaolony
Ir arC araSa
Fapry.kwVq Arkaaa.
B. Connect grounding electrode conductors to metal water
pipe using a suitable ground clamp. Make connections to
flanged piping at street side of flange. Provide bonding
jumper around water meter.
C. Supplementary Grounding Electrode: As indicated on the
Drawings.
D. Use minimum 6 AWG insulated copper conductor for
communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10
feet slack conductor at terminal board.
E. Provide grounding and bonding at Utility Company's
metering equipment and pad -mounted transformer in
accordance with Section 16420.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and
connections for tightness and proper installation.
END OF SECTION
Section 16450 - 2
Mcp.rruaa
Cor.al/r.a
o a
Fnarn..rs
IncYp.'aMd
Fapl..nb., Arvalfo.
SECTION 16460
PART 1 PRODUCTS
1.01 TRANSFORMER
A. Transformers for general use at 600 volts and below shall
be metal enclosed indoor, two winding dry type, with
provisions for conduit connection. Transformers shall be
low sound level rated for full load operation at a
maximum of 80 degrees C temperature rise above a 40
degree C ambient.
B. Transformers shall have voltage taps on the primary
windings.
C. Transformers shall conform to NEMA Standard and shall be
General Electric, Sorgel, Hevi-Duty, Westinghouse, I -T -E
or approved equal. Sorgel is preferred.
END OF SECTION
I
C
Section 16460 - 1
Li
MCU.11ona
I
r".^ [onannne
Eapin..r.
:narcaorar.a
$ ay fl. nil., A r.ar..a.
U
U
I
H
I
U
H
H
I
H
I
I
I
I
I
H
I
[1
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING
PART 1 PRODUCTS
1.01 LAMPS
A. Incandescent lamps shall be rated at 130 volts and of
size and type as indicated on the Drawings.
B. All lamps shall be manufactured by Sylvania, General
Electric, or Westinghouse.
1.02 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps as
indicated on the Drawings under the base bid. Fixtures
of similar design and quality may be proposed by the
Contractor as a substitute, provided the manufacturer and
catalog number of the fixture to be substituted is
submitted with the Contractor's proposal along with an
appropriate add or deduct, or as otherwise permitted by
the General Conditions and Special or Supplementary
Conditions.
B.
All fixtures and their electrical components shall bear
the UL Label. Fluorescent ballasts shall be "P" rated
high power factor, class A sound rated, CBM certified and
ETL approved.
C.
High Intensity Discharge ballasts shall be high power
factor constant wattage with reliable starting down to
-20 degrees F.
D.
Ballast manufacturer shall be General Electric,
Jefferson, Sylvania, Advance or Universal.
E.
Verify all ceiling and wall details. All fixtures
furnished shall be complete with the proper mounting
arrangements for the ceiling or wall construction
encountered. Standard plaster frames shall be designed,
finished, and fabricated of such materials as will
prevent rust stain in the plaster. All recessed fixtures
shall be provided with light -leakproof gaskets or light
traps around ceiling trim.
Mc sin
qoM
�G M PMWn tl'n0
CIgrnoY]
:OCVOO.ONO
F0JI,I I.vall,r Arkons,
Section 16500 - 1
1.03 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps as
indicated on the Drawings. Fixtures shall be as
specified on Lighting Fixture Schedule.
END OF SECTION
Section 16500 - 2
MCCle
a CorsuHina
Enolnsw
lnaorpa•aaa
farlfUvdia, Arta+sos
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
F
11
I
MEFW0338
16602 - 1
DIVISION NO. SIXTEEN - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16602 - DIESEL GENERATOR SET
PART I GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORD
A. Refer to Section 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL WORK, which is a
part of the Specification and governs work under this
Section.
B. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment to furnish,
install and place in operation the power generation system
in accordance with the contract documents and manufacturer's
drawings and installation instructions. These
specifications also describe requirements for the
design, fabrication, and testing of the power system.
1.02 INSTALLATION
A. The installation of the power generation system shall
include the following:
Engine -driven generator set
Control system
Cooling system
Fuel supply and storage system
Generator set accessories
Mounting system
System control and switchgear
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The electric power generating system shall have a site
' capability of 125 KW, 156 KVA, .8 power factor, 480 volts,
three phase, 60 hertz. This power shall be applied for
standby.
' B. SINGLE GENERATOR SET The system shall consist of a single
generator set and include all controls, protection, wiring,
' and accessories for automatic start -stop operation.
C. SITE CONDITIONS The operating environment of the power
generating system shall be:
1. Altitude ------------------------------ 1500 (ft)
2. Engine room temperature, max --------- 105 (deg. F)
1
MEFW0338 16602 - 2
3. Outside temperature, min -------------- -15 (deg. F)
4. Engine room configuration --------outside
D. RESPONSIBILITY The responsibility for performance to this
' specification shall not be divided among individual
component manufacturers, but must be assumed solely by the
primary manufacturer. This includes generating system
design, manufacture, test, and having a local supplier
responsible for service, parts, and warranty for the total
system.
Ii. It is the suppliers responsibility to insure that the
generator will correctly operate the connected load.
Proximity to job site
2. The manufacturer's authorized dealer shall have a parts
and service facility within 50 miles of the jobsite.
' E. WARRANTY TERMS The manufacturer's and dealer's standard
warranty shall in no event be for a period of less than one
(1) year from date of initial start-up of the system and
shall include repair labor,reasonable travel expense
necessary for repairs at the jobsite, and expendable
(lubricating oil, filters, antifreeze, and other service
' items made unusable by the defect) used during the course of
repair. Running hours shall not be a limiting factor for
the system warranty by either the manufacturer or servicing
dealer. Submittals received without written warranties as
specified will be rejected in their entirety.
2.02 PRODUCTS
IA. The following articles and paragraphs are intended to define
a power generation system of proven type and design, of
current production, and with all components commercially
available.
B. ENGINE The engine shall be stationary, liquid cooled, four
'-cycle design, vertical in -line or V -type. It shall have 6
cylinders and minimum displacement of 6 liters.
IC. ENGINE EQUIPMENT The engine shall be equipped with air
filters, fuel filters. lubrication oil cooler, filters, and
pressure gauge, water pump and temperature gauge, service
hour meter, flywheel, and flywheel
'housing.
D. FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR A fuel/water separator shall protect
' the fuel system from water damage.
E. FUEL PRIMING PUMP A manual fuel priming pump shall
r
MEFW0338 16602 - 3
' facilitate priming and bleeding air from the system.
F. GOVERNOR The engine governor shall control engine speed and
transient load response within commercial and ISO 8528
' tolerances. It will be selected, installed, and tested by
the generator set manufacturer.
' G. GOVERNOR, HYDRA -MECHANICAL CONTROL, AND REMOTE SPEED
ADJUSTMENT The governor shall be mechanical with hydraulic
assist as required. It shall maintain 5% or less speed
droop from no load to full rated load. Steady state speed
' regulation shall be +/-0.338. The governor shall be
equipped with positive lock to allow manual speed
adjustment.
H. RADIATOR, ENGINE MOUNTED Heat rejected to the engine jacket
water shall be discharged to the atmosphere through a close
' coupled radiator. The radiator shall be sized to cool the
engine continuously while operating at full rated load and
at site conditions.
' J. TURBOCHARGING Only single stage turbocharging shall be
allowed. The turbocharger shall be of the turbine type
driven by engine exhaust gases and direct - connected to a
' blower supplying engine combustion air.
K. SILENCER -CRITICAL The silencer shall provide extreme noise
attenuation for environments with low background noise and
slight noise emissions would be objectionable.
L. STARTING SYSTEM The engine starting system shall include 24
' volt DC starting motor(s), starter relay, and automatic
reset circuit breaker to protect against butt engagement.
Batteries shall be maintenance free, lead acid type mounted
' near the starting motor. A corrosion resistant or coated
steel battery rack shall be provided for mounting. Required
cables will be furnished and sized to satisfy circuit
requirements. The system shall be capable of starting a
properly equipped engine within 10 seconds at ambient
temperatures greater than 22 deg. C (70 deg. F).
' M. JACKET WATER HEATER Jacket water heater(s) shall be
provided to maintain coolant temperature of 32 deg. C (90
deg. F) while the engine is idle. Heaters shall accept
' either 240 or 120 volt AC single phase power and include
adjustable thermostats.
N. GENERATOR The generator shall be rated for standby service
Nat 125 KW, 156 KVA, 0.8 PF, 480 V. three phase. 60 HZ, 1800
rpm. It shall be capable of supplying 250 SKVA at no more
than 258 voltage dip.
1
MEFW0338 16602 - 4
2.03 STRUCTURE
A. The generator shall be closed -coupled, drip -proof, single
' bearing, salient pole, revolving field, synchronous type
with amortisseur windings in the pole faces of the rotating
field.
' B. MECHANICAL DESIGN The generator housing shall be one piece
and mount directly to the engine flywheel housing without
bolted adaptors. The rotor shaft shall pilot directly into
' the engine flywheel and engine torque transmitted through
flexible steel plates. The generator ventilating fan shall
mount to the engine flywheel and act as a pressure
' plate to secure the flexible plates.
The rotor assemble shall demonstrate 1304 overspeed
' capability at 170 deg C for 2 hours. Rotor dynamic, two
plane balance shall not exceed 0.002 inch peak to peak
amplitude at operating speed.
I
Li
I
I
I
I
C. EXCITATION The generator exciter shall be brushless with
the circuit consisting of a three-phase armature and three
-phase full wave bridge rectifier mounted on the rotor
shaft. Surge suppressors shall be included to protect the
rotating diodes from voltage spikes.
D. VOLTAGE REGULATOR -SEALED The automatic voltage regulator
shall be manufactured by the manufacturer of the engine
-generator set. The regulator shall sense line - to -line
three phases of generator output voltage and exhibit the
following characteristics:
1. Generator output voltage maintained within +/-It of
rated value for any load variation between no load and'
full load.
2. Generator output voltage drift no more than +/-1/2%
rated value at constant temperature.
3. Generator output voltage drift no more than +/-it of
rated value over ambient temperature range of -40- C
70- C.
4. Telephone Influence Factor (TIF) of less than 50.
5. Electronic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference
(EMI/RFI) suppressed to commercial standards.
6. The regulator shall include the following features:
a. Voltage level rheostat shall provide generator
output voltage adjustment of -254 to +102 of
of
to
' nominal.
b. At full throttle engine starting, output voltage
shall not overshoot more than 54 of its rated value,
I
I
C
I]
I
I
I
El
I
I I
I
I
I
Li
I
I
MEFW0338
16602 - 5
with respect to the volts/HZ curve.
c. Protection shall be provided against loss of voltage
sen and long term overcurrent conditions. The
overcurrent protection function shall automatically
reset when the regulator is de -energized. The
regulator shall not be damaged or result in
unsafe operation when subjected to open or shorted
input due to sensing loss, or a short to ground or
adjacent conductor. Fast blow fuses shall be
included in two of the sensing leads to fully
protect the regulator.
E. MOUNTING BASE -STANDBY PACKAGE The base shall be constructed
of formed "C" section steel members with minimum 6 mm
thickness. Corners shall be squared to provide rodent/bird
proof joint enclosure is added. Width of base shall be no
more than 1145 mm(45in.) and provision shall be made for
four corner lifting. It shall incorporate flexible fuel
lines, external oil and coolant drains, and external
crankcase fumes disposal hose. Support cross members shall
add rigidity and allow installation of vibration isolators
between base and generator set. Generous space for ground
stub -ups between the members shall be provided. The base
shall included bottom mounting holes and be compatible with
an optional fuel tank sized to support 8 hours of fuel at
full load.
F. ENCLOSURE - STANDBY PACKAGE. BASIC The enclosure shall
offer protection as specified by OSHA from all moving parts
of the engine, generator and generator coupling. It shall
be constructed to allow full access to the engine for
maintenance machinery. Radiator and radiator fan assembly
shall be totally enclosed with door over the radiator cap.
The radiator shall be sized to accommodate any resulting air
flow restrictions. Provision shall be made for a duct
flange or perforated metal grill to protect the radiator
core. The enclosure shall be fitted to the generator set
base and isolated from engine vibration. Corners shall be
formed and welded to assure strength and rigidity. Sheet
metal of 2.0 mm minimum thickness shall have no burrs or
sharp edges. Inside and outside surfaces shall be finished
with a baked high performance enamel. Exposed fasteners
shall be minimized with all hardware zinc plated.
G. STORAGE ABOVE GROUND A base mounted steel tank with a
capacity of 250 gallons shall be provided for fuel oil
storage above ground. It shall be double wall construction
with an inspection opening to detect fuel leaks between
walls. The tank shall be equipped with the necessary
openings including fill, vent, fuel level alarm, suction and
return.
L
' MEFW0338
16602 - 6
1. Above ground fuel tank must comply with all state and
city ordinances. It shall be the responsibility of
Contractor and Supplier to coordinate installation with
Governing authority.
H. CONTROLS -GENERATOR SET MOUNTED The control panel shall be
' mounted in the generator terminal box facing either the
right, rear, or left side. The 24 volt DC system shall
incorporate energized to run logic and include:
1. CONTROL The engine start -stop switch shall include
positions for off/reset, automatic start, and stop.
2. SHUTDOWNS/ANNUNCIATION The generator set shall shut
' down and a single red light shall signal operational
faults of high water temperature, low oil pressure,
overspeed, and overcrank.
' 3. MONITOR Monitoring devices shall include AC voltmeter,
electric hourmeter, oil pressure gauge. and water
temperature gauge.
4. ALARM LIGHTS TO SIGNAL Low fuel level, not in
' automatic, and shutdowns.
J. CYCLE CRANKING A cycle crank timer shall provide five 10
second cranking periods separated by 10 second rest periods.
K. CIRCUIT BREAKER -GENERATOR SET MOUNTED The circuit breaker
shall be mounted and connected in a guarded dripproof
enclosure. Cable lugs shall be provided for customer
connections.
Ii - Molded case air circuit breaker, three pole, single
-throw, stationary -mounted with manual operating handle,
overload and short circuit trips, complete with cable
lugs. Overcurrent trip shall be sized to provide
enclosed and ambient temperature compensation. The
breaker shall be qualified for 600 volt operation.
L. BATTERY CHARGER A dual rate 10 ampere battery charger shall
be provided which shall accept 120 volt AC single phase
input provide 24 volt DC output. It shall be fused on the
' AC input and DC output, and incorporate current limiting
circuitry to avoid the need for a crank disconnect relay.
The charger shall include an AC ammeter and voltmeter, and
be housed in a enclosure suitable for wall mounting.
M. TRANSFER SWITCH -CONTACTOR TYPE The automatic transfer
switch shall be three pole, 200 amp, 600 volt AC, fully
' rated enclosed switch which complies to NEMA ICS2-447, NFPA
70, NFPA 99, NFPA 110, and UL 1008. It shall have front
access to all control panels and contacts. Main contact
1
I
MEFW0338 16602 - 7
material shall consist of silver (878 min) and cadmium.
Plexiglas covers shall shield electronic controls and main
contact connections. Wiring shall be numbered for easy
identification. The Break before Make Transfer action shall
' require no more than 3 cycles, and the mechanism shall
incorporate lifetime lubrication within a temperature range
of -29 deg C to 60 deg C (-20 deg F to 140 deg F). It
' shall incorporate solid state programmable logic, be
assembled and tested, and include:
1. Sheet steel NEMA 3R enclosure with hinged, gasketed,
key lockable door.
2. operating transfer switch consisting of single
solenoid, electrically operated, mechanically held.
3. Solderless connectors for normal source cables,
emergency source cables, load cables, and solid neutral
bar.
' 4. No load manual transfer.
5. Remote automatic transfer switch control.
6. High fault withstanding capacity.
7. Voltage monitoring of each phase of normal source (full
' protection), adjustable 70 to 90 percent.
8 . Voltage of emergency at transfer, 70 to 90 percent
(factory set 90 percent).
' 9. Frequency of emergency at transfer, 70 to 90 percent
(factory set 90 percent).
10. Voltage and frequency monitoring of one phase of
' emergency source.
11. Time delay, engine starting, adjustable 0.1 to 10
seconds, set at 3 seconds.
12. Engine minimum run (5 to 30 minutes) (factory set 20
minutes).
13. Engine cool down timer (1 to 30 minutes) (factory set
10 minutes).
' 14. Engine warm-up (5 seconds to 3 minutes), with override
switch, (factory set 1 minute).
15. Time delay, normal to emergency (0.1 to 10 seconds
adjustable).
'
16. Time delay emergency to normal (1 to 30 minutes)
(factory set 5 minutes).
17. Time delay neutral (0.1 to 10 seconds) with bypass
' switch (factory set 5 seconds).
18. Three position mode selector switch in the face of the
enclosure, marked auto, test, and fast test.
' 19. Fast test mode: resets engine minimum run (to 10
seconds), engine cool down (to 0 seconds), and return
to utility (0 to 5 seconds).
20. Self check built-in (at start-up. routine check of ATS
' circuits. LEDs shall flash to confirm integrity).
21. Exerciser (7 days from initial command).
22. Transfer when exercising (on/off switch).
L1
r
MEFW0338 16602 - 8
23. Pilot lights in face of enclosure indicating source to
' which the ATS is connected.
24. Auxiliary C -form contacts for normal and emergency.
25. Neutral lug.
' 26. Internal cabling, terminal boards, fuses, fuse blocks,
nameplates, and miscellaneous hardware as needed.
27. Software consisting of: dimensional drawing, layout
' drawing, electrical schematic, and parts list.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING
A. The following articles and paragraphs are intended to define
acceptable procedures and practices of inspecting,
installing, and testing the generator set and associated
equipment.
' B. PREDELIVERY INSPECTION A predelivery inspection must be
performed by the system manufacturer's local dealer at the
dealer's facility to insure no damage occurred in transit
' and all generator set components, controls, and switchgear
are included as specified herein.
C. SHIPMENT TO JOBSITE Delivery shall be FOB to the jobsite by
the system manufacturer's authorized dealer.
D. INSTALLATION The installation shall be performed in
' accordance with shop drawings, specifications, and the
manufacturer's instructions.
' E. POST -INSTALLATION TESTING Following installation, the
following test shall be performed by the system
manufacturer's local dealer representative(s) in the
' presence of the owner's engineer or designated appointee:
F. PRESTART CHECKS:
• 1. Oil Level
2. Water Level
3. Day Tank Fuel Level
' 4. Battery Connection and Charge Condition
S. Air Start Supply Pressure (if so equipped)
6. Engine to Control Interconnects
7. Engine Generator Intake/Exhaust Obstructions
' 8. Engine Room Ventilation Obstructions
9. Removal of All Packing Materials
' G. OPERATION Load - One -hour at 808 of full load rating. Two
hours operation at 1008 of full load rating. After the
first half-hour stabilization period at full load, the
I
I
L
MEFW0338 16602 - 9
' following shall be recorded at fifteen minute intervals:
1. Voltage, amperage, frequency
2. Fuel pressure, oil pressure and water temperature
I3. Exhaust gas temperature at engine exhaust outlet
4. Ambient temperature
' It equipped with appropriate instrumentation:
1. Kilowatts
2. power Factor
3. KVARS
4. Generator Temperature
Proper operation of controls, engine shutdown, and safety
devices shall be demonstrated.
H. ORIENTATION The system manufacturer's authorized dealer
shall provide a complete orientation for the owner's
engineering and maintenance personnel. Orientation shall
include both classroom and hands-on instruction. Topics
' covered shall include control operation, schematics, wiring
diagrams, meters, indicators, warning lights, shutdown
system and routine maintenance.
' J. SERVICE MANUALS AND PARTS BOOKS The system manufacturer's
authorized local dealer shall furnish one copy each of the
manuals and books listed below for each unit under this
'contract:
1. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - with description and
' illustration of all switchgear controls and indicators
and engine and generator controls.
2. PARTS BOOKS - that illustrate and list all assemblies,
subassemblies and components, except standard fastening
hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, etc.)
3. PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS - on the complete
' system that cover daily, weekly, monthly, biannual, and
annual maintenance requirements and include a complete
lubrication chart.
4. ROUTINE TEST PROCEDURES - for all electronic and
' electrical circuits and for the main AC generator.
5. TROUBLESHOOTING CHART - covering the complete generator
set showing description of trouble, probable cause, and
suggested remedy.
6. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST - showing all consumables
anticipated to be required during routine maintenance
and test.
7. WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS - showing function of all
electrical components.
8. All manuals and books described above shall be contained
in rigid plastic pouches.
END OF SECTION